Swedish antiquities

SWEDISH

ANTIQUITI ES

Arranged and described

Oscar Montelius"

'^•im*i0k'^'

STOCKHOLM

P. A. NorsteJt & S 6 n er s
£ 6 r 1 a g

(> s (• A a

M 0 N T K X / r ,S'

S W E 1) I S H A N T I il U I T I E S

SWEDISH ANTIQUITIES

A K K A X G E II A X D Ii E S C K I B E H

OSCAR M O N T E L I U S

ii

W ] 'J' II W II I) I) (I U T f^ D K A \V N P. Y

(» Ji 0 F S () K J> r X (!

T H E S T () N E A G E A N ]) T H E B R 0 N Z E A (I E

S T 0 C K 11 0 Iv M J>. A. X 0 R S T E D T \- S 0 X E R S F O R L A G

\J\ 7 (s>

STOCKHOhll 19-<i-2

KL'NCil.. liOKTKYCKERIET. 1'. A. NOHSTEDT ,t SONEl!
■.'OIllIT

WITTENBORN ART BOOKS
38 E. 57th St., New York

DEDICATED TO T H i: 31 E M 0 R Y 0 F

SIR JOHN EVANS

Willi (iAVi: us ills KXCELLKNT WOKKS OX

Till'; ANCIENT Stone and Bkonze Implements of
<Ireat Bkitain and Ireland

ivil49^70

I have experienced the great good fortune alter nearly half a centurj- of publishing a new edition of
»Svenska fornsaker> — or »Antiquites suedoises», as the French edition was entitled, — the first section of which,
dealing with the Stone Age, was printed in 1871, and presented to the Congress at Bologna in that year.

Materials have grown considerably during the long period that has elapsed since the first edition was
published. In the first edition, information was given concerning the circumstances under which each object
was discovered and in what collection it is preserved. Similar information is given in the new edition, to-
gether with literary references. I have moreover indicated the distribution of every type in Scandinavia and
beyond it as well as certain other circumstances which seem to be of some interest; and furthermore my lite-
rary references endeavour, without of course claiming completeness, to ofi'er further guidance in the study of
the groups. It is my hope that this series of short monographs will prove of some value, even to others than
the beginners.

In the case of the anti(£uities of the Stone Age, only those that belong to the older part are distinguished
from those of the later. Any attempt to ascribe everij object of the later Stone Age to one of the four periods
established by me would have been impossible. It is sufficiently proved that these periods are actually con-
secutive in the manner indicated, but such an attempt would have obscured the lucidity which seems to be
of such importance that it should not be imperilled.

The antiquities of the Bronze Age, on the other hand, are classified in the six periods that I established
in 188;'). By this means, an easier survey is obtained than was previously possible over the Scandinavian
civilization in that remarkable epoch and over its abundant relics which have been preserved to the present day,
and many of which excite wonder by their fine execution, tasteful shape, and beautiful ornamentation.

The age assigned to the antiquities illustrated is indicated on each plate as follows: I signifies the Stone
Age (I: 1 = the older; I: 2 = the later) and II the Bronze Age (II: 1 = the first period, and so on).

The Royal Academy of History and Antiquity has facilitated the publication of this work by placing
at my disposal gratis all the numerous and costly woodcuts and other reproductions which have been executed
during the past decades at the Academy's expense.

To Mr. Olof Soiling, the Academy's artist, who has drawn almost all the reproductions in this volume,
I offer my thanks for his excellent work. Among those to whom I am otherwise indebted. I Avould especially
mention Dr. Sune Lindquist, amanuensis to the Academy'.

Stockholm, September 1920. ^^^,^j^, MOXTELIUS.

I. The Stone Age.

During many thousand years the peninsula of Scandinavia, like other portions of northern Europe, lay
under enormous masses of ice and snow, just as Greenland lies in our own days. Stockholm and Christiania
are indeed abovit as far north as the south point of Greenland.

Ever since northern Europe was first covered by ice which endured through summer and winter, year
after year, millennium after millennium, cold and heat have interchanged, so that a couple of »glacial periods*
could be distinguished, and between them a warmer interval in which the southern edge of the ice shrank to
the north, leaving large spaces of northern Eiirope ice-free.

Long before the last ice-period — during which North Germany was covered by ice and snow — Eng-
land, Belgium and France were inhabited. Uncounted relics have come to light of man living there, not only
during the milder interval between glacial periods, but also while the Scandinavian countries and many other
districts in our hemisphere lay under ice.

Ingenious investigation.s^ have shown that more than 5,000 years elapsed from the moment when the ice,
at the end of the last glacial age, began to melt at the present south coast of Skane, to the time — about
10,000 years before our days — when the northernmost portions of Sweden became ice-free.

And it is known that, after the end of the latest ice-age, the territories of South Sweden and Denmark,
set free from the immense pressure of ice, gradually rose, so that Skane, the present Danish islands and Jutland
formed a large continuous country only penetrated by narrow streams. The Baltic, which thus became shut off
from open connection with the ocean, but which, then as now, received a huge quantity of fresh water from the
rivers running into it, became then an immense fresh-water lake. This period is named the Ancylus Age, so
called after the shells of that snail, found in deposits formed then.

This endured a long time, and then South Sweden and Denmark sank again, and Oresund and the Belts
came into existence. Thus the salt water of the ocean was able to pour from the Kattegat into the Baltic,
which became a bay of the sea, as it now is. This period is named the Littorina Age, a title derived from
the shells of Littorina littorea, which occur in the strata formed at that date.

After the commencement of this period. South Sweden continued to sink, until it once more began to rise,
a movement which is still maintained.

In Central and North Sweden, where the land likewise rises continually, no such considerable sinking
seems to have taken place as that which proceeded in South Sweden during the early Littorina age.

No relics are known of human beings living in our country before the beginning of the ice-age; nor yet
have any traces been found of man inhabiting the coasts of Sweden during this period, as is the case in Green-
land in our days.

But as the ice-edge began to shrink from the .south coast of Skane northwards, and plants and beasts
were first able to live in our country, man soon followed. He came, of course, from central Europe. Several
objects made by man, and discovered in various parts of the Scandinavian peninsula, belong to the Ancylus Age;

* Gerard de Geer, A Geo-chronology of the last 12,000 years, in Congres giologique international, Compte
rendu de la XI:e session, Stockholm 1910, p. 241.

1—201197.

I. THE STONE AGE.

■ftpidyelios.' of-, Human life in great abundance on certain stretches of South Sweden, as in Denmark, date from
the early Littorina Age, before the southern portion of the peninsula began to rise for the second time.

No metals were known here either then or for millenniums after the first immigration of man. It was
of stone, bone, horn and wood that man made his weapons and tools. He lived in a Stone Age, which
corresponds to the grade of civilization in which many nations in other parts of the world still remained
during the last few centuries.

The time between tlie first appearance of man in Sweden and the rising of the southern part of the land
in the Littorina Age is called the older Stone Age.

The remaining portion of the Stone Age is called the later Stone Age.

Reindeer, which inhabited France and central Europe in the ice-age, penetrated hither when the ice
melted in southern Scandinavia. In Skane and north of it, as far as Vastergotland, horns and bones of this animal
have been discovered. But it disappeared from South Sweden long before the end of the older Stone Age.

As human beings for many millenniums lived in the portions of central Europe which were not ice bound,
before the Scandinavian peninsula became habitable by the melting of the ice, the older Stone Age in Sweden
commences long after the beginning of the older Stone Age in France and other regions of central Europe,
which epoch is known by the name of the Falaeolithic period. The later part of the Stone Age in central
Europe — known as the Neolithic j)eriod — corresponds not only to our later Stone Age, but also to a part
of the older Stone Age in Scandinavia.

Several centuries before the end of the Stone Age in Sweden, copper was known here, though not generally
used. The second half of the later Stone Age can therefore also be called the Copper Age. Most of the tools
and weapons were still made of stone and bone, but some were of copper.

The Stone Age did not end at the time when man entirely ceased to utilize stone for his tools and weapons,
but when the Bronze Age began, that is to say when the use of copper hardened with tin, »bronze», was general.
Long after the beginning of the Bronze Age, weapons and tools of stone were still used, although in steadily
diminishing quantities.

Thanks to a fruitful cooperation between geologists and antiquarians, we now know that the foot of man
trod Swedish soil for the first time at least 15,000 years before our days.

Our Swedish ancestors were the first inhabitants of our country. "We have not taken it from anybody else,

Literature:

0. MoNTELius, Sveriges forntid. 1. Stenaldern (Stockholm,
1874). — Id., Sur les tombenux ef la topographic de la Suede
pendant I'dge de la pierre (Congr. St., 1, p. 152). — Id , OJ'ver-
sikt o/ver den nordiska forntidens perioder (Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr.,
vol. 8, Sthlm, 1892, p. 135, Stenduiern). — Id., De forhistoriska
periaderna i Skandinavien (Mbl, 18i);5, supplement). — K. Stjkrna,
Fore hdllkisttiden {A. T., 19: 2; 1911). — N. Aberg, Studier
ofver den ynqre stenaldern i Norden oeh Vdsteuropa (Norrkoping,
1912). — 0. Almgren, Nagra svensk-jirtslca stendlder^problem (A. T.,
20: 1; 1914). — T. J. Arne, Ensamgrafcar fran stenaldern i Sverige
{Fornv., 1909, p. 99).

Certain districts oT Sw«Mleii : Montei.ius, Bronsaldern i norra
och mellersta Sverige, with a list of stone implements found there
(A. T. 3; 1872—3). — S. Ekixon, Stenaldern i Blekinge (Fornv.,
1913). — MoNTELius and E. Ekiiofi'', Bohusliinska fornsaker fran
hednatiden {Boh. bidr.). — E. Ekhoff, G. Gustapson, 0. Almoben,
0. Frodin and G. Hallstrom, Bohnsliins fasta fornldmningar
fran hednatiden {Boh. bidr.). — K. E. SahlstpSm, Om Vaster-

gotlands slenaldersbebgggelse (1915). — Id., Fbrteckning ofver
Skaraborgs Icins stendldersgrnfrar {Vasterg. Fornm.-for. tidskr.,
Ill: 7; 1915). — MoNTELius. Ostergotland under hednatiden (Sv.
Fornm.-for. tidskr., 12; 1905). — B. Nerman, Ostergotlands sten-
djder (Meddelanden fran bstergotl. Fornm.-for., 1911). — N.
Aberg, Kalmar Ifins stcndlder (Meddelanden fran Kalmar tans
Fonim -for., VII; 1913). — N. Lithberg, Gotlands st en alder (Stock-
holm, 1914). — T. J. Arne, Om det forntida Sodermanland
{Bidr. t. Siidermanl. iildre kidt.-hist., XIV; 1909). — G. Ekholm,
Upplands ste.niilder (Uppl. Fornm.-for. tidskr., XXVI; 1909).
— Id., Studier i Upplands bebyggelsehistoria, I, Sten41dern( ZTpps.
Univ. drsslcriff, 1915). — E. Olsson, Viistmanland under sten-
och bronsaldern (Vasfcr3,s, 1915). — S. Lindqvist, Fran Nerikes
sten- och brovsdlder (Meddcl. fr. Forcn. Orcbro Idns Museum,
1912). — E. Nygren, Varmlnnds stcndlder (Meddcl. fr. V arm-
lands Naturh. och Fornm.-for., XII; 1914). — Montelius, Huru
gammal iir hygden i Helsingland? (Helsingl. Fornm.-sdllsk. drs-
skr., 1901, p. 27). — P. Ohlsson and others, Om stenaldern i Jcimt-
land, Herjedalen och Angermanland (Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 5,
8 and 10.

I: 1. Older Stone Age.

Together with flint and other kinds of stone \ much bone and horn were used during this period as ma-
terials for weapons and tools.

Things made of flint are commonly rudely chipped and are practically never polished. Axes made of stone
are, at the end of the period, sometimes polished, especially at the edges.

During this time in many places men dwelt in crowds (probably belonging to the same tribe or family)
on the shore of the sea or of a lake; others lived on rafts built of tree-trunks, which drifted about on a water
surface, or were fixed in a certain spot by means of poles, driven into the bottom of the lake. Remains
of such dwelling-places have been found here in Sweden as in Denmark. Some of the Danish ones have been
famous under the name ilijdhkenmoddinger>, (kitchenmiddens) or shell-mounds on the shores. Life was supported
exclusively by hunting and fishing.

Within the older Stone Age in Sweden we are able to distinguish a first and a second period.

The former coincides, at least partially, with the Ancylus Age. From a very early part of this first
period date such roughly chipped »almond-shaped» flint tools as those reproduced in fig. 1 — 8.

Remains from the second period are those tools of stone, bone and horn, which have been found together
with pieces of pottery, bones of beasts and charcoals in the Danish »kjokkenm6ddinger» and in Swedish dwelling-
places from the same time. Shells of oysters and other molluscs form a great part of the Danish kjokken-
moddinger. — A station from an earlier time than these has been discovered in Maglemose at MuUerup on
SjitUand; the time next before the »kj6kkenmoddinger» is therefore often called the Maglemose period.

As it is not yet possible in every case to decide whether an object is to be ascribed to one period of the
older Stone Age or to another, the relics from the various portions of this epoch have been given on pi. 1 — 8
without any chronological distinction.

MoNTELius, Sveriges forntid, p. 31. — Id., Ofversigt offer
den nordiska Jorntidens perioder (Sv. Fornm.-fdr. tidskr., 8,
p. 131; literature). — • Id., De forhistoriska periodernn i Skandi-
navien (Mbl. 1893,^ pi. 1 and 2). — Stjbrna, A. T., 19: 2. — K.
KjELi.MARK, En stendldersboplats i Jaravallen vid Limhamn {A. T.,
17: 3). — H. SciiETELio, Vorgeschichte Norwegens (Mannus, III, p.
29). — S. MuLLER, Ordning af Danmarks Oldsager, Stenalderen
(Kjobenhavn, 1888). — A. P. Madsen, S. MClleb etc., Affalds-
dynger fra Stenalderen i Danmark (Kjobenhavn, 1900). — O. Alm-
OREN, Nyare undersokningar af Danmarks ykjokkenmoddingan
( Ymer, 1902, p. 56). — G. Sarauw, En Stenalders Bopladn i Maglc-
moxe ved MuUerup {Aarbeger, 1903, p. 148). — Id., Maglemose
{Prdhist. Zeitschr., 1911, p. 52). — Th. Thomsen and A. Jessen,
Brabrand-Fundet fra den wldste Stenalder (Aarboger 1906, p. 1;
Mimoires, 1904, p. 162). — Kupka, Das Campignien im nord-
europaischcn Glazialgebiet {Zeitschr. f. Ethnologic, 1907, p. 192;
litterature).

1 — 8. Roughly chipped, elliptical, almond-shaped;^
flint tools without any trace of grinding. Parts of
the natural chalk- covering (crust) are often left, some-
times on both sides. A number of small chips (»re-
touches;) are commonly seen along the edges, a fact
which shows that they are finished works. The ma-
jority were found in Skane and Bohuslan; some in
Vastergotland and Dal.

MoNTELius, De imandelformiga^ flintverktygcns alder [A. T.,
20: 6; literature).

2. Massleberg, Boh. peat-bog, with 4 similar implements.

3. Sk. ; found in the peat beneath the >Jaravallen>, a formation from
the Littorina period.

9 — 18. Roughly chipped flints of diff'erent shapes
without any trace of grinding; many found under con-
ditions which show them to belong to the former part
of our older Stone Age.

19 — 30. Flint axes (»tranchets:'). The broad straight
edge is formed by the two surfaces meeting each other
at a sbarp angle. The flat face was produced by
striking off the piece from the flint block; the other
face was also formed by a single stroke. The narrow
sides are shaped by chipping. The edges are at times
so narrow that the tool might well be considered as a
chisel (Mt'LLER, Ordning, St., f. 15, 16). — The type
survived to the beginning of the later Stone Age (traces
of grinding; Rydbeck, in Fornv., 1916, p. 119).

Common in Skane and Bohuslan, rare in the rest
of Gotaland; scarcely ever found in Gotland and Svea-
land. Discovered in Norway, even as far north as
the district of Trondhjem. Abundant in Denmark,

* »Stouc» is commonly used for brevity's sake to indicate other kinds than flint, as greenstone &c.

I: 1. OLDER STONE AGE.

where they are called »skivespalter>. They occur in
northern Germany too, in England (very seldom), Bel-
gium, France (there called >.tranchets») and Italy.

For distributiou in Sweden, see the literature p 2. — S. Nils-
son. Skandinavisha Nordens Ur-invanare (Ist edition., Lund,
1838—43; 2nd ed., Stockliolm, 1866), f. 79. — Ant. suid., f. 10.
— 0. Ryoh, Norske Olds., f. L — W. C. Br0Ggee, Straiul-
liniens beliggenhed itndcr stenalderen i det sydbstlige Norge (Kri-
stiania, 1905), pi. I— III. — Oldtiden, I, p. 38; II, pp. 1, 40, 45, 61
(Trondhiems museum). — S. Mulleb, jEgredskaber fra den aldre
Stenalder {Aarb., 1888, p. 238; 1890, p. 308; 1896, p. 346; Memoires,
1884—89, p. 371 [f. 9, shafted]; 1890—95, p. 99; 1897, p. 113). —
Id., Ordmng, St., f. 14 — 16. — Affaldsdynger fra Stenalderen i
Danmark, p. 29, pi. IV et IX. — J. Mestokf, Vorgeschichtl. Alter-
thilmer aiis Schleswig-Holstein (Hamburg, 1895), f. 4. — R. Beltz,
Die vorgesch. Altert. d. Grossherzogtums Mecklenburg-Schwerin
(Schwerin, 1910), f. 6, 7. — Fhotographiaches Album der prd-
historischen und anthropologischen Ausstellung zu Berlin 1880,
II, pi. 2 (Pomerania). — Zeit-schr. f. Ethnol., 1907, p. 204. — J.
Evans, The ancient Stone implements of Great Britain, 2nd ed.
(London, 1897), p. 69. — Aberg, Studier, p. 58. — Dechei.ette, Ma-
nuel, 1, p. 329. — Stjerna, a. T., 19; 2, p. 42. — G. and A. de Moe-
tillet, Mnsie prcliistoriqiie, pi. XXXIX. — G. A. Colini, Bullet-
tino di Paletnologia iialiana, XXXII (1906), p. 249, pi. XX, XXI.

21- and 22. Limhamn, close by Malrao, Sk.; dwelling-place (2nd period
of the older Stone Age; see f. 39, 41, 80—90)

27. Aby, near Lake Vattern, O.G,; found with similar implements.

31 — 34. Flint axes chipped all round. The rounded
edge is formed, as in the specimens 19 — 30, by two
surfaces meeting each other at a sharp angle. Both
broad sides, or at least one of them, strongly curved;
rough-hewn. No narrow sides; the section therefore
often pointed oval. Traces of grinding extremely rare.
Some of these tools are so narrow that they should
rather be considered as chisels than as axes (Muller,
Ordning, St., L 20, 2i;.

Common in Skane, rare in the rest of Gotaland;

unknown in Svealand. Common in Denmark; met with

also in northern Germany, France (where this tool is

called »pic») and England.

Ant. suid., f. 11. — Aberg, Studier (p. 3, Scandinavia, pp. 37
and 58, western Europe). — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 18—21. —
Affaldsdynger fra Stenalderen i Danmark, p. 35, pi. V and IX.
— Aarb., 1896, p. 317; Mimoires, 1897, p. 97 (hafts). — Beltz,
Altert. Mccklenb., p. 14. — Photogr. Album, Berlin 1880, II, pi.
1—3 (Pomerania). — Zeitschr. f. Ethnol, 1907, p. 202. — Deghe-
lette, Manuel, 1, p. 329. — ■ Evans, Stone Impl., p. 67.

35 — 38. Stone axes of the »Lihult type*: copies in
stone from the flint axes f. 31 — 34. Like those, they are
chipped, not hammered, which would have been more
natural for the material. One broad side is as a rule al-
most flat, the other distinctly convex, so that the sec-
tion is often triangular (f. 37, 38). Many are entirely
unground, but some show traces of grinding.

General in Bohuslan (see f. 35, Lihult), in Dal
(Hastefjorden) and in Vastergotland (in the proximity
of Vanern); occurring also in the eastern part of Gota-
land. Lihult axes have also been found in Soderman-
land, Nerike, Uppland and Dalarna, mostly of late
shapes. — General in Norway, where they are called
axes of »Nostvet-type».

For distribution in Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Fro-
DiN, Ymer, 1906, p. 26. — A. W. Bkogger, Oxer av Nostvettypen
{Norges Geologiske Undersogelse, mo i2; Kristiania, 1905). — Aberg,
Studier, p. 6. v

35. Lihult, Boh.; a great number of similar tools have been found
there. — Boh. bidr., 1, p. 328.

39 — 41. Stone axes of »Limhamn-type»: roughly
chipped, broad, comparatively short, with curved broad
sides but no narrow sides (consequently with a sharp
oval section); the edges generally distinctly rounded.
Badly ground; not only at the edge.

Aberg, Studier, p. 11.
39 and 41. Limhamn, Sk. ; see f. 21.

42 — 58. Points of bone or horn with teeth or
barbs, as a rule only on one side, seldom on both.
Have belonged to harpoons or other missiles; some of
them probably to a kind of spear. Harpoon points
sometimes have holes at the lower end for the cord
by which they were made fast to the shaft. On ac-
count of the conditions under which they were found
being insufficiently examined, it is not certain that all
here reproduced belong to the older Stoue Age (many
have been found singly in peat-bogs unconnected with
other antiquities). But they are given here for the
sake of survey, whereas harpoon tips ascribed with
certainty to the later Stone Age are found under
numbers 529 — 536.

Many bone-tips of the sort now under consideration
are found in Skane and other parts of Gotaland; some
in Svealand and Norrland. Similar points from the
older Stone Age are found in Denmark, and harpoon
tips of bone occur in central Europe during the pa-
laeolithic age. In America such bone-tips have been
used down to the most recent times.

NiLssoN, Ur-inv., f. 160, 163. — Montelius, Sveriges forn-
tid, p. 100. — HoLST, Sveriges geolog. Undersokn. Arsbok, 1908,
n:o 8, p. 11. — Stjekna, A. T., 19: 2, pp. 7—29 (p. 10 Kunda, Est-
land) and 160, 161. — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 185, 186. — Aar-
biiger, 1903, p. 241 (Maglemose). — Mestokf, Alterth. Schleswig-
Holstein, pi. XVI. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 2. — Verhanal.
d. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1886, p. 127; 1888, p. 343; 1890, p. 367, etc.
— Manntis, I, pi. IV (f. 5, of reindeer-bone). — Dechelette, Manuel,
1, pp. 153, 317. — Dictionnaire archeologique de la Gaulc, 1 (Paris,
1875; grottcs in Perigord). — G. and A. de Mortillet, Musee arclieo-
logique (Paris, 1881), pi. XXV (France). — J. Heierli, Urgeschichte
der Schiveiz (Ziirich, 1901), p. 46. — M. Much, Kunsthistorischer
Atlas (Wien 1889), pi. II (Moravia). — Wiadomo'ici Archeologiczne,
IV (Warschau, 1882). — Ch. Rau, Prehistoric Fishing in Europe
and North America (Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge,
Washington, 1884), pp. 17 — 80 (Europe) and 142—152 (America, mod-
ern times).

42 — 56. Barbs only on one side.

44, 55 and 56. On the bottom of the R4bbelof-lake, Sk.; with several
other things from the same time (see also f. 758).

57 and 58. Barbs on hoth sides.

59 — 65. Bone points belonging to arrows or possibly
javelins (formerly called »bird arrowss) with small sharp
chips of flint set in grooves along the edges and fastened
with resin. Many bits of flint have already fallen out.
At the lower end of the bone-points are to be seen
remains of resin, with which the bone had been fastened
to the shaft. Most of these are ascribed to a late
portion of the older Stone Age. The idea of pi'oviding
a weapon of bone or wood in this manner with edges
of flint, however, survived for at least the whole of
the Stone Age: during the last part of that era a
kind of short sword was made out of wood with flint
edges, by inserting flakes of flint in furrows along

l: 1.

OLDER STONE AGE..

the edges {Aarb., 1907, p. 79); and one bone tip with
flint splinters is asserted to have been found in a grave
of the Bronze Age (Montelius, Sveriges forntid, p. 99). —
In Mexico and Central America, where man was still
living in the Bronze Age when the Europeans arrived,
such wooden swords were used with edges of obsidian
splinters (G. Friedrici, in Baessler Archiv, Supplement
VII [Leipzig and Berlin, 1915], p. 9).

In northern Greenland Eskimos made knives of
bone, the edges of which were formed of small bits of
native iron (of meteoric or rather of telluric origin), in-
serted along the edges in grooves.

Many found in Skane, several in Bohuslan, a few

in Vastergotland and one in the cave of Stora Forvar

on Stora Karlso (later Stone Age; see f. 183). They occur

also in Norway, Denmark, Germany and Esthonia.

At Kunda in Esthonia, alongside of points with flint

splinters, there have been found points entirely of bone,

with edges imitating those of flint splinters.

NiLSSON, Ur-inv., pi. VII (2nd ed., pi. IV). — Montelius, Ant.
sued., p. 98. — HoLST, Sv. Geolog. Unders. drsbok, 1908, n:o 8,
p. 11. — Stjerna, a. T., 19; 2, pp. 9—27, 158 et 161 (list of all spe-
cimens known from Sweden). — Madsen, Afbildninger, St., pi. 40.
— MuLLEn, Ordning, St., f. 187. — Verhandl. d. Berl. Anthr.
Ges., 1891, p. 755 (several found in East Prussia). — Friedel, Archiv
f. Anthrop., V (1872), p. 433. — Rau, Prehistoric Fishing, p. 82.

66. .Similar bone point, without grooves. — Eggvena, V. G.; with a
bone point = f. 59—65. — Mbl., 1895, p. 54.

67 — 74. Axes or picks of horn (mostly elk); f.
67 with a deep groove at the top, the others with a
hole, for the shaft. The hole — generally round, at
times rectangular (f. 74) — is either bored at the thick
end, not thi'ough the fork (the earliest), or else, some-
what later, through one of the branches of the horn.
The circumstances of the discovery are not often very
enlightening as to the age, and so it is quite diffl-
cult to say whether all those represented here are
attributable to the older Stone Age. During the later
Stone Age, too, (see f. 677) and the Bronze Age
(MuLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 140; compare Lindenschmit,
Alterth. unserer heidnischen Vorzeit, vol. IV, pi. 7) si-
milar picks of horn occvir; many of them have been
used in flint mines. — For a long wooden shaft on
such a tool see Aarh., 1906, p. 21, f. 4. — Instead of
picks, use could be made of pieces of staghorn, held
in the hand with no handle.

Sweden (in many districts), Norway, Denmark,
Germany and western Europe (flint mines).

NiLSSON, Vr-inv., pi. X (2nd edit., pi. A). — Stjerna, A. .T,
19: 2, pp. 5, 16 and 30. — Meddel. fr. Kristianstads Mus., n-o 3, f. 2
(long, with netlike ornaments). — Mulleh, Ordning, St., f. 24, 25.

— Affaldsdynger, p. 57, pi. VII. — Th. Thomsen and A. Jessen,
Brabrand-Fundet fra den mldre Stenalder (Aarb., 1906, p. 20).

— Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 6 et 128 — 130. — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 15. — Lindenschmit, Altert. unserer heidn.
Vorzeit, I: 5, pi. 1. — Materiaux pour I'histoire de I'homme, 1887,
p. 15 (France; flint mine). — Aarb., 1871, pp. 339, 346 (no shaft-
hole; England, flint mines). — Schnittger, A, T., 19: 1, p. 13 (no
shaft-hole; SMne, flint mines).

75 — 79. Bone implements. Some of them resemble
that which is fastened at one end of the rope along
the top edge of a net, and is intended for gathering
it when pulled up out of the water; some have possibly
been »flaying knives* or daggers. At least one such
Swedish implement (f. 76) has been found in fresh-
water clay deposited from the Baltic, and therefore
dates from the Ancylus Age.

LiNDQVisT, Meddel. fr. Kristianstads M., n:o 3 (1915), p. 11.
80 — 84 and 87, 88. Flakes and scrapers of flint. — Limhamn, Sk.
(see f. 21).

85 and 86. »Transversal» arrowheads of flint, in

shape like the vtranchets» (f. 19 — 30), but much smaller.

Such arrowheads have also been found in many other

parts of Europe dating from the older Stone Age. The

type occurs likewise in the later Stone Age (see f. 457).

Sv. forntid, p. 98. — Madsen, Afbildn., St., pi. 22 f. 19 (shaft of
wood). — MuLLER, Ordning, St., i. 17. — Affaldsdynger, p. 50, f. 1 — 19.

85 and 86. Limhamn, Sk. (see f. 21).

87 and 88. See f. 80. — Limhamn, Sk. (see f. 21).

89. Flint borers. Similar tools were used also in
the later Stone Age.

90. During the former part of our older Stone
Age the art of making clay vessels does not seem to
have been known here. Not a single bit of such a
vessel has been discovered in the habitation of Magle-
mose. But on the skjokkenmoddinger* and contem-
porary habitations pieces of pottery are general; these
have been large, rough and slightly burnt; they have
no ears or other such excrescences and are not orna-
mented, or very seldom. Their base is commonly pointed,
so they could not stand on the ground, unless a hole
was dug in which the lowest part of the vessel was sup-
ported. Most of the vessels have been made by laying
strips of clay upon each other and pressing them with
the fingers from the top.

Kjellmark, A. T., 17: 3, p. 81, pi. VI and VII. — MtJLLEE, Ord-
ning, St., f. 41, 42. — Affakhdynger, p. 71. — Brabrandfundet
(Aarb., 1906, p. 38).
90. Limhamn, Sk. (see f. 21).

I: 2. Later Stone Age.

The people of the later Stone Age lived under conditions better than those of the earlier one. As time
went on, people learned to make tools and weapons far more suited to their purpose than those which were
used here during the previous era; and in Skane, as in Denmark, the abundant flint provided the Scandinavians
with an excellent material, of which many other races in Europe had no supply. Skill in working flint and
other stones became so great here in the North, that many Scandinavian masterpieces from this time are
superior to everything that the rest of Europe then had to show. This cannot, as many have supposed, be due
to the longer duration of the Stone Age in the North than in the South. The end of the Stone Age, in fact,
was not much later here than in central and southern Europe, besides which many of the fine Scandinavian
works belong to a time when the Bronze Age had not yet begun in other lands.

During the later Stone Age hunting and fishing were no longer the only means of support. Cattle-rearing
and farming, too, existed at least in large tracts of our country. Besides the dog, which was already established
as man's comrade in the early Stone Age, other domestic animals were now kept: cattle, horses, sheep, goats
and pigs. Wheat, corn and millet were then cultivated in Scandinavia.

The relations between the Swedes of the Stone Age and other peoples were of greater importance than is
usually supposed. Thus, a considerable influence was exerted directly by nearest neighbours and indirectly by
peoples living farther oflp, and several Swedish works of this period reveal in shape and ornaments the connection
between the inhabitants of our country and other regions. Foreign influence is also visible in the construction
of the tombs and in the presence of copper. Communication with other peoples dejiended largely on trade; and
for trade between Scandinavia and other countries it was specially important that the west coast of Jutland
abounded in amber, which long before the end of the Stone Age was a staple export of importance.

During the later Stone Age in Sweden four periods may be distinguished:

To the first (the »period of round axes») belong flint axes with oval section like f. 91 — 105, and such
stone axes (around axes») as f. 106 — 116. The dead were laid in graves dug in the earth (xearth tombs^).

To the second (the ^dolmen periods) belong, among other tools, such >thin-necked>^ flint axes as f. 119 — 128.
For the dead in certain districts tombs were raised, built of and covered with large stones (vdolmens»); in other
parts the dead were laid in earth-tombs (as also during the two following periods).

To the third (the ; gallery- grave period*) belong, among others, thick-necked flint axes like f. 153—176,
double-edged and boat-shaped axes with a shaft-hole (as f. 264 — 322). Daggers and spearheads of flint and axes
of copper (f. 147—152) began to be used at this time. In some regions the bodies were buried in »gallery-graves»,
constructed and covered with large stones. An earlier and a later part can be distinguished in this period.

To the fourth (the »cist periods) belong, among other things, thick-necked axes and such daggers of
flint as f. 415, 430 — 433 &c. In some regions the bodies were buried in jcist-formeds tombs, constructed of stone
slabs. An earlier and a later part can be distinguished in this period, as in the preceding.

In many instances we can determine without difficulty to which period of the later Stone Age a tool or
weapon or other thing belongs; but in many cases this is impossible unless the circumstances of the discovery
afford some enlightenment as to the age. It has therefore proved most suitable in this work to arrange the
figures according to the groups to which the originals belong, and within each group as far as possible according
to the various shapes (the >'types»). By this means we attain the object which is the aim of this work: a
survey of the relics from our Stone Age and a conception of how one type is developed from another.

Diiring the 4th millennium, perhaps even earlier, the later Stone Age in our country began. Its first
period evidently lasted very long. The sdolmen period* corresponds to the larger portion of the first half of
the 3rd millennium and the »gallery grave period* to the centuries about or subsequent to the middle of the
same millennium. The »cist period* comprises the end of the 3rd and the beginning of the 2nd millennium.

LATER STONE AGE.

Many skulls discovered in the graves of this period show a complete similarity to ours. This goes to
proove, as already has been said, that the inhabitants of Sweden during the Stone Age were our forefathers.

Abundant discoveries testify not only that all the territories of southern and central Sweden were in-
habited by our ancestors long before the end of the Stone Age, but also that they spread along the coast of
Norrland, and along many great rivers there. Long before the end of the Stone Age, the Swedish immigration
into Finland had begun.

Other finds (such tools as f. 185 &c.) suggest that people of another race, probably Lapp or Finn,
lived side by side with the Swedes during the Stone Age in the northern sections of the country: they seem
to have possessed districts even more southerly than the present Laplanders.

During the whole of our Stone Age the dead were buried, without cremation, sometimes lying down ex-
tended, or with bended knees, sometimes sitting. At their side were found weapons, tools, ornaments, pottery
and bones of animals; the vessels probably contained food or drink for the dead, and the bones are remains of these
articles of food or of the funeral feasts. During the major part of the gallery-grave period many ornaments
of amber were laid in the tombs; but such ornaments are extremely uncommon in the cists, obviously because
man had learnt to appreciate the high value of this material, when once export trade had begun.

MoNTELius, bfversikt ofver den nordiska forntidrns jierioder,
{Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 8, 1892), p. 133. — Id., Correap. Bl. d.
deutschen Geselhch. f. Anthrop, 1891, p. 99. - Id., Mbl, 1893,
pi. 3-6.

91 — 105. From such axes as f. 31 — 34 were developed
flint axes like f. 91 — 105 with convex section. The
difference is twofold: the edge is no longer formed by
one smart blow from each side but by several lighter
blows; and many of these axes are well ground. Not
a few, however, are not ground at all, either because
they were used without any grinding, or because they
are unfinished, not being yet polished. The oldest
axes of this class are usually »point-necked», narrowing
very distinctly at the top. The broad sides are curved,
the edges rounded off. Those with a biconvex section
gradually vary their shape: at the top they become
tapering to a less degree, even if the edge is consider-
ably wider than the face; the angles of the edge are
sharper; the biconvex section passes into an oval.
Finally narrow sides occur (f 100 — 103), which never-
theless are less sharply defined to begin with than
they became later: they are, like those with the oval
section, generally tapering at the top end. — Flint
axes with a biconvex section belong to the first period
of the later Stone Age. Flint axes with a similar sec-
tion are nevertheless found, though seldom, during the
following parts of the Stone Age. But they are unlike
those now under consideration (f. 96); several have
gouge edges (f. 211, 221).

Common in Skane. less frequent in the rest of
Gotaland; rare in Svealand. They occur also in Nor-
way, Denmark, northern Germany, France, England and
other countries.

For distribution in Sweden, see tte literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Ur.-inv., f. 6, 28. — Congr. St., I, p. 248 (the evolution). —
Ant. suid., f. 12, 13. — Abeeo, Stndier, p. 24 (Scandinavia), 39
(France) and 58 (England). — Rydbeck, Fornv., 191(j, p. 119. —
Rygh, Norske Olds, f. G. — J. J. A. AVorsaae, Nordiske Oldsager
(Kbhvn, 1859), f. 8. — Madsbn, Afbildn. St., pi. 27. — MCller,
Ordning St., t. 46 (47, shaft). — Beltz, Alterth. Mecklenh., p. 25.

106 — 116. Stone axes with round or rounded

oval section (>round axes»). — Just as in the large

stretches of Sweden where flint could not be got, ex-
cept by purchase from far away, the flint axes chipped
all round had been copied in other stone; so other
stone axes resembled flint axes with biconvex section.
These stone axes became more or less rounded, and
hence their name >round axes». The oldest are closely
akin to Lihult axes and, like them, are chipped. The
later were made by hammering, a process that suited
the material better. In certain districts they already
occur before the end of the older Stone Age, but the
bulk of them belong to an early part of the later
Stone Age. The type survived a long time, as may
often be the case with simple forms. Many axes are
pointed at the top, but most are rounded off there.
The section is circular or broad oval. They are gener-
ally ground not only at the edge but over pretty
nearly the whole surface; the upper portion may at
times be entirely unground, although the axe is other-
wise well polished. The length is occasionally rather
great (f. 106 and 111).

Round axes are very common in Sweden and occur
in many other European countries, too; rare in central
Europe, but general in the south and west.

For distribution in Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Vr-inv., f. 13, 14. — Ant. nxM., f. 14, 15. — Abebq, Studier,
pp. 16 (Sweden), 23 (Denmark), 51 (France). — W. C. Broggek, Strand-
linieiis beliggenhed, p. 168. — A. W. Brbgger, Oxer av Nostvet-
typen, p. 44. — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 22, 23. — Aarh., 1906,
p. 11 (Brabrand). — ■ Mannus, I, p. 36 (north-eastern Germany: com-
mon in Brandenburg). — Evans, Stone Impleni., 2iid ed., p. 123 (oval
section). — de Mortillet, Musfe prihist., f. 446 (France). — Mat^-
riaux, 1887, p. 17 (France); 1881, p. 464 (Portugal). — Peet, The
Stone and Bronze Ages in Italy and Sicily (Oxford, 1909). p. 151
(common in southern Italy and Greece). — L' Anthropologic, 1900, p.
18 (Algeria).

117 and 118. Stone axes; the lower part expanded.

119 — 128. »Thin-necked» flint axes. Broad sides,
convex, slighly tapering at the top end; flat, sharply
defined narrow sides, so that the section is almost rect-
angular. Many are quite unground (f. 120), but there
is no indication that they have been used; they must
doubtless be considered as unfinished and not yet

8

l: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

ground. Most of the thin-necked flint axes are polished,
as a rule with remarkable care, and almost over the
whole surface, both on the broad and the narrow
sides (f. 121 — 128); the only unground part is the
extreme upper end, which is thinner than the rest.
Some that had been broken have obtained a fresh edge
(f. 124, 126). Axes of this kind are often very large;
a length of 40 cm. is not uncommon; some are longer.
The manner of their shafting may be seen from f. 121,
128, and other specimens.

This excellent type, characteristic of the second period
of the later Stone Age, that of the dolmens, is developed
from those flint axes of the first period, which have
pointed necks and a biconvex section (f. 91 — 105). The
development proceeded here in Scandinavia, which is
proved by the fact that unground flint axes of this
fine type only occur here; they do not exist either
in France, or in the British Isles, or in any other part
of Europe outside the Germanic region. In the non-
Germanic districts, it is true that some axes have been
found with narrow sides, but in those instances the
narrow sides were formed not by chippin^^, but by a
much easier process, — that of grinding down the
edges on axes that had an oval section. On the other
hand, the method of chipping to produce such well-
defined narrow sides as those on our thin-necked flint
axes bears witness to great skill and ability in gett-
ing the better of the material, and that is only won by
continuous practice. The superiority shown by Scandi-
navians over other nations in this respect is all the
more noteworthy because these axes date from a very
early portion of the later Stone Age — the first half
of the third millennium before Christ — a period when
that influence of nations with a higher culture which
resulted from the amber trade had not been able to
make itself felt.

The admirable flint axes of this type, remarkable
for a great size, a beauty that one might almost call
classic, and a careful grinding, bear remarkable wit-
ness to the advanced skill in treating the flint and the
taste which the Scandinavians possessed during this
early period.

In Skane thin-necked flint axes are very common,
but a notably large number of them also occur in the
other parts of Gotaland. Several similar axes are known^
too, from Svealand; north of the river Dalalfven also
some specimens of flint axes of this type are found.
Practically all those found in Sweden have been with-
out doubt made in Skane, which is rich in flint of the
kind in question. Numerous specimens dug up in other
districts, like many other products in flint, thus testify
to the considerable trafiic which at that time existed
between Skane and other parts of our country.

Several times two or more thin-necked flint axes
have been met with on the same spot; often it could
be observed that they had purposely been laid down in
a definite arrangement. As they were not discovered in

dwelling places or in tombs, they must have been en-
trusted to mother earth in accordance with some religious
custom, as a sacrifice of some sort; and this is all the
more probable because the axe has proved — even as
early as the Stone Age — to have been a symbol of the
god of the Sun or the Thunder, since it was supposed
that lightning was~an axe thrown by that deity.

In Norway, several thin-necked axes of flint have
been found, and in Denmark they are abundant. In that
portion of northern Germany where Germanic races dwelt
at this time many similar axes have also been found.

For distribution in Sweden, see tlie literature p. 2. — Nils-
son,. Vr-inv., pi. I. — Ant. suM., i. 19-22. — Congr. St., I, p. 240.
— Abebg, Studier, p. 30. — Id., Die Steinzeit in den Niederlanden
(Uppsala, 1916), p. 11 (with a map). — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 3
and 7. — Madsen, Afhildninger, St., pi. 26. — MiiLLER, Ordning,
St., f. 54 — 56. — Sehested, Fortids minder, pi. I, II. — Mestorf,
Alterth. Schlesw. -Hoist., pi. IV. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi.
4, p. 26. — Mertins, Schles. Vorz., Ill, p. 13.

122. Kulstade, G. ; with six similar axes.

123. Kongelf, Boh. ; with two similar axes.
127. SlOta, V. G; with a similar axe.
188. Dagstorp, Sk. ; shaft of an elk-bone.

129 — 146. Axes and chisels of greenstone and other
kinds of stone (excluding flint).

129. Hult, 0. G.; with a great number of non-perforated stone axes,
3 stone axes with shaft-holes and several polishing stones. The
majority of the axes not being finished, it is evident that they
have been fabricated there.

133. Aloppe, Upl.; dwelling-place (see f. 541, 542, 601, 627,648,674,
679, 682, 691—701, 703). — Almgren, Uppldndska stenalders-
hoplatser (Fornv., 1906, p. 1); Ekholm, Studier, p. 19; Lind-
QvisT, Fornv., 1916, p. 164.

141. Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling in a peat-bog (see f. 169, 180—
184, 457, 557, 583-88. 599 etc.). — O. Fbodin, En svensk pdl-
bgggnad frdn stendld. (Fornv. 1910, p. 29); Id., Fin schwe-
diseher Pfahlhau aus der Steinzeit, {Mannns, II, p. 109);
Meddel. JTr. Ostergotl. Fornm.-for., 1908. p. 33; 1909, p. 27;
1910, p. 1.

147 — 152. Copper axes. The majority have the
same shape as many stone axes: they are plain (with-
out any trace of raised edges) and almost of uniform
width, being at the top only a very little narrower
than at the edge. Some are thinned off" at the top
end, thus resembling thin-necked flint axes. Like con-
temporary copper implements from central and south-
ern Europe, the copper axes discovered in Scandinavia
are of remarkable pure metal (more than 99 % of copper),
without any trace of tin. They have obviously been
imported from the South: some resemble Hungarian and
South European copper axes; the edge arched, but other-
wise the axe is almost rectangular and quadrilateral,
with a straight-lined top. Most of the pure copper
axes found in Sweden probably' belong to the time
before the end of the period of the gallery-graves, the
third period of our later Stone Age. Axes of somewhat
later types (see f. 779), with the lower part much wider
than the upper, are of copper with a trifling admixture
of tin. Several of these, too, are perhaps to be ascribed
to the period immediately before the end of our
Stone Age.

In Skane about 15 such copper axes have been found;
a few are known from Blekinge and the government

l: 2.

LATER STONE AGE.

of Kalmar (f. 148). Similar specimens occur in Den-
mark and in central, south and eastern Europe, as also
in the Orient.

MoNTELius, Finnas i Sverige minnen frdn en kojjpardlder?
{Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 8, 1893). ~ Id., Findet man in Schiveden
Ueberreste von einetn Knpfcralter? {Arch. f. Antlirop., 23, 1895).
— Id., Chronol. altesf. Brnnzezeit, p. 8. — Muli.er, Ordninq, Br., f.
125, 126. — W. Sri.iKTii, Inventnr der Bronzealterfnnde aus
Schlesiv.-Hoht. (Kiel, 1900), f. 1. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi.
19, p. 151. — M. Much, Die Kupferzeit in Europa (Wien, 1886;
2nd edit., Jena, 1893). — F. von Pui.szky, Die Kupferzeit in Un-
garn (Budapest, 1884). — Montei.ius, Die vorklnssische Chronologic
Jtaliens (Stockholm, 1912), p. 4 (>Kupferzeit>).

147. Analysed; more than 99 % copper. — FriSslof, Sk.

149. Analysed: 99.5 % copper. — Tonimarp, Sk.

150 and 151. North-western Ska,ne, probably found together (151
analysed: more than 99 % copper).

152. Hungarian type; analysed: more than 99 % copper, traces of
nickel. — Svenstorp, Sk. — Mcddrl. fr. Kristianstnds Mils.,
n:r 3 (1915), p. 16, f. 36 (copper axe of the same type; SkS.ne).
— MoNTELius, Chronol. alt. Br.-z., pp. 10, 93 and 119 (Hungary);
cf. pp. 11 and 165 (Greece), and 143 (Egypt). — Id., Die ror-
MaKsische Chronologic Italienx. p. 5, f. 10, and p. il, note. —
A. Mosso, The Dawn of Mediterranean Civilisation (London,
1910), p. ;)9 (Italy and Egypt).

153 — 176. sThick-necked» flint axes; formerly called
abroad chisels*. The top is rectilinear, not so curved
as that of the thin-necked axes. Section almost rect-
angular. Broad-sides flatter, less arched than in older
specimens. Edge in some cases very broad, possibly
owing to the influence of the copper axes with similar
edges (see f. 152, 778—809). — This type, developed
from thin-necked axes, is common during the third part
of our later Stone Age, the period of gallery-graves ; but
it survives also during the fourth period, and to the
beginning of the Bronze Age.

For distribution In Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Ur-inv., t. 9, 10-12. — Ant. suid., f. 23—25. ~ Rygh, Norske
Olds., f. 17, 19, 20. — Sehested, Fortidsminder, pi. XIV, XVIII— XX
(tombs). — Madsek, Afhildninger. St., pi. 16, 27, 28. — Id., Grar-
hoie og Gravfund fra Stenalderen i Danmark (Kbhvn., 1896),
pi. IX, Xr, XIII etc. — MtiLLER, Ordning, St., f. .59. — Mrstorf,
Alterth. Schlesir.-Hoht., pi. V— VII. — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenb.,
pi. .5, pp. 28 — 34. — Mertins, Schle.tiens Vorzeit, III, p. 12. — Se-
veral flint axes of this type have been found in Posen, East Prussia,
Poland, Galicia and Volhynia (museums in Cracow, Leniberg etc.). —
Photograph. Album, Berlin 1880, I, pi. 5 (East Prussia).

153 — 164. Thick-necked flint axes, not ground.
165 — 176. Thick-necked flint axes, more or less
ground.

169. Alvastra, 6.G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

175. Ostra Torp, Sk.; with 2 other axes of the same type and a
gouge, all of flint and polished.

177 — 179. Chisels of flint; some are absolutely
unground (f. 177), others ground (f. 178 and 179). Thick-
necked: section nearly square.

For distribution in Sweden, sec the literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Ur-inv., f. 19. — Ant. snid., t. 29, 30. — Rvgh, Norske Olds.,
f. 18. — Madsen, Afhildninger, St., pi. 39. — MCller, Ordning,
St., f. 126, 132. - Sehested, Fortidsminder, pi. XIV, XVIII— X'X
(tombs). — Madsen, Gravhnie og Gravfund, pi. IX, XI, XIII etc.

— Mestorp, Alterth. Schlesiv.-Holst., pi. VIII. — Beltz, Alterth.
Mecklenb.. pi. 6. — de Mortillet, Mus^e prehist., pi. LII, 7. —
Keller, Pfahlh., 7, pi. II, 13 (shafted stone chisel).

180 — 184. Chisels of bone or horn. Several have

been discovered in surprisingly good preservation.

Nilsson, Ur-inv., f. 20. — MDller, Ordning. St., f. 127, 136,

— Id., Aarb., 1888, p. 267. — Sehested, Fortidsminder, pi. XX.

— Madsen, Afhildninger, St., pi. 25. — Id., Gravhoie og Gravfund,

%— 201197

pi. IX, XX, etc. — Mestorp, Altert. Schlesiv. -Hoist., f. 40. — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenb., f. 129, p. 76. — ue Mortillet, Musee vrihist.
pi. LII.

183. Stora Karlso, island near Gotland; found in a cave called Stora
Forvar, with a great quantity of bones of different animals and
implements from the later Stone Age (see f. 59, 233, 529— ,531, 533
—535, 597, 603, 607, 610—12, 620, 710—16, 742). — Grottan
Stora Forvar pa Stora Karlso, undersokt af L. Kolmodin och
Hj. Stolpe, beskrifven af B. Schnittger (Sthim, 191.3).

185 — 205. Axes and hammers of stone.

185. Black slate; lower part polished. Lappish type. — Jockmock,
Lapl.; a sanctuary.

188. GuUrnm, G. ; dwelling-place (see f. 669, 688, 709). — H. Hans-
son, En stenaldersboplats pa Gotland {Sv. Fornm.-for. tid-
skr., 10, p. 1); LiTiiKEiiG, Gotl. stendld., p. 61.

192. German type (»Schuhleistenkeil>. — Near Stockholm. — Upp-
land, 1, p. 171, f. 36; Ekholm, Stndier, p. 57, f. 88, and p.
59; Meiilts, Die sogenannten Schuhleistenkeile der neolithischen
Zeit {Centralbl. f. Anthrop., 6 [1901], pp. 129 and 193).

194. Russian (Karelian) type. — Tierp, Upl. — R. Arpi, Studier till-
(ignnde Oscar Monielius af larjmigar, p. 49, f. 2; A. T., 19:2,
p. 90, f. 96; Ekholm, Studier, f. 94.

198. Stone club: see f. 208—210. — Vendel, Upl. — Ekholm, Stu-
dier, p. 60, f. 100. and p. LXX. Cf. Finska Fornm.-for. tidskr.,
XXV, p. 131, f. 78, 79.

202. In a piece of horn (a hole for the handle). — Balkakra, Sk.

203 — 205. Stone hammers; Danish types.

Muller, Aarb., 1907, p. 88. — Madsen, Afbildn., St., pi. 41.

206 and 207. Stone axes with a small round hole
through the broad-sides.

Nilsson, Ur-inv., f. 17. — Mbl. 1895, p. 86, f. 51. — Mon-
TELius, Chronol. d. alt. Bronzezeit, p. 11 (literature). — Mestorp,
Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 82. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 10
f. 67, p. 55.

208 — 210. Round stone clubs, with a shaft-hole in
the centre; see f. 198. Similar stone-clubs, generally
globular, occur in many European countries, as in Asia
and Egypt.

M Ciller, Ordning, St., f. 121 (globular), 122 (discoid). — Mad-
sen, Afbildninger. St., pi. 41. — Congr.. Copenhagtie, 1869, p.
124 — Madsen, Gravhoie, II, pi, XVII (gallery -grave). — Mestorp
Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 105, 111 (gallery-grave). — Beltz, ^/feK.
Mecklenb.. pi. 10 f. 69, 70, p. 56. — de Mortillet, Mush prihist.,
f. 499 (flint; France). .— Montelids. Vorkl. Chron. Ital., col. 5. —
Id., Chronol. d. alt. Bronzezeit, p. 178 (Hungary, Egypt and Asia).

21 1—235 (and 237, 239—243). Adzes of flint and
other stones, with concavo-convex edge — formerly
called »I)road gouges». Flint-axes with such an edge
and an oval section (f 211) belong to a much later
part of the Stone Age than the straight-edged axes with
a similar section {Fornv., 1916, p. 137).

By digging in the earth, it is not rare to find,
about a metre deep, a hollow-edged axe and a boat-
shaped hammer of stone (= f. 303 — 322); in most cases,
they have been buried with a corpse, although no re-
mains of this, as a rule, are now to be seen. — Similar
adzes occur in America.

Nilsson, Ur-inv., t. 18 and 30. — Ant. suid., f. 27 and 28. —
Arne, Fornv. 1909, p. 99. — Lindqvist, Ner. stendld., pp, 22, 23. —
— MtjLLER, Ordning, St., t. 58, 61—63, 66—68. — Madsen, Afbild-
ninger, St., pi. 29. — Id., Gravhoie og Gravfund, pi. XIV, XLVI,
etc. — Mestorp, Alterth. Sehlesiv.- Hoist, f. 38, 39. — Beltz, Altert.
Meckl., p. 25. — Jones, Antiquities of the Southerii Indians, pi.
XIV f. 7,

212. Flint. — Bjnrselet, near Skellefte, Vb. (not Vg.); with 69 similar
flint tools; all of them are quite unpolished. — A. T., 3, pp.
182 and 409; Ant. suid., i. 27,

10

1: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

226. Stone — Gnstafsvik, Ker.; with a boat-shaped hammer, probably
in a tomb. — Lindqvist, Nei: stenald., p. 22.

232. Stone. — Hogby, Ner. ; with a boat-shaped hammer (f. 317), probably
in a tomb. — Lindqvist, Ner. stenald, p. 23.

233. Stone. — Stora Karlso ; in the >Stora Forvar. (se f. 183).

237. Stone. — Russian (Karelian type). — Hoby, Bl. — ■ Fornv., 1913,
p. 163, f. 31.

236 and 238. Gouges of flint. Comparatively rare.

NiLssoN, Vr-inv., f. 21. — Ant. sued., f. 31. — Madsen, Af-
hildninger, St., pi. 29. — SICller, Ordning, St., f. 128, 133, 134.

— Mestorf, Alterth. Sehlestc.-Holst., f. 37.

239-243. See f. 211.

244 — 256. Axes and hammers of stone with a
groove for the shaft. Occur in many European coun-
tries, as in the East. — Such hammers have also been
used since the end of the Stone Age in mines and else-
where. Tools like them were common in America and
Australia.

NiLssoN, Vr-inv., f. 24—26. — Ant. suid., t. 36, 37. — Madsen,
Afbildninger, St., pi. 30. — MClleb, Ordning, St., f. 82, 83. —
Mestorf, Alterth. ScJilesu-.-Holst., f. 85. — Beltz, Altert. Meek-
lenh., pi. 7. — Schlesiens Vorzeit in Bild u. Schrift, II, 3, p. 16.
• — Steinhammer mit Rillen (Verhandl. Bert. Anthr. Ges.. 1894,
pp. 329, 587 [Germany]: 1895, pp. 135, 689-696 etc.). — Mdch,
Kupferzeit, 2nd edit., p. 258 (Austria, in a copper-mine). — W.
Pleyte, Nederlandsche Oudheden. Friesland (Leiden, 1877), pi.
XXIII. — Evans, Stone Implem.. 2nd edit., pp. 168, 236 (England,
Australia, etc.). — MatMaux, 1876, p. 543 (France, tomb.) — De-
chelette, Manuel. I, p. 530 (France, Spain, America). — Cartailhac,
Ages prehistoriques de VEspagne et du Portugal, pp. 202, 203
(Spain, copper-mines), 205 (North America, shafted). — Montelius,
Vorklass. Chronol. Italiens, pi. III. — Chantre, Recherches an-
thropologiques dans le Caucase, I (Paris, 1885), pi. II (salt-mines).

— Ch. Jones, Antiquities of the Southern Indians (New York,
1873), pi. X.

257 — 263. Stone axes with a sort of stop-ridge,

which prevented the tool when used from penetrating

the shaft. The circumstances of the discovery giving

no information of date, it is possible that some of

them belong to a period after the end of the Stone

Age. Similar axes of stone and metal have also been

iised outside Europe.

Madsen, Afbildninger, St., pi. 30. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-
Holst., f. 85, 87. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 25 f. 37, 38. — For
a somewhat similar flint axe, see Muller, Ordning, St., f. 70.

264 — 399. Axes of stone with holes bored for handles.
All are of other stone than flint (f. 288 is of copper).
Many of them have been used as battle-axes.

It has long enough been supposed that holes could
not be bored in stone axes, unless metal tools could be
used for it. By experiments it has been proved, however,
that such a hole can be produced with a wooden peg,
sand and water. The peg is twirled swiftly round for
a long time, by which means it presses hard on the
grains of sand setting them in motion so that they
fret away the portion of stone they press against. This
causes an excavation which narrows somewhat down-
wards, because the wooden peg also wears away during
the operation. When the boring is continued in this
way, a hole is produced, but the task is facilitated
usually by boring from both sides until the piercings
meet. If a tube of bone or the like is used instead of
a solid peg, much work is saved, because it is not need-
ful in that case to fret away the whole mass of stone

inside the hole that is to be made. Before the hole
is complete, there is a projecting core in the middle
which can easily be knocked off and taken out. A
number of stone axes are found in Sweden, as in other
lands, with incomplete holes, and many cores have been
knocked off: these prove that both methods of procedure
were pursued during the Stone Age (see f. 310, 329, 345,
369, 384, 385, 390). Other stone axes have holes which
are either somewhat conical (f. 379) or bi-conical (f.
264, 330): this depends on whether they were bored
only from one side, or from both (see also f. 351, 363,
398 etc.). Many stone axes are also found on which
no hole at all has been staiied, although the shape
shows that the intention was to provide them with
holes (f. 277, 281, 283 etc.) — In our times, without
any knowledge of the way stone axes were bored
thousands of years ago, the invention has been made
a second time (in mining tunnels or sinking wells
through granite) of boring holes through stone by
using cylindrical bores, whose lower edges are set with
black diamonds. Inasmuch as the diameter of the hole
is much larger, and the thickness of the cylinder much
smaller, in comparison to what was the case with stone
axes, the proportionate saving made by the modern
tools is even greater than by the antiques. — The
holes here described are circular. It is remarkable
that some stone axes have been found with oval holes
for the handle, like the holes in several copper axes. —
The hole is almost always parallel to the edge, but in
some cases it is perpendicular to it (»adzes» or »mattocks»,
f. 398, 399).

Many axes with shaft-holes, especially those of
the more simple shapes, show traces of long-sustained
usage (the edge is often re-ground): these have doubt-
less been used as tools. Axes of finer shapes, such as
the double-edged, polygonal, boat-shaped, etc., have ob-
viously been weapons (battle-axes): they display no
such traces of sustained usage as the former. Many
axes of stone, whether used as tools or as weapons, have
been found broken over the shaft-hole; they were of
course weakest at the point where the hole was bored.
A fresh hole is often seen in them (f. 395).

Even during the older Stone Age, axes or mattocks
have been found in Scandinavia with holes for the
shaft, but these tools were of horn. Some few speci-
mens of stone (f. 399) seem to be copied from such
horn mattocks: it is not yet exactly known to what
period they are referable. Nevertheless the oldest stone
axes with shaft-holes which can be dated — e. g. the
numerous double-edged and polygonal axes, f. 264,
289, — have not been copied from perforated implements
of horn, but from copper axes imported hither from
the South. Such a copper axe, found in Sweden, may
be seen f. 288. Some axes with two edges and some poly-
gonal axes are made of red sandstone, to imitate the
colour of the copper. — The axes, or rather hammers
now spoken of belong to the time of the gallery-graves,

i: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

11

that is the 3rd period of the later Stone Age; and the
oldest are probably from the first half of that period.
During its second half these hammers are often of a
very fine form, such as the »boat shaped* hammers (f.
303). These survive into the 4th period, during which
axes with shaft-holes largely assume forms of increas-
ing simplicity. Even during the Bronze Age, at least
its earlier portion, axes with shaft-holes were in use,
though probably not as a general rule.

About 20,000 stone axes with shaft-holes are known
in Sweden. They are also very numerous in Norway,
in Denmark, and in those districts of Finland where
Swedes lived as early as the Stone Age.

Albeit in far less numbers than in Scandinavia,
axes with shaft-holes occur also in Central Europe,
as in countries east of the Baltic, and in the British
Isles, in France, central or south Germany, Switzer-
land, Austria and Hungary. In southern Europe they
are rare. In Italy and in the northern Balkans (Bos-
nia and Thessaly), some have been found; but in the
Spanish peninsula, Greece, and on the islands of the
.^gean, as well as in Egypt and other tracts of north-
ern Africa they arc either entirely laclciny or very rare.
The case is the same with Asia Minor, excepting Troas,
where their occurrence is evidently due to the influence
of the Balkan lands. In the Caucasus and lands border-
ing the Euphrates as well as Turkestan and other
districts in Asia, some few stone axes with shaft-
holes have been dug up.

As in Scandinavia, so in all these other countries,
they occur only in a very late period of the Stone Age,
when copper was used.

In America too stone axes with shaft-holes were
used. There, as in the ancient world, the method was
known of boring the hole with a cylindrical tool, as
is proved by the core that remains in not finished
holes.

The boring of the hole: C. Rau, Die dufchbohrten Gercithe
der Steinperiode (Archiv f. Anthrojwlogie, 3 [1868], p. 187); cf.
Annual report of the Smithsonian Institute, 1868, p. 392. — H.
HiLDEBRAND, MM. 1872, p. 134. — Sv. forntid, p. 59. — Sehested,
Archceolog. Vnderseg., p. 26. — Muller, Ordning, St., p. 11 (see f.
90: flint axe with a natural hole, used as a shaft-hole).

The hole perpendicular to the edge (»adzeg»): Worsaae,
Nord. Olds., f. 50. — Madsen, Afhildn., St., pi. 32. — Linden-
SCHMIT, Alterth., I: 2, pi. 1. — Jahreschr. (Halle), 1, pi. XVIII. --
M. DB PuYDT, Melanges d'arch. prehist., pi. V (Belgium). — Evans,
Stone implements, p. 190.

Oval hole: Mui.ler, Ordning, St., f. 97. — Mestotif, Alterth.
Schlestv.-Hoht., f. 88. — Beltz, Alterth., Mecklenb., pi. 9 f. 53, p.
50. — LiNDENSCHMiT, Alterth., 1: 8, pi. 1 f . 7 (Liineburg). — Museum
in Danzig (1 from West Prussia). — All these are of the same type.

— Evans, Stone Implem., t. 133. — Proceedings Soc. Antiqu.
Scotl., 1887—88, p. 384. — In Switzerland several double-edged stone
axes have an oval hole (see below).

For the Scandinavian countries, see below, the different groups.

— Central and South Germany: Linden schmit, Alterth., I: 1, pi. 1;
1:2, pi. 1; 1:4, pi. 1; 1:8, pi. 1, etc. — GoTZE, Hofer and Zschiesche,
Die Vor- und friihgeschichtl. Altertiimer ThUringens (Wiirzburg,
1909), pi. VI. — Finland and the Baltic provinces: Aspelin, An-
tiquites, f. 8—16, 64 — 81. — Atlas ofver Finland 1910, map
49: 1, p. 12. — Katalog d. Ausstellung zum X. archdol. Kon-
gress in Riga 1896, pi. 2. — Austria and Hungary: J. L. Pfc, C'echy
predhistoricke, I (Prag, 1899), pi. Ill, IV etc. (Bohemia). — Mittheil.
d. anthropol. Gesellsch. in Wien, I (1871), pi. II, etc. — Much,
Kunsthistor. Atlas, pi. VIII, IX, XIV. — J. Hampei,, Antiquites

prdhistoriques de la Hongrie (Esztergom, 1876), pi. IV. — M. Wo-
siNSKY, Das prcihistorische Schanzwerk von Lengyel (Budapest,
1888), pi. XII etc — Bosnia: Radimsky and Fiala, Die neolitische
Station von Butniir bei Sarajevo in Bosnien (Wien, 1895 and 1898),
I, pi. XIX; II, pi. XV. — The British islands: V.VAKS, Stone Imple-
ments, p. 183. — MoNTELius, The Chronology of the British Bronze
Age (Archceologia, LXI, 1908). — France: Dechelette, Manuel,
I, p. 516. — Switzerland: Keller, Pfahlbauten, 1, pi. Ill; 2, pi.
I; 3, pi. Ill, V etc. — Antiquith lacustres (Mus. in Lausanne;
1896), pi. VIIL — Italy: G. A. Couni, Bull. Paletnol. ital..
XVIII, p. 149, pi. X; XXII, p. 1, pi. I, 11. — Russia (Finland and
the Baltic provinces, see above): Aspelin, Antiquites, f. 96—113.

— Congr. archiol. de Moscou, 1892, II, p. 245, f. 12 (govern.
Vladimir). — V. Stern, 'Materiali>, published by Russian Archteo-
logical Commission, n:o 34 (1914): magnificent pieces, one of nephrite
and three of serpentine, found in Bessarabia. — Tallgren, Fmska
Fornm.-for. tidskr., XXV, p. 125. — Thessaly: Cur. Tsountas,
v-/t TtpoitjTooiy.ai axoono).tii Jt/ii^riov xai ^tay.).ov (Athens, 1908), pi.
41, col. 319—324. — A. J. B. Wace and .M. S. Thompson, Prehistoric
Thessaly (Cambridge, 1912), pp. 43, 164 — Troas: W. DObpfeld,
Troja und Ilion (Athens, 1902), pp. 322, 373; f. 323—326: magnificent
pieces, one of lapis lazuli and three of a beautiful greenish stone.

— Caucasus: Chantre, Le Caucase, I, pi. I. — Babylonia: Monte-
Lius, Die dlteren Kulturperioden im Orient und in Europa, p.
171, f. 569 and 570 (miniature axes with shaft-holes). — Turkestan:
Antiqua, 1887, p. 33, pi. V (Samarkand). — Egypt: Catalogue of
the National Museum of Antiquities of Scotland (Edinburgh,
1892), p. Ill (the hole in the middle; pointed at both ends and prob-
ably used as a weapon;. Upper Egypt). — J. De Morgan, Recherches
sur les origines de I'Egypte, p. 143, f. 321,322 (clubs). —America:
Jones, Antiquities of the Southern Indians, p. 281, pi. XIII.

264 — 277. Double-edged axes of stone with holes
for handles (battle-axes). Originally copied from axes
of copper with double edges and a shaft-hole in the
middle; some are therefore of reddish stone, imitating
the colour of the copper. Looked at in profile, the
oldest stone axes in this group are quite like copper
axes, but the former must, naturally, be made much
thicker than the latter, otherwise they could not be
strong enough. The shaft-hole — generally round but
sometimes oval — was at first placed in the middle of
the stone axe, which was narrowed down equally to-
wards both edges, as was the case with copper axes.
But the position of the hole gradually moved farther
towards one of the edges. Th« latter soon lost its
shape of an edge and gradually became quite thick.
Both ends were sometimes of the same breadth as the
axe itself, but they were often a little broader, and
gradually became very broad, as in f. 268 — 277. — For
the types derived from such axes, see f. 369 and follow-
ing. — Contemporary with double-edged battle-axes of
stone, similar axes were made in miniature of bone or
amber, used for amulets, symbols of the sun-god (the
god of thunder: f. 646, 658, 684).

Double-edged stone axes are common both in the
peninsula of Scandinavia and in Denmark; they are
often found in gallery-graves, and therefore belong to
the third period of our later Stone Age. Outside Scan-
dinavia, double-edged stone axes occur in several other
countries, as Germany, England, France, and Switzer-
land.

For distribution in Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Ur.-inv., f. 131. — Ant. sued., f. 39, 42. — Montelius, Chronol.
d. alt. Br.-Zeit, p. 16. (f. 33, France). — Id ., Meisterstilcke im Mu-
seum vaterlandischer Altertiimer in Stockholm (1912), pi. 1 f. 1. —
Aspelin, Antiquites du Nord Finno-Ougrien, p. 22 (Finland). — Rygh,
Norske Oldsager, f. 33, 34. — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 78, 79, 93—96.

— Sehested, Fortidsminder, pi. XI, XVIII (gallery-grave). — Mad-
sen, Afbildninger, St., pi. 15, 31, 32. — Id., Gravhoie, pi. XVIII,

12

l: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

XX, XXI etc. (gallery-graves). — Mestorp, Alterth. Schlesiv.-Holst.,
t. 101, 102. — Fr. LiscH, Friderico-Francisceum, pi. XXVIII f. 2,
pi. XXIX f. 1. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., p. 46, 54, pi. 9 f.
56, 57, 64. — H. Schumann, Die Steinzeitgrdber der Uckcrmark
(Prenzlau, 1904), pi. XXII, XXXVI, XLIII. — Mus. f. Volkerkunde
in Berlin (one of red sandstone found in Brandenburg). — Linden-
scHMiT, Alterth., I: 4, pi. 1 f. 10. — Munko, Lake- Dwellings in
Eiirope, f. 98 (Posen). — E. Hlising (J. R. Nunning), Westfalisch-
Miinsterldndische Heidengrdbcr (C'oesfeld, 1855), pi. V. — Evans,
Stone Implements, 2nd edit., f. 113 (England; tumulus, with a dagger
of copper). — DE MoRTiLLET, Music prehist., t. 515—517 (France).
— D^CHELETTE, Manuel, 1, f. 185: 4 and 5 (France). — Materiaux,
1881, pi. VI f. 2, 8 (36 cm. long!), pp. 269, 275 (France); 1879, pi. II
f. 14, p. 58 (Switzerland; oval hole). — Gross, Frotohelvetes, pi. IX
f. 13, 15 (both with oval holes; the latter seems to be an imita-
tion of copper axes with the one edge perpendicular to the other; cf.
f. 14). — Ffahlbauten, 8, pi. Ill f. 22, 23, pi. VII f. 27; 9, pi.
XVIII f. 12, 13, pi. XIX f. 4 (Switzerland ; all of them with oval
holes). — Prdhist. Zeitschr., 1907, pp. 96, 99 (Bulgary).

278 — 287. Stone axes with shaft-holes, of various
shapes.

288. Copper axes with shaft-hole; imported from
the contiDent, probably from Hungary.

Montelius, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 8, p. 221. — Id.., Chronol.
alt. Br.-z., f. 22. — Pulszky, Die Kupferzeit in Ungarn, p. 89. —
Hampel, Antiq. prehist., pi. VIII f. 17.
288. Analysed; only 0.3 % tin. — Southern or western SMne.

289 — 29(5. »Polygonal» stone axes with shaft-holes:
used as battle-axes. Stone axes of about the same
shape as the copper axe f. 288, which was doubtless im-
ported from the South (cf. Hampel, Antiqu. prehist.,
pi. VIII f. 17) — with a round projecting top and the
edge more or less arched — are found in Central Eu-
rope, Sweden and Norway. Such axes not being found
in Denmark, the occurrence of this type in Sweden
proves a direct connection between the north coast of
Germany and Skane. The type, which is widespread
in Sweden, belongs to the 3rd period of our later Stone
Age (not the beginning of the Bronze Age, as was
once supposed). Some are of reddish stone — an echo
of the fact that they are copied from copper axes.

Ant. suM; f. 98. — Chronol. alt. Br.-z., pp. 12—14 (Sweden
and Central Europe), 93 (Silesia), 118 (Sweden; gallery-graves), 191
(Italy). — Fornv., 1913, p. 199 (Blekinge). — Aberg, Kalm. Idns
stenald., pp. 39, 56. — LrriinEHG, Gotl. stendld., p. 30. — Med-
del. ^ Osterg. Fornm.-for., 1911, p. 36. — Sahlstrom, Vdsterg.
stendld., p. 54. — Nygren, Vdrml. stendld., p. 75. — Lindqvist,
Ner. stendld., p. 18. — Ekholm, Uj'l. stendld., p. 71. — Id., Stii-
dier, p. 45, tab. I, II, map II. — Rygh, Norske Olds., t. 36. —
MijLLER, Ordning, St., f. 101 (found in Sweden, Lake Vanern; see
Memoires, 1845—49, p. 170). — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenb., pp.
46, 52. — Schlesiens Vorzeit, II, 3, p. 23, f. 70—72. — Linden-
SCHMIT, Alterth., 1: 4, pi. 1 f. 11 (Mecklenburg), 12 (Bavaria). —
Museums in Danzig and Thorn. — Pic, Cethy predhistoricke, 1, col.
135, 156 (Bohemia). — Chantrb, Le Caucase, 1, p. 49 (Bohemia).
— Manniis, I, p. 196 (Bohemia). -- Photogr. Albtim, Berlin 1880,
II, pi. 7 (Pomerania). — Keller, Pfalbauten, 5, pi. IX f. 2, 3; 6, pi.
VI f. 23; 8, pi. Ill f. 25, 26 (Switzerland). — Much, Kunsthistor.
Atlas, pi. XIV (Austria). — R. Munro, The Lake-Dwellinys of
Europe (London, 1890), f. 38, 39 (Austria). — Mitthcil. aus Bos-
nien-Herzeg., IV, p. 7. — Bullettino di Paletnol. ital, X.X^II, pi.
I f. 1, 2. — Montelius, Civil, iirimit. en Italie, II, col. 615.

297 — 302. Stone axes with shaft-holes, nearly akin

to the »polygonal». Some occur in Denmark.

Madsen, Afbildninger, pi. 32, 33. — Mulleb, Ordninq, St., f.
100, 102, 103. ^ . 1 . J< ,

303 — 322. »Boat-shaped» stone axes, or stone ham-
mers, with shaft-holes (>^boat axes»); like the double-
edged and >polygonal» axes used as weapons. As is
shown by the round projecting top and the shape of

the axe, they are developed from the »polygonal» axes.
Round the hole, on the back side, is often seen a raised
ring, and the edge is not infrequently extended back-
wards. It is possible that a direct prototype in copper
has existed in Hungary. A copper axe is known of
the same shape as the boat-formed stone axes — with
round enlarged top, high projecting ring on the back
side, round the hole, and with an edge prolonged back-
wards, features which are to be seen in different Hun-
garian axes of copper. The fact that this boat-shaped
copper axe is narrower than stone axes is explained
by the material. The place of discovery is unfortunately
unknown, but it is assumed to have lain in Eastern
Russia (J. AiLio, Die steinzeitUchcn Wohn]}latzfunde
in Finland, I [Helsingfors, 1909], p. 37, f. 30; A. M.
Tallgrbn, Die Kupfcr- und Bronzezeit in Nord- und
Ostrussland [Helsingfors, 1911], p. 127, f. 74). If this
is the case, it may have travelled eastwards from
Hungary in the same way as the original of f. 288
travelled northwards.

Many boat-shaped axes show exceptionally good
grinding, in which there was often left a narrow raised
line running along the middle of one side. The diffi-
culties that were met with in the producing of this
straight line, however, were small compared with those
that had to be overcome when three such raised lines
converging at the edge were left on the other side (f.
305): it is a mark of great skill to be able to make
these three raised lines run along so evenly and meet
in such sharp angles as in this case. We are bound
to admire not only the exceeding technical ability to
which these axes bear witness, but also their beautiful
and perfectly symmetrical shape in all their simplicity.

The type is best developed in Sweden, where the
majority (many hundreds are known in this country)
and the most beautiful examples have been unearthed.
It belongs here to the period of gallery-graves; to-
gether with hollow-edged adzes, boat axes are often met
with in earth-tombs (see f. 211—235). Such axes are
also found in Norway, but in Denmark they are very
rare, excepting on Bornholm, which belongs geographi-
cally to Skane. South of the Baltic such axes are
not found, but they exist in the districts east of the
Baltic, and neighbouring provinces of Russia; they are
especially common in south-western Finland, proving a
considerable immigration from Sweden in the 3rd mil-
lennium. Most of the boat-shaped axes found in Fin-
land are somewhat different from the Swedish, and
forming a variation in type peculiar to Finland.

NiLssoN, Vr-inv., f. 127, 128. — Ant. steed., f. 96, 97 (were then
supposed to date from the beginning of the Bronze Age). — • Montelius,
Meisterstuckc, pi. 1, — Stjerna, .4. T., 19: 2, p. 111. — Almgren|
A. T., 20: 1, p. 8. — Ahne, Fornv., 1909. p. 99 (earth-tombs). —
Eeixon, Fornv., 1913, p. 197 (Blekinge). — Aberg, Kalm. Idns sten-
dld., ..pp. 39, 56, pi. VIII. — Lithberg, Gotl. stendld., p. 30. — Ner-
MAN, Osterg. stendld., p. 26 and map VI. — Sahlstrom, Vdstergotl.
stendldersbehygg., p. 54, tab. II. — Nygren, Vdrml. stendld., p.
46 and map II. — Lindqvist, Ner. stendld., p. 17. - Ekholm, Upl.
stendld., pp. 72 and 90 (tab.). — Montelius, Helsingl. Fornm.-
Sdllsk. drsskr., 1901, p. 26. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 35. — Br0G-

i: 2,

LATER STONE AGE.

13

GER, Norgcs Vestlands stenald., p. 63. — Madsen, Afbild., St.,
pi. 33 f. &. — MOlleb, Ordning, St., f. 114. — Aarb., 1881, p. 356.

— Vedei,, Bornh.. p 11. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-Nolst., f. 93.

— LissAiiER, Frdhistor. Denkmaler, ir.-P»TM.ssc», p. 26. — Katalog
Ausnt. liiqa 1896, \<\. 2. — Aspelin, Antiqu., f. 64, 65 (Finland),
96 (.laroslav). — Atlas iifver Finland 1910, map 49: 2 (text pp. 9, 12).

— One was found near Kiev (Tallgren, I. c, p. 129, note) and an-
other not far from Kovuo (in the National Museum of Stockholm).

317. Hiigby, Ner.; see f. 232.

323— 33J. »Rhomb-axes», so called because from
the front view the axe has a more or less rhombic
shape; they are also called >axes with many facets*.
They were probably battle-axes. The type occurs in
Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland. In other
countries do similar axes, at least not those of the
perfectly developed type, have been found.

For distribntion in Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Stjerna,
A. T., 19: 2, p. 111. — Rygh, Norske Olds, f. 37, 38. — Madsen,
Afbildn., St., pi. 32 f. 21, pi. 33 f. 34. — Mulder, Ordning, St.,
f. 71, 84—86. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schkstv.-Holst., f. 79, 80. —
Atlas ofver Finland 1910, map 49.

335 — 338. »Bent-necked» axes with shaft-holes.

Ekholm, Studicr, p. 47.

339 — 341. Stone hammers with projections like
the arms of a cross on both sides of the shaft-hole:
some with incised zigzag lines or other similar orna-
ments that occur on works in horn. Probably copied
from horn mattocks. Very seldom occurring outside
the Scandinavian peninsula (f. 349 — 351 are a little
different).

Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 42 (potstone) and 43. —A. W. Br0GGer,
Norges Vestlands stenald., p. 6(). — Oldtiden, I, Bergens M. p. 35,
f. 12 (potstone). — Aarsberetn. af Foren. t. norske fortidsmind.
bevar., 1895, p. 117, f. 7 (potstone, only 4.8 cm. long; short pro-
jections); cf. 1889, pi. 1 f. 5, p. 98. — Nord. Tidsskr.f. Oldkynd.,
I (Kbhvn, 1832), pi. Ill f. 36 (locality unknown). — J. M. Kemble,
Horce jferales (London, 1863), pi. 11 f. 33 (Holland). — Aspelin,
Antiquitds, f. Ill (Kaluga in Russia, S.-W. of Moscow).

344 — 348. Long narrow mattocks of stone (often
schist) with shaft- holes: the section more or less round.
The hole is often biconical; in the uncompleted holes
no core is seen, and so they must have been bored with
solid wooden pegs, not cylinders. These mattocks,
which seem to be copied from those of horn, are
attributed to an early part of the later Stone Age.
Most of them have been found in western Sweden.

Nygren, Vcirml. stenald., p. 48. — Lindi^vist, Ner. stenald.,
f. 18. — Sahlstrom, Vasterg. stenald., p. 55. — Frodin, Meddel.
fr. Osterg. fornm.for., 1912, p. 24 (rare in O.G.; two found in early
dwelling-places in Boh.). — Is'ilsson, Ur inv., f. 143 (Denmark; the
hole near the large, round top). — Oldtiden, IX, p. 11 (>ploughs>).

349 — 351. Stone hammers with short projections
on both sides of the shaft-hole (cf. f. 339 — 341). Similar
forms occur east of the Bothnian Gulf.

Aspelin, Antiquites, t. 66—70. — Atlas ofver Finland, 1910.
Map 49—51, p. 9, f. 14.

352. Danish (Jutland) type, as some of^the following. — Tralleborg,
Sk. — Opuscula, p. 48, f. 11; N. Aberg, Frdhist. Zeitschrift,
1917, p. 21.

358. Finnish type. — Vange, Upl. — Almgren, A. T., 20: 1, p.
5, f. 7.

369. See f. 264. — Lilla Mellosa, Sod.

379. Actual length: 35.9 cm. — Moheda, Sm.

390 a. Core from a hole. — Nas, V. G.

390 b. Two cores from holes bored from the opposit sides of an axe.

— Sml,land.
397. Finnish type. — Kirsta, Upl. — Sai.in, Uppland, 1 p. 171, f.

37; Ekholm, Studier, p. 57, f. 89.

398, 399. Adzes: the shaft-hole is perpendicular
to the edge. The holes being as great as those in-
tended for shafting, these axes are of a kind differ-
ent from those with a small hole through their broad
sides (f. 207). Such adzes are rare both in Scandi-
navia and in other parts of Europe.

Wobsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 50. — Madsen, Afbildn., St„ pi. 32
f. 24. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklcnb., f. 67. — Frdhist. Zeitschr.,
1912, p. 215 (Prignitz). — Jahresschr. (Halle), I, pi. XVI [I. — Evans,
Stone Impl; p. 190, f. 122. — Die neolitische Station von Butmir
bei Sarajevo in Bosnien, I, pi. XIX f. 11 (see II, pi. XV).

400, 401. Sandstone rubbers for arrow- shafts. On
the flat side there is a bevelled groove for polishing
arrow-shafts and the like: two such stones are often
found together. In our days similar rubbers for arrow-
shafts have been used by Indians of North America.

Boh. bidr., 8. p. 446 (pumice-stone). — MCller, Ordning St.,
f. 196. — Aarh., 1898, p. 2(53 (two rubbers, found in a tomb with an
arrow-head). — Schumacher, Arch, f Anthr., IX, p. 249. — Evans,
Stone Impl , 2nd edit., p. 267, f. 185. — de Mortillet, Miisee pre-
hist., f. 593.
400. Hagestaborg, Sk. ; in a gallery-grave.

402 — 491. .Daggers, spear-heads and arrow-points
of flint (only "f. 464, 471—474 and 491 are of other
materials).

The majority of flint daggers both in and out of
Europe have had handles of wood, bone or horn. In
Scandinavia and North Germany, inhabited by the
same Scandinavian race, but not in other parts of
Europe, many daggers had handles of flint. Since the
whole weapon must then naturally be of one single
piece, its production met with great difficulties, especially
when it was a question of making such daggers as f.
430 — 33, which are veritable masterpieces, and must
have been most costly, evidently intended for chief-
tains. The beauty of the shape and the perfect sym-
metry shown in these, as in the other weapons now
under consideration, as well as the elegant manner in
which the contour lines of handle and blade pass into
each other, all witness to an advancement in artistic
skill and a taste which could not have been expected
in works executed in the remote North, thousands of
years ago.

In Egypt, certainly, weapons of flint have been
found so well executed that their equals have only
been met in the Scandinavian North. Some Egyptian
productions in flint — which however were not daggers
or spear heads — are so wonderfully fine that opinions
are divided whether they or the Scandinavian speci-
mens ought to hold first rank. But this is only when
technical execution is exclusively considered. When
one also takes the shape into account, there is no
question that such tasteful and elegant works in flint
as the daggers f. 430—33 did not exist in Egypt.

14

l: 2. LATER STOXK AGK.

It can easily be seen that the originals of f. 430 —
433 were daggers, and that other weapons here illu-
strated were spear-heads; but it can only be decided
in a few instances which of the other flint weapons
now in question were used as daggers, and which as
spear-heads. Most of these blades may quite as well
have been fastened to a short hilt suited to the hand,
and thus used as daggers, as been fixed on the tip of
a long lance or spear.

The edges both of daggers, lances and arrows are
not ground, nor have ever been intended to be ground.
But on the broad sides large or small parts are some-
times ground (f. 409), since unevennesses which could
not be chipped away were removed by grinding.

On many spear-heads found in Sweden and other
Germanic countries (f. 466 — 470), as on arrow-points (f.
446), the edges are provided with large or small saw-
teeth, by which wounds became far more dangerous
than was otherwise the case. Outside the Germanic
North flint spears with saw-teeth are very rare.

If the dagger or spear struck against some hard
substance, a splinter could easily be broken off the edge.
When the damage was to be remedied, the other edge
had also to be worked up to prevent the blade being
oblique. If this was several times repeated, the blade
continued to diminish in width and finally became al-
most entirely worn out (f. 426). If it was a dagger
with a flint handle that had been damaged in this way,
the handle might remain unchanged, while the blade was
ultimately converted into a short narrow point (f. 427).

Daggers and spear-heads of flint have been found
in Sweden in very large numbers; many thousands of
specimens are now known here. They occur not only
in Skane, where there is a good supply of excellent
flint, but also far north from that district. Some are
very long; one weapon found in Skane (like f. 404) is
44.2 cm. in length. These weapons are very common
also in other Scandinavian lands, especially Denmark
and the northermost part of Germany — that is to say
within the whole Germanic district.

In other parts of Europe daggers and spear-heads
of flint have been met with far less often than in the
Scandinavian region.

MoNTELius, Dolkar, spjut- och pilspetsar af hen och sten,

A. T., 22: 2 (with literature).

402. Ranten, close by Falkoping, V. G.; in a gallery-grave (»Lusthns-
hogen.; see f. 591, 593, 737). — Ant. sued., f. 51; K. E. Sahl-
STROM, Vdsterg. stenald.-bebygg., f. 40; Id., Forteckning over
Skarahorgs Uins stenaldersgravar{ Vdsterg. Fornm.-for. iidskr.,
Ill, 1915, p. 49, f. 16—18).

416. Birslof, Sk.; in a dolmen. — N. G. Bbuzelius, Svenska forn-
lemningar, 1, p. 20.

426 — 429. By repeated chipping, blades have been
converted into short narrow points.

429. Oknll, V. G. ; cist-grave (see f. 479). — Sahlstrom, Stenald.-

gravar, p. 73.
431. Karleby UtbogS,rden, V.G.; large cist-grave (see f. 600). — Congr.

St., I, p. 172, f. 23, 24; MoNTELius, Hdllkista vid Karleby

Utbogdrden [Mbl., 1877, p. 425); Sahlstkom, Stendld.-gravar,

p. 37.

435 — 451. Arrow-points of flint, >b]ade-shaped»,
usually barbed, chipped on both sides (the larger, as
f. 439, have possibly been javelin-heads). Some have
their base rounded (f. 444): on others it is straight,
without any trace of barbs (f. 448, 450). The majority
have their base more or less curved inwards, or they
have barbs, which often are of considerable length, and
testify to great skill in the maker (f. 437, 441). The
type f. 442, 443, with a short tang and barbs, which
is the common one in some other countries, is rare in
Sweden, as it is in other parts of the Germanic North.
— Blade-shaped arrow-points of flint first begin to
come into use during the later part of the period of
gallery-graves. — Such arrow-points are found in Skane
in large numbers, but comparatively seldom in the
other districts of Gotaland. In Svealand they are met
with very seldom and scarcely any are known from
Norrland, where there was no supply of flint, arrow-
heads of bone and schist being used instead. In Nor-
way many arrow-heads of flint have been found. In
Denmark they are very common; and in northern Ger-
many they occur, though less often. They occur also
in other parts of Europe, in Asia, Africa and in the
New World.

Literature, see A. T., 22: 2.

447. Hjcllby, V. G.; cist-grave (see f. 632, 641). — Mbl, 1896, p. 65 ;
MONTELIUS, Der Orient nnd Europa, p. 138.

452 — 456. Commonly called »three-sided arrow-
headss-; but on account of their size and weight they
seem rather to have been javelin-heads. Common in
the three Scandinavian countries, but very rare in
Germany. In other European lands practically un-
known. Occur in western Asia and Egypt.

Literature, sec A. T., 22: 2.

457, 458. iTransversaU arrow-heads of flint; already
occurring in our older Stone Age (f. 85, 86), but still
quite common in the North during the period of gallery-
graves.

Literature, see A. T., 22: 2.
457. Alvastra, 6.G. ; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

460 — 463. Lance-heads with a notch at the edge
for fixing (see f. 451).

Literature, see A. T., 22: 2.
464. Quartsite. — Nedcrkalix, Vbtn.

466 — 470. Lance-heads with larger or smaller saw-
teeth along both edges.

466. Orenas, Sk.; gallery-grave. — Form:, 1908, p. 226, f. 70 (and
p. 231).

471. Arrow-head of bone. — Visby, G.; dwelling-place close by the
ruin of the church of Drotten (with a skeleton ; see f. 536, 622,
712). — Wennersten, Boplats frdn stendldern i Visby {Fornv.,
1909, p. 201, f. 14); Lithberg, Gotl. stendld., f. 68; sec pp. 69,
88. — See f. 527.

472. Arrow-head of bone. — Henimor, G.; dwelling-place (see f. 532,
615). — Lithberg, Gotl. stendld., p. 65, f. 69.

473. Arrow-liead of schist; edges with fine teeth. — Gammelstorp, V.G.

474. Arrow-head of bone. — Romele8,sen, Sk.

478. Knife of flint (for food). — SmWand (not Sk.). — Mbl, 1892,
p. 71, f. 45. See A. T., 22: 2.

LATER STONE AGE.

15

479. Oknll, V. G.; cist-grave (see f. 429).

489. Luttra, V. G.; gallery-grave (see f. 590, 594, 596, 639, 650). —

Ant. tiilskr. 1, p. 255: Ant. sukl., f. 47; Congr. St., I, p. 159,

f. 9; Sahlstrom, Stenald.-gravar, p. 42.

491. Lanoe-head of quartzite. — Vangel, Ang. — Montklius, A. T.,
20: 6, p. 33.

492. Copper daggers, with a tang more or Jess
distinct, the breadth of which is much greater than
the thickne-ss, and which has no rivet holes. They
are copies in metal of flint daggers (cf. f. 484); a closer
investigation shows that flint daggers are not copied
from copper daggers, as once was supposed {West-
denfsche Zeitschr., XIX, p. 229). Similar specimens,
though still in small numbers, are known from several
parts of Europe.

MoNTELius, Chronol. d. alt. Bronzezeit, p. 42 iSaxony), 109
(Bohemia), 143 (Egypt: a rivet-hole in the short tang), 194 (England:
cf. Id., Chronol. Brit. Bronze Age, p. 9. The dagger, said to be of
>bronzc>, is probably of copper; so far as I know, it has not been
analysed). — Id. Die rorklass. Chronol. Ital., pi. II f. 9 (north Italy),
p. 8, f. 26 (Sardinia). — Jahresschr. f. d. Vorgesch. d. sachs.-thiir.
Lander, 8, pp. 14, 58, pi. I f. 6, pi. IV f. 33. — Prahist. Zeitsehr.,
1914, p. 87 (Balgary). — V. Gross, Le.<i protohelvhtes, pi. 10 f. 27
and 29 (Switzerland). — Antiqxta, 1884, pi. XIV f. 74 (Switzerland).

— L'Hommc pr^histor., 1903, p. 98, f. 20 (France). — L. Siret,
Questions de chronologie et d'ethnographie xMriques, I, p. 376, pi.
VII f. 20.

492. Nattraby, Bl.

493 — 526. Spear-heads, daggers and arrow-heads
of slate (schist). Many have barbs. Some shapes
seem to be copied from flint heads (cf. for example
f. 452 and 501); others have come into existence by de-
velopment from them. — Like many other productions
from slate (f. 537—555), these weapons are especially
common in Lapland and Norrland. Many are also
found in Svealand, but they are seldom met with in
Gotaland, especially in the southernmost part, in the
districts that are rich in flint. In Norway also, pre-
eminently in its northern parts, and in Finland they
have been in general use. They are not found in Den-
mark and Germany. Especial use has been made of
them by the non-Germanic peoples inhabiting the ex-
treme north of Europe; but many were exported and
imitated in districts somewhat more southerly and were
used by our Scandinavian forefathers.

MoNTELius, Sur les souvenirs de Vdge de la pierre des Lapons
en Snbde (Congrhs de Stoekholm 1874. v.lSS). — Id., Minnen /ran
lapparnes stenalder i Sverige (MM., 1874, p. 97). — Almgren, A. T.,
20: 1, p. 41. — For distribution in Sweden, see the literature, p. 2

— Rygh, Snr le groupe arcfique de I'dqe de la pierre polie en
Norvhge (Congrhs de Stockholm 1874, p. 177). — Id., Norske
Olds., f. 83—88. — A. W. Br0gger, Den arktiske Stenalder i
Norge (Vidensk. Sehk. skr., Kristiania, II, 1909, n:o 1). — Aspe-
LiN, Antiquitis du Nord Finno-Otigrien, f. 56. — Oldtiden, I : II,
p. 7 (arrow-head of schist with its wooden shaft); cf. Ill, p. 59.

501. Torhamn, BL, dwelling-place (>Pysslingebacken>); see f. 766. —
Fornv., 1913, p. 164, f. 34 (cf. pp. 186, 189, 198); A. T., 20. 1,
p. 38, f. 43.

514 and 517. Vasterbjers, G.; with a skeleton (see f. 528, 673). — Mbl.,
1887, p. 110, f. 56.

527, 528. Spear-heads and arrow-heads of bone and
horn (see f. 471, 472, 474).

628. Lance-head of bone (the same type as the lance-heads of schist).
— vasterbjers, G.; tomb (with f. 514).

529 — 53fi. Harpoon-points of bone, similar to those
of the older Stone Age (see f. 42 — 58). Those which
date from the later Stone Age in Sweden, according
to the known circumstances of their discovery, are not
two-sided; they have teeth only on one side. The teeth
are usually few and large (s>barbs»), seldom many and
small (as in f. 42, 45 etc.). Besides these points (f. 529 —
536), many are certainly from the same period, although
not discovered under conditions such as to tell for
certain whether they belong to the older or the later
Stone Age. In other lands, too, similar bone heads
have been in use both in the later Stone Age and
since: in certain districts they then had barbs on both
sides. Similar points of bronze are also known.

Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1882, p. 129 (Spandau, lake-dwell-
ing, with many weapons from the Bronze Age)). — Pfahlbauten, 2,
pi. Ill f. 41; 3, pi. II f. 9, pi. IV f. 1,2; 7, pi. I f. 1, 18 (small,
only with one barb); 8, pi. IV f. 5 (several two-sided and badly
made). — Gross, Les protohelvhtes, pi. VI f. 9, 14, 16 (two-sided),
10 (small, only with one barb). — Messikommer, Die Pfalhauten
von Rohenhansen, pi. XI f. 1 (two-sided). — Montelius, La ci-
vilisation primit. en Italie, pi. 4 f . 6 (two-sided).

Of bronze: La civilisation primit. en Italie, pi. 9 f. 3—6
(with or without socket; one barb); pi. 70 f. 12 (one-sided, more than
one barb, incomplete). Cf. Fornv., 1907, p. 273, f. 110.

529—531 and 533—535. Stora Karlso (.Stora Forvan; see f. 183).
532. Hemmor, G.; dwelling-place (see f. 472).
536. Visby (Drotten); dwelling-place (see f. 471).

537 — 551. Knives or daggers of slate. Some handles

terminate with an animal's head (f. 677). Distribution

about the same as that of the spear-heads (f. 493).)

Literature, see f. 493. — Almgren, Nordiska stendldersskulp-
turer {Fornv., 1907, p. 116).
541, 542. Aloppe, Upl.; dweiling-plaep (see f. 133).

552 — 555. Instruments of slate, similar to those
in iron with handle of wood, which are still used by
Laplanders as scrapers for tanning.

P. G. ViSTRAND, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 8, p. 94.

556, 557. Rounded pieces of granite and the like
with cup-shaped depressions (»cups»). At least some
of them have been probably used as hammer stones,
in working up flint and other kinds of stone. Others
have possibly borne some symbolic significance in religion
(cf. f. 689, 690). Stones which resemble f. 557, but
have no cups {Fornv., 1910, p. 48, f. 28), have mani-
festly been used as hammer-stones: they show clear
traces of blows.

NiLSSON, Ur-inv., f. 95—99. — Ant. suhl., f. 1. — Frodin,
Fornv., 1910, p. 48. — Madsen, Afhildn., St., pi. 21 f. 4—10.
— MtJLLER, Ordning, St., f. 199, 200. — Evans, Stone Impl., 2nd
edit., p. 239.
557. Alvastra, O.G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

558 — 560. Grindstones of sandstone, on which were
ground tools and weapons of flint and other kinds of
stone. In order to facilitate the work, sand or gravel
with water was often used; on the surface of many
flint axes scratches made by sandgrains may still be
seen. — Such grindstones as f. 558 are known only in
Scandinavia.

NiLssoN, Ur-inv., f. 101—103. — Ant. suid., f. 5, 6. — Eyoh,
Norske Olds., f. 89—91. — Madsen, Afhildn., St., pi. 21 f. 1—3. —

16

LATER STONE AGE.

MijLLER, Ordning, St., f. 201, 202. — Sehested, Archaol. Under-
siig., p. 14.

558 and 559. Skine (different places). The two flint tools have not
been found together with the grinding-stones.

560. Limestone. — Sanda, G.

561. Chipping hammers formed of the point of

an antler, the end of which is cut off and polished

by use (cf. f. 07(5); used in working up flint. Such

tools of bone with a wooden shaft have been used in

our days by Esquimaux and other peoples.

MuLLER, Ordning, St., f. 40. — Id., Aarb., 1888, p. 274. —
Sv. forntid, p. .50. — Evans, Stone ImpL, 2nd edit., p. 38.

561. Tullstorp, Sk.; in a flint mine.

562, 563. Flint-cores. Chips were struck off a

flint block, either after suitable preparation to use the

remaining interior of the block as an axe, a dagger,

or the like; or else to utilize the flakes struck off as

knives, scrapers, arrow-heads and so forth. In the

latter case the residue of the flint block is generally

called a core (»nucleus»).

NiLssoN, Ur-inv., f. 108. — Ant. suM., f. 3. — Sv. fornt., p.
49. — Madsen, Afbildn. St., pi. 24 f. 1 — 3. — Muller, Ordning,
St., f. 7—9. — Evans, Stone ImpL, 2nd edit., f. 2, 189. — de Mortil-
LET, Mnsie prihist., pi. XXXIII.

564 — 568. Scrapers of flint and quartzite, generally
rounded in front. Sometimes they are almost circular
(f. 565), sometimes oblong (f. 566), sometimes s-spoon-
shaped» (f. 567, 568). The last-named have a sort of
flint handle; of the others — like similar scrapers of
stone used by primitive peoples in our days — many
may have had handles of wood or bone (Sv. forntid,
f. 65). Flint scrapers occurred as early as during the
older Stone Age (see f. 81). They have been used
partly in fabrication of works in wood, horn and bone,
partly in preparation of skins. Sometimes several scra-
pers have been found laid together in the ground or
in water. In Sweden, as in other lands, scrapers of
flint are very common; the »spoon-shaped> variety, how-
ever, is seldom met with outside Scandinavia (Sv. forn-
tid, f. 63).

NiLssoN, Ur-inv., 2nd edit., pp. 6.5, 17.5, pi. VI f. 137, pi. IX
f. 8. — Ant. sued., f. 69, 70 (8 found together in a bog). — Sv.
fornt., p. 86. — Ekholm, Sfudier, p. 67, f. 122. — Gustapson,
Norges oldtid, p. 2,5, f. 66. — Madsen, Afbildn, St., pi. 24 f. 9—
11. — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 14G— 148; cf f 10—13. — Aarboger,
1896, p. 360, f. 37, 38 (for the food). — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb.,
pi. 11 t 86, 88—90. — Evans, Stone ImpL, 2nd edit., p. 298. —
DE MoRTiLEET, MusH preliist , pi. XXXVII.

564. Quartzite. — Resele, Ang.

565 — 568. Flint. — 566. Annerod, Boh.: dwelling-place (see f. 761).

— Frodin, Ymer, 1906, p. 17; MM., 1903—5, p. 238.

569. Clay daubing: clay which was daubed on
the frame-work of a hut. On the burnt pieces of clay
left from the destruction of a hut by Are, impressions
are seen of the twigs and reeds (wattles), which composed
the frame-work of the hut.

MoNTELius, Boning, grav och tempel (A. T., 21 : 1, p. 39).
.569. Tanum, Boh.; in a tumulus that covered a dolmen (see f. 760).

— Frodin, Boh. bidr., 8, p. 445.

570 — 572. Flint flakes used as knives: they are
not ground, but the edge is formed by the sharp angle

between two sides. Sometimes the ridge has been care-
fully worked with a rounded end (f. 570). Common in
districts where flint is found.

NiLssoN, Ur-inv., f. 68, 69. — Ant. suid., f. 2, 67. — Sv. fornt.,
p. 65 (f. 33, stone-knife with wooden handle, from Australia). —
MCller, Ordning, St., t 143, 144.

573 — 575. Flint borers. Such borers occurred as

early as the older Stone Age (f. 80); many being

found separately, it is often difficult to decide to what

period they should be ascribed.

Sv. fornt., p. 68. — MCller, Ordning, St., t 28— .32. — Aar-
boger, 1866, p. 311. — Evans, Stone ImpL, 2nd edit., p. 321. —
DE Mortillet, Mnsie prehist., pi. XXXVIII.

574. Bulmso, Sm.; cist-grave. — Sv. Fornm -for. tidskr., 3, p.
246, f 1.

576 — 582. Flint saws, often with saw-teeth more
or less distinct along the edge, almost straight or some-
what curved in. The other border is usually bow-shaped
and therefore these tools are called »ha]fmoon-shaped»;
near this border is frequently seen a shiny stripe indicat-
ing that the saw was fixed in a wooden handle. Many
transitional forms show how these tools developed from
flint flakes, while they increased in size and were care-
fully worked up. Flint saws like f. 581 were copied
in bronze during the Bronze Age. — The view expressed
in Fornv., 1906, f. 241, that such flints as f. 582 had
been sickles, cannot be correct. — Such flint saws are
seldom found in tombs, but many have been laid to-
gether in the earth or in water (hoards, );depots»).

Flint saws like f. 577 — 582 are common in Sweden,
especially in the south part of the country, and in Den-
mark; several have been found in Norway. Also in
the portion of Germany that belongs to the Scandina-
vian district, they are numerous; but in other lands
they were not used, if not imported from the North.

For distribution in Sweden, see the literature p. 2. — Nils-
son, Ur-inv., f. 70—72; f 73, of the same form as the others, but
with saw-teeth along both edges. — Ant. sued., {. 71 — 44. — Sv.
fornt., p. 67. — Madsen, Afbildn., St., pi. 24 f. 12—16. — Muller,
Ordning, St., f. 137—140; cf f. 9. — Mestorf Alterth. Schlesic-
Holst., f. 25—27. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 12 f 95—100. —
Evans, Stone ImpL, 2nd edit., p. 294. — de Mortillet, Musee
■prihist., pi. XXXVI.

Hoards: Sv. fornt., p. 149. — Oldtiden, VI, p. 155 (in a bog,
32 saws lay together). — Nationnlmuseet (in Copenhagen). Den
danske samling: Oldtiden, n:os 75 and 85.

577. Sotorp, Boh.; with 8 similar saws. — Boh. bidr., 1, p. 410,
f 127.

583 — 585. Implements for producing fire. Fire was
struck with flint (or quartzite) and iron pyrites; the sparks
lighted tinder (made out of touchwood). In districts
where flint was costly, quartzite was used instead.

583. Iron pyrite. — Alvastra; lake-dwelling (see f 141).

584 and 58.5. Pieces of quartzite, used instead of flint for making

fire; flint does not exist in this region. — Alvastra; lake-dwelling

(see f. 141), together with touchwood.

586. Stone querns (granite). Seed was laid in the
large concavity and ground with another stone. Re-
volving mills did not come into use until much later.

586. Lnndby, V. G.; found at the bottom of a tumulus covering a
gallery-grave (see f. 680, 689). — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 6,
p. 41, f. 2: Sahlsirom, Stenald-gravar, p. 72.

I: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

17

587. Grains of barley (Ffordeum hexasticum). Dur-
ing the later Stone Age millet, barley and wheat were
cultivated in Sweden.

587, Barley. — Alvastra, 6. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

588. Apples.

588, Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. HI).

589 — 597. Bone pins for fastening clothes together.
With the aid of a hole they could be firmly fixed so
that they should not be lost. In several pins, the hole
passed through the head and out of the side (f. 589
—594).

MoNTELius, Chronol. d. alt. Bronzezeit, p. 116. — Muller,
Ordning, St., f. 240-243.

589, 592. Lanna, Ner. ; cist-grave (see f. 628). — Lindqvist, Ner.
stendld., p. 35, f. 62—64.

590, 594, b%. Luttra, V. G. ; gallery-grave (see f. 489).

591, 593. Ranten, V. G.; gallery-grave (see f. 402).

595. Vastkinde, G. ; cist-grave. — Lithberg, Gotl. stendld., f. 184.

597. Stora Karlso (»Stora Forvar>; see f. 183).

598. Bracers (arm-guards): elongated quadrilateral
plates of bone, burnt clay or stone (schist), generally a
little curved; with a couple of holes near the middle or
the ends. Tliey served to protect the bowman's arm
from the string when shooting.

MijLLER, Ordning, St., f. 244, 245. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb.,
pi. 14 f. 122. — Corresp.-Bl. d. deutschcn Gesellsch. f. Anthrop.,
1896, p. 59; 1897, p. 17. — Westdeidsche Zeiischr., XIX, p. 231. —
Evans, Stone Impi, 2nd edit., p. 425 (>bracer8> or >arm-guard8») —
D^CHELETTE, Muimd, II, p. 226 (>brassards d'archers»). — Montelids,
Vorklass. Chronol. Italiens, p. 6, f. 16—18. — The Annual of
the British School at Athens, III, p, 67 (Amorgos).

598. Bone. — Mysinge, 01.; gallery-grave (see f. 648, 670). — Arne,
Fornv., 1909, p. 92, f. 9, and pp. 93, 108.

599 — 610. Bone points, used partly as awls for
boring holes in leather, through which thread was to
be passed, partly for arrow or spear heads. Mostly
bones of sheep, goat, roedeer; some of birds. — Often
found in Scandinavia, as in other lands.

Muller, Ordning. St., f. 192, 194. — Aarbiiger, 1888, p. 262.
— DE MoRTiLLET, Musie prehlst., pi. XXXVIII.

599. 602, 604—606, 608, 609. Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

600. Karleby, V. G.; cist-grave (see f. 431).

601. Aloppe, Upl.; dwelling-place (see f. 133).

603, 607, 610. Stora Karlso (.Stora Forvar.; see f. 183).

till, 612. Bone daggers. Occurring in various
parts of Europe.

DE MORTILLET, MllSCC prSMst., pi. XL f. 541. — MONTELIUS,

Civilis. Ital., col. 564 (of a human bone). — Id., Dolkar af fiinta
(A. T., 22: 2).

611, 612. Stora Karlso (.Stora Forvar. ; see f. 183).
613. Implement of bone. — Ugernp, Sk. ; found with a skeleton, a
flint axe (see f. 651),

614—626. Fish-hooks of bone. Some (f. 616, 621)
had no barbs, but the majority had. As early as the
Stone Age, therefore, fish-hooks were of the same shape
as those of today. Many of those here illustrated were
discovered under conditions which exclude any doubt
about ascribing them to the Stone Age. Of the others,

3— 201i87

most are probably of the same date. Fish-hooks of flint
(without barbs) also exist; many of them are doubt-
less false, but in some few cases their genuineness is
incontestable. Others, used during the Stone Age in
many countries, were of mussel-shell or wood with a
point of bone or flint.

Sv. fornt., p. 100. — Rau, Prehist. Fishing in Europe and
North America, p. 120. — Fish-hooks of flint: Nilsson, Ur-inv., f.
86, 87, pi. B f. XV, XVI. — Aarboger, 1907, p. 85.

615. Hemmor, G.; dwelling-place (see f. 472).

616. No barb. — Oglunda, V. G. ; cist-grave. — Montelius, Der Orient
u. Etiropa, p. 141.

619. Ranten, close by Falkoping, V. G.; cist-grave. — Sahlstrom,
Stendldersgravar, p. 47.

620. Stora Karlso (.Stora FOrvar.; see f. 183).

622. Tooth of swine. — Visby (Drotten); dwelling-place (see f. 471).

623. Alnas, 6.G.; cistgravc. — E. Sorling, Fornv., 1912, p. 208,
f. 71—90.

627 — 636. Pendant ornament (amulets?), commonly
ending below in an edge; their shape more or less re-
calls long and narrow stone axes without shaft-holes
(cf. f. 680). Generally of stone (f. 629—636 of schist;
f. 627 of bone). Many have a hole which passes in at
the top and out at two sides; they were carried on a
cord or the like, which was threaded through this hole.
Most are quadrilateral, some round; those at least, on
which incised ornaments are to be seen, cannot have
been >polishing-stones», as has been assumed. Common
during the cist-period and transition-era to the Bronze
Age. Occurring also in Norway, Denmark and northern
Germany.

Nilsson, Ur-inv., f. 104, 105, 182. — Aarboger, 1881, p. 339.
— Muller, Ordning, St., f. 204, 205. — Beltz, Altert. Meckl, f. 126.

627. Bone. — Aloppe, Dpi.; dwelling-place (see f. 133).

628. Greenstone. — Lanna, Ner.; cist-grave (see f. 589).

629. With ornaments. — Vininge, Sk.; gallery-grave.

630. With a groove (no hole). — Marback, V. G. ; cist-grave.
632. With ornaments — Hjellby, V. G.; cist-grave (see f. 447).

635. With ornaments. — Stora Kopinge, Sk.; stone-grave in a tu-
mulus.

636. Round. — Saritslof, Sk.; peat-bog.

637 — 675. Pendant ornaments, beads and other
ornaments of bone, amber and gold (f. 641).

637. Amber; many holes along the borders. — Kalfvene, V. G. ; peat-
bog, with beads of amber. — Opuscula, p. 62; Muller, Ord-
ning, St., f. 259

638. Amber. — Falkoping (Vetterlinsgarden), V. G. ; gallery-grave (see
f. 662, 663, 666, 667). — Sahlstrom, Stendld.-gravar, p. 53.

639, 640. Pendant ornaments of bone, resembling

eye-glasses (cf. f. 655). Similar specimens in amber are

found in East Prvtssia.

Muller. Ordning, St., f. 250. — R. Klbbs, Der Bernstein-
schmuck der Steinzeit (KBnigsberg, 1882), pi. VIII f. 8— 12, p. 25. —
A. W. BR0GGER, Den arkt, stenald. i Norge, pp. 199, 206, 221. —
Schliemann, llios (London, 1880), p. 430, f. 557 (diorite; Hissarlik).

639. Luttra, V. G. ; gallery-grave (see f. 489). — Ant. suid., f. 82.

640. Skogsbo, V. G.; cist-grave.

641. Bead of gold. The oldest object of gold known of in Sweden.
— Hjellby, V. G.; cist-grave (see f. 447).

642, 643. Animal's teeth, worn as ornaments ; with-
out holes (see f. 650—652), but with a groove around
the top.

18

LATER STONE AGE.

LiTHBERG, Gotl. stendld., f. 168 (tooth of seal).

642. Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

643. lloppe, Upl.; dwelling-place (see f. 133).

644 — 647. Beads of amber. Many resemble more or
less a double-edged axe (of. f. 684); see f. 644 — 647, 658,
659, 666. Many are of other shapes (see f. 661 — 675,
685). Common in gallery-graves; almost entirely lack-
ing during the cist-period. Most are found in Skane
and Vastergotland. Beads of the same form are also
very numerous in Denmark. In North Germany, espe-
cially in the districts round the lower Vistula, orna-
ments of amber are very common, but the beads have
not the shapes common in Scandinavia (f. 645 — 647).

NiLssoN, Ur-hiv., f. 112, 113. — Sv. fornt., v. 91. — A. T.,
19: 2, p. 96. — Sahlstrum, Om Vdstergdtl. stenaldcrsbebyggelse,
p. 58. — MuLLEK, Ordning, St., f. 263, 264. — Nergaard, Rav-
smykkerne: Stenalderen (Aarboger, lb88, p. 281). — Mesiorf, Alterth.
Schlesiv.-Holst; f. 31, 116—118. — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 15 i
f. 143, p. 80.

644. Dverstorp, V. G.; peat-bog, with other ornameuts of amber (f.
659, 665) and a liint-dagger. — Ant. suid., f. 84; Opuscnla, p.
62, f. 36.

645. Gantofta, Sk. ; gallery-grave (see f. 647, 675, 744, 748, 755, 756,
777;. — Fornv., 1908, p. 266; A. T., 20: 1, pp. 11, 32.

646. Karlebv Klofvagarden, V. G. ; gallery-grave, with a great number
of amber beads. — Mbl. 1873, p. 10; Sv. fornt., p. 92, f. 75;
MoNTELius, Sveriges (illustr.) historia, 1st edit., 1. p. 58, f.
97; Congr. St., I, p. 158, f. 7.; A. T., 19: 2, p. 96, f. 108; Sahl-
STBOM, Va.sterg. stendld.-bebggg., f. 39; Id., Stendld.-gravar, p.
33, f. 5—7.

647. Gantofta, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 645).

648, 640. Cylindrical beads of bone, some orna-
mented. Cylindrical beads, often rather long, of amber,
jet, other stones, gold etc., occur both in Denmark and
northern Germany and in other lands during the latter
part of the Stone Age and the beginning of the Bronze
Age (see f. 668).

MOller, Ordning, St., f. 254, 255 (amber). — Aarboger, 1888,
p. 285. — Klebs, Bertisteinschmtick, pi. 1 (amber). — Evans. Stotie
Jmpl., 2nd edit., pp. 458—462 (jet). — de mortili.et, Mu>iee pre-
historique, f. 637 (jet). — P. Cazalis de Fondouce, Alices con-
vertes de la Provence, II (Montpellier, 1878), pi. IV (stone and gold).
— Dorpfeld, Ti-oja u. Ilion, p. 385, f. 359 (cornaline).

648. Mysinge, 01.; gallery-grave (see f. 598).

649. Luttra, V.G.; gallery-grave (see f. 489).

650—652. Animals' teeth (bear, wolf, dog, etc.)
with a hole bored near the root; worn as ornaments
and hunting trophies or amulets (see f. 642, 673), as
was the custom also in many other lands both during the
Stone Age, as early as the palaeolithic time, and long
after its termination, right down to our days. — During
the Stone Age, ornaments were also worn of bone, some-
times of stone or copper, which resemble, more or less,
pierced animals' teeth like these (f. 651, 652).

Ant. steed., f. 89, 90 (bear and wolf). — Sv. fornt., p. 90. —
Fornv., 1909 p. 202 (seal-teeth: 91 were placed at the waist of a
corpse and 100 at the waist of another; consequently, they had been
flxed to the belt). — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenb., pp. 79, 102 (about 90
teeth to the waist, i. e. at the belt, of a corpse). — Linbenschmit,
Alterth., II: 8, pi. 1 f. 9 (Germany: female skeleton: necklace of 38
teeth). — Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. ties., 1895, p. 353 (Bohemia; teeth
and clay-imitations of teeth); 1898, p. 266 (Erance: imitations of
teeth in stone and mussel-shell). — Wosinsky, Das prahist. Schantz-
iverk von Lengyel, pi. XIX, XXXIII, p. 49 (Hungary; deer). -- de
MoKTiLLET, Musee priJiist., f. 630 (dog). — Montelius, Civil, ital.,
pi. 4 f. 19 (bear); pi. 3 f. 28 (imitation in stone). — Older Stone

Age: "Wosinsky, Lengyel, p. 49 (Mentone: 22 perforated teeth of
reindeer, at the head). — Later times: Cruse, Necrolivonica (Dorpat,
1822), pi. 3, 16. — Bahr, Grcibe.r der Liven (Dresden, 1850), pi.
III. IX, X. — Of stone: Civilis. Ital., pi. 3 and 33 (North Italy).
— Of copper: Forrer, Antiqua, 1884, p. 59, pi. XIV f. 70; 1885, p.
110, pi. XXIV f. 17 (Switzerland).

650. Bear-tooth. — Luttra. V. G. ; gallery-grave (see f. 489).

651. Imitation in bone. — Ugcrup, Sk. ; tomb (see f. 613).

652. Imitation in bone. — Fjalkinge, Sk.; with a skeleton and more
than 100 similar ornaments. — Mbl., 1891, p. 176, f. 55.

653 — 657. Amber and stone buttons, with V-shaped

boring: two holes, bored obliquely to each other from

the under side, meet, so that the button can be firmly

fixed with a cord threaded through them. During the

Bronze Age, ornaments like f. 939 — 952 were developed

from these buttons. — Buttons with V-shaped boring

occur also, during the end of the Stone Age and the

transition period to the Bronze Age, in other parts

of the Scandinavian region, as in west and south

Europe.

Optisciila, p. 61. — BB0GGER, Den arktiske stenalder, pp. 186
(amber; not button; Norway), 207 — 210 (amber; Sweden and western
llussia). — Splietii, Inventar, f. 20. — Klees, Bernsteiiischmuck,
pi. II (amber; Prussia). — Olshausen, Verhandl. Berl, Anthr. Ges.,
1890, p. 287. — Evans, Stone Impl., 2nd edit., pp. 452 — 456 (jet,
amber; England). — de Mortillet, Musce preldst., f. 648 (alabaster;
France). — Cartailhac, Lcs ages prehist. de I'Espagne, f. 112 (four-
sided, of bone; Portugal). — Siret, Les premiers ages du metal
dans le Sud-est de I'Espagne, pi. XVI, XLI, XLVllI (ivory). —
Montelius, Civilis. Ital., pi. 10 f. 3 and 4 (stone and amber: North
Italy). — Heierli, Urgeschichte der Schweiz, p. 155, f. 93. — Wo-
siKSKY, Das prahist. Schantzwcrk von Lengyel (Hungary), 1, pi. XV,
XIX, 1, pp. 35, 48; 2, p, 85 (of bone and mussel-shell). — Much, Die
Kitpferzeit in Enropa, 2nd edit., pp. 95 (stone: Mondsee, Austria), 99
(both in Austria-Hungary and on the Spanish peninsula, painted red,
evidently in imitation of the colour of the amber).

653. Potstone. — Upland.

654. Amber. — Skredsvik, Boh., peat-bog. — Sv. Fornm.-fbr. tidskr.,
7, p. 141, f. 9; Opuscula, p. 62, f. 33.

655. Stone, with a ring. — Knislinge, Sk.; cist-grave. — Mbl., 1886,
p. 48, f. 2.

656. 657. Amber; very small, — Hammarlof, Sk.; cist-grave at the
bottom of a tumulus (>Bonhog>). Above this tomb, there were
others dating from the Bronze Age (see f. 903, 1036, 1264, and
943 a). — Mbl, 1893, p. 11.

658. Amber-bead, broken and repaired; holes for binding together the
two pieces. — Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141). — Of.
Sv. forntid, p., 91, f. 77 (amber-bead, broken and repaired in
the same way).

659. Amber-bead. — Dverstorp, V. G. (see f. 644).

660. Bead of burnt clay. — Siretorp, Bl.; dwelling-place (see f. 731,
740). — Fornv., 1913, p. 174, f. 39.

661. Broken spindle-whorl of burnt clav. — Kvarnby, Sk.; dwelling-
place (see f. 741, 840). — A. T., 19: 1, p. 28, f. 23.

662. 663, 666, 667. Amber-beads. — Falkoping (Vetterlinsgarden),
V. G. ; gallery-grave (see f. 638).

664. Four-sided amber-bead. — Falkoping (Attaga,rden), V. G.; gallery
grave. — Sahlstrom, Stendld.-gravar, p. 53, f. 19.

665. Perforated piece of amber. — Dverstorp, V. G. (see f. 644).

668. Amber beads, cylindrical and short. Similar
beads, of amber or other material, occur alike in Scan-
dinavia and elsewhere; they are often somewhat thicker
at the middle than at the ends (barrel-shaped). Long
cylindrical beads, see f. 648, 649.

668. Full size (not Va). — Falkoping (»Smedjekullen>), V. G.; cist-
grave. — Sahlstrom, Stendld.-gravar, p. 51.

669. Bead of burnt clay. — GuUrum, G. ; dwelling-place (see f. 188).

670. Pendant ornament of deer-horn. — Mysinge, 01.; gallery -grave
(see f. 598).

671. Small ring of bone. — • Orenas, Sk.; gallery-grave, with a fli t
axe etc. — Fornv., 1908, p. 231.

l: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

19

672. Amber-bead. — Sundsholm, Sm. — Opuscula, p. 61, f. 31.

673. Boar-tnsk, with two holes; see f. 650. — Vasterbjers, G.; tomb
containing 7 similar tusks etc. (set; f. 514). — ('f. Mhnoires,
1896—1901, p. 127; de Mortiij.kt, Musie prihist., f. 617.

674. Bone of swine, perforated. — Aloppe, Upl.; dwelling-place (see
f. 133).

675. Amber-bead. — Gantofta, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 645).

676. Deer-horn (cf. f. 561). — Alvastra, 0. G.; lake dwelling (see
f. 141).

677—679 (see also 687, 688). Representations of
animals: some of the oldest art-productions known in
Sweden (cf. f. 537—540, schist knives).

Almgrkn, Nordiska stenaldersskulpturer (Fornv., 1907, p. 113)-

677. Hoc of (elk)-horn: two deers and rhomboid ornaments incised. —
Near Ystad, Sk. — Ant. suM., f. 43.

678. Elk of stone; head very well made. — Deep, round cavity (no
perforating holel at the middle of the base. Has this figure of
an elk been placed at the top of a piece of wood to be wor-
shipped? — Alnnda, Upl. — O. Almorkn, E. Reutrrskiold,
R. Sernandeii and J. V. Eiksson, Eft karelskt sti-nrapen med
(ilghufvnd, fimnet i Uppland {Fornv., 1911, p. 152).

679. Elk of burnt clay; head very well made. — Aloppe, Upl.;
dwelling-place (see f. 133).

680—685. Axes of stone, amber (see f. 644), burnt
clay and hone, which were not used as weapons or
tools, but had a religious signification: they are .''yra-
bols of the Thunder (or Sun) God; often in the shape
of double-edged axes. — Symbolic axes are numerous
in Scandinavia as in other districts both during the
Stone Age and later, when they are visually of metal.
In the Viking Age they were replaced by the Tors-
hammer, in silver or iron (see f. 817).

MoNTELins, Soh/ndens yxn orh Tors Jiamniare (Sv. Foriim.-
fih: tidsh:. 10, p. 277). — ' Id., The Sun-God's A.re and_ Thor's
Hammer (Folk Lore, 1910, p. 60). — Ai.mgren, Symboliska miniatyr-
yxor fran den yngre jarnnldern (Fornv. 1909, s. 39). — SrnETKT.ifi,
F,n minirifi/rnkfi nv hronfte frit vikinqetiden (Berqens Mnseum.t
Anrbok. 1911. n:o 131. — Oldt'iden. VT. p- 35 (iron, 5.7 cm long). —
Mittheil. AntJn: Oes. Wien, 35 fl905), .S'jV^-.-Ber., p. 40 (burnt clay).
— Moniim. nntirhi. Acrnd. d. Lineei, XXIIT, col. 248 (flint. 2 cm.
long; Asia Minor). — Mdntet.itis, Die (iUeren Kulfurperiodrn im
Orient itnd in Enropn. p. 171, f. 5()9 and 570 (burnt clay; Baby-
lonia), p. 174 (blue glass, imitating lapis-lazuli; same country).

680. Bone; imitating the axes without shaft-hole, but with a small
hole at the top, as f. 206. — Lundby. V. G.: gallery-grave (see f.

586). — MoNTELins, Chronol. alt. Br., f. 17.

681. Stone, onlv 5.4 cm. long. — Villberga, Upl. — Salin, Uppland,
I, p. 237, f. 110.

Miniature-axes of stone are common in Sweden (see f. 304). The
smallest, known, in cretaceous stone, is not more than 1.1 cm. long;
it had been placed, with 4 glass-beads, in a tomb from the 10th
century A. D. (Fornv. 1909, p. 41, f. 7.

682. Broken miniature-axe of burnt clay. — Aloppe, Upl.; dwelling-
place (see f 133).

683. Amber; 12.4 cm. long (the edge is not quite complete') — Instiin,
Boh. — Boh. bidr., 5, p. 379, f. 233; Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr.,
JO, p. 285, f. 14.

Two other amber-axes of about the same size are known from
Scandinavia. One, 12 cm. long, had been deposited in a Danish
gallery-grave (Uby. Sja-Uand; if («»woiVe.9, 1896—1901, p. 143, f.
51). The other, 10..5 cm. long, was found in the southern part
of the Jutlandic peninsula.

684. Bone. — Palkoping (Frugirdcn), V. G. ; gallery-grave. — Mon-
TELius, Chronol alt. Br., f. 39.

(585. Amber. — Falkoping (Vetterlinsg&rden); gallery-grave, see f. 638.
686. Round disc of burnt clay, probably representing a wheel with

four spokes, the symbol of the sun ; the other side is plain. A

vertical hole for a piece of wood supporting the disc. — See f.

7.57. — Ejalkinge, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 7.52).
MoNTELius, Hjulet anm en reliyios sinnebild i fiirkri.iten

och kristen tid (Nordisk tidskr., 1901, p. 1). — Id., Das Rad
[*^ als religioses Symbol in vorchristlicher und christlicher Zeit

(Prometheus, 16, 1904—5, p. 241).

687. Human head of amber.

687. Asarp, V.G.; peat-bog. — Fornv., 1907, p. 117, f. 9.

688. Comb of bone.

688. Comb of bone, with a human head and a head of an iinimal (dog?);
cf. f. 677—9. — Gullrum, G.; dwelling-place (see f. 188). —
Sv. Fornm.-for. tid.skr., 10, p. 12, f. II; Fornv., 1907, p. 115
f. 3; LiTHBERR, 6otl. stendld., f. 164.

689. 690. Stones Avith cup-shaped depressions
(jcups>') for sacrifice. Similar cups are seen both in
moveable stones (f. 556, 557) and in fixed rocks. On
dolmens, and other tombs of the Stone Age, they are
common, as they are in the »rock-sculptures» of the
Bronze Age. Down to our days, the custom has sur-
vived of sacrificing in these »fairy-mills», as they are
termed by the Swedish people. — Stones with such cups
occiir also in other lands. They are called by German
archfeologists »Schalensteine», by the French »pierres k
ecuelles!>, or »&, cupules!>, by the English »cup-marked
stones*.

MoNTHT.Tiis, A. T. 13, p. 35 (cups on dolmens in Europe. Pale-
stine etc."). — 0. Hkrmemn, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr.. 2, p. 186 (the
>fairy-mills» in Sodermanland are by the people considered to be the
property of the parish, and they are still used as offering-stones). —
F. Keller, Die Zeirhen- oder Sc.halensteine der Schweiz (Mifteil.
d. antiqnnr. Genelhch., Zurich, XVII: 3, 1870), — R. Forber, Tteal-
lexikon d. pr/ihistor. . . . Altertiimer, p. 686 (iSchalensteine}). —
Dechelette. Manuel, I, p. 615 (.les pierres a ecuellesi). — J. An-
derson, Scotland in Pagan Times, the Iron Age (Edinburgh, 1883'),
p. 299. — P. Karoe. Rephaim, Die vnrgeschichtliche Kultnr Pala-
stinas und Phoniziens (Paderborn, 1918), pp. 755, 756 (Schalenver-
tiefungen).

691 — 777. Clay vessels. All hand-made, and baked
in an open fire. The revolving potter's wheel was not
yet known here. Many vessels, as manifest signs show,
were produced by placing narrow rings of clay, while
somewhat moist, one over tho other, and pressing them
firmly together. They are but incompletely baked. The
Swedish pottery from the Stone Age is neither painted,
nor glazed.

As might be expected, most of the vessels are found
in dwelling-places or in graves. Naturally the former
are broken, as a rule, so that only fragments are
now preserved. f)f the latter, certain specimens have
been preserved till our times more or less complete.
The remarkable diff'erence shown between the pottery
from the dwelling-places and that from the tombs (or
the 3>megalith -pottery », as vessels of the latter group
are usually called, because most of them have been
deposited in the large tomb-chambers of stone, »mega-
lith tombss) is due partly to the fact that most examples
now known of both groups are from different districts,
and in some cases from somewhat different dates.

The pottery from the dwelling-places (f. 691 — 731
etc.), chiefly found in eastern Sweden and the interior
of Skane, show much affinity with that of the older
Stone Age (Fornv., 1913, p. 179). They are usually
rather thick, of coarse clay, mixed with gravel or stone
splinters, and badly baked. Many have been rather large,
with a diameter at the mouth of as much as 30 cm.
{Fornv., 1906, p. 101, n.); others are small (f. 694). At

20

I: 2.

LATER STONE AGE.

the bottom most of them are like vessels of the older
Stone Age (f. 90), round or pointed so as not to be
able to stand on a table or the bare ground without
support. Flat-bottomed vessels are unusual {Fornv.,
1913, p. 173). Differently from the majority of vessels
from the older Stone Age, they are often ornamented,
especially at the upper part (not seldom, too, on the
mouth-edge); but the designs are very simple, commonly
small round dots set in rows, produced by pressure
from a wooden peg; also linear ornaments engraved
with a point or flint flake: horizontal or perpendicular
zigzag lines set obliquely, lines crossing each other,
whicb sometimes form figures like network and the
like (f. (i9()). Sometimes the ornamentation is made
not by ordinary lines, but by rows of points produced
with some instrument like a comb (»Kammtechnik»;
LiNDQUiST, Ner. stenald.^ p. 24). Almost all designs
are rectilinear; circles, half-circles and so on are very
rare (f. 692, 698 etc.). — A large number of the dwelling-
places, where the pottery in question is dug up, belong
to an early part of the period of gallery-graves (A. T.,
20: 1, p. 23; Fornv., 1913, p. 180). — Similar pottery
has been found not only in other Germanic regions, but
also in other lands. The pottery from the dwelling,
places of eastern Sweden is very similar to that from
the other side of the Baltic. — Bits of tomb pottery
are found only by exception in dwelling-places {A. T.,
20: 1, p. 17; Fornv., 1913, p. 177 [»rope ornament^]).
Tomb pottery, principally from the coast districts
of Skane, Blekinge, Halland, Bohuslan, and Vastergot-
land, is thinner, of finer clay, unmixed with gravel,
and rather better baked than that from the dwelling-
places, although tomb pottery also is baked at an open
fire. The majority has flat bottoms, so that they can
stand without support. Many, however, are intended
to be hung or carried, as is shown by the holes at the
upper edge or in the middle (f 743 — 748). Ears are
extremely rare; but sometimes a kind of handle without
a hole is to be seen (f. 751). Most of the vessels are not
large. Certain of them have been preserved more or less
complete to our days. The ornaments, sometimes ho-
rizontal (f. 745), sometimes perpendicular (f. 747), some-
times angular (fig. 768, »"Winkelbandkeramik»), are gene-
rally very tasteful, though, like those from dwelling-
places, simple and only linear (seldom curved). They
were incised or impressed in the clay, before baking.
Among the latter should be especially noted those that
are impressed with a rope (»rope ornament», f. 750; Ger-
man: »Schnurkeramik»). In some cases the designs are
not produced by pressure from an actual rope, but by
pressing a peg surrounded with twined thread, or the
like, against the surface of the vessel (Frodin, in Boh.
hidr., 8, p. 442). Sometimes this »rope pottery> is not
genuine; the ornaments are produced not by pressure
of a rope, but by imitation (5>false ropes»). — Only by
exception has a sort of primitive stamp been used (f.
763). — The incised ornaments are filled up with a white

material (chalk or the like). Several schemes of design,
such as the chessboard type (f. 743, 752), rhombs (f.
751), rope ornament (f. 750) and those peculiar for the
»band pottery» (f 768 — 777), reveal a southern influence.

— In the regions east of Sweden nothing is found re-
sembling our megalith pottery. — Most of the tomb
pottery belong to the period of gallery-graves: »rope
pottery* {Ymer, 1906, p. 31) proves to be as early as
the earlier part of the period, and »band pottery» (A. T.,
20: 1, p. 23) is first found during the latter part of
that period. In graves of the cist-period, a sort of
simple pottery (f. 732 — 739) is met with, which is very
different from that now being discussed. — Rope and
band pottery are equally common in central Europe,
but outside Sweden has pottery of the same types as
f. 743 — 748 only been found in Denmark.

Pottery from the dwelling-places. 0. Frodin, En svensk kjok-
kenmndding (Annerod, Boh.: period of the gallery-graves; Ymer,
1906, p. 19). — Almgren, Upplandskn stendhlenhoplatser (Fornv.,
1906. p. 101). — Id., Naqra svensk-finska stenaldersprohlem (A. T.,
20: 1, pp. 17, 27 [the origin of the dwelling-place-pottery; a similar
pottery is known from the conntries on the other side of the Baltic]).

— LiNDQvisT, Ner. stemald., pp. 24, 27. — S. Erixon, Stennld. vBlek.
(Fornv.. 1913, p. 172). — J. Aiijo, Die steinzeitlichen Wohnplatz-
funde in Finland (Helsingfors, 1909). — Madsen, Muller, and others,
Affaldsdynger fra Stenalderen i-Danmark, pp. 142, 156, 169 (dwelling-
places from the later Stone Age).

Megalithkeramik. Ant. suid.. f. 93 — 95. — Madsen, Afbild-
tiinger, St.. pi. 43—45. — Id., Gravheje oq Gravfund. — Mijller,
Ordning, St., f. 217—37. — Mestorp, AUerth. Schlesw.-Holst., f.
131—49.

691—701, 703. lloppe, Upl.; dwelling-place (see f. 133). — Fornv.,
1906, pp. 103, 104; 1910, p. 76, f. 79; cf. 1916, p. 176, f. 7, 8;
Ekholm, Uppl. stenald., p. 58, f. 12—28.

702. The round hottom of a vessel. — Mjolkbo, Upl.; dwelling-place.

— Fornv., 1906, p. 104, f. 26; cf, pp. 11, 2, and the map f. 2.
704. Torslnnda, Upl.; dwelling-place from the last period of the Stone

Age. — Fornv., 1906, p. 17; cf. p. 2 and the map f. 3.
707, 708. Torhamn, Bl.: dwelling-place. — C. Wiblinq, Ymer, 1899.
p. 272, f. 5; Ekholm, Fornv., 1913, pp. 186, 188, f. 64.

709. Gnllrum, G.; dwelling-place (see f. 188).

710, 711, 713—716. Stora Karlso (>Stora forvar>; see f. 183).
712. Visby (Drotteu); dwelling-place: see f. 471.

717. >Comb ornaments*. — Sater, 0. G.; dwelling-place. — Fornv.,
1906, p. 256, f. 79 (same vessel &sj. 717); Nerman, Ostergfitl.
Fornm -for. Meddel , 1911, p. G; Aberg, Kalm. Inns stenald.,
p. 12; Almgren, A. T., 20: 1, p. 38. — Another dwelling-place
at Sater, at a distance of 100 m. from this, is from the same
time as that of Aloppe.

719. Alvastra, 0. G.; lake-dwelling (see f. 141).

720 — 730. Lake RingsjSn, Sk. ; dwelling-places on the borders of the
lake (see f. 759). — (C. D. Rbventlow), Mhl.. 1883, p. 60;
1885, p. 82; 188(], pp. 140, 184; 1889, pp. 77, 107, 145; and Ymer,
1905, p. 156; Stjerna, A. T., 19: 2, p. 77, f. 75—78; Almgken,
A. T., 20: 1, pp. 14, 37, f. 14, 15, 40—42.

731. Miniature. — Siretorp, BI.; dwelling-place (see f. 660).

732. Finneknmle, V. G. ; cist-gravc, with daggers and arrowheads of
flint etc.

733. Herrljunga, V. G.; cist-grave, with a great number of flint-daggers
etc. — Montelius, Der Orient und Europa, p. 139, f. 186, 187.

734. Spoon of burnt clay. — Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971),

735. Riseberga, Sk.; cist-grave, with flint daggers etc. — Wibling,
Fornv., 1908, p. 36, f. 18.

736. Cup; ornaments on the upper part. — Usteryd, Sm.; cist-grave.

737. Cup; ornaments over the whole surface. — Falkoping (Ranten),
v. G. ; gallery-grave (see f. 402).

738. Timmelhed. V. G.; cist-grave, with flint daggers etc. — Akne,
Fornv., 1909, p. 99, f. 20.

740. Siretorp, Bl.; dwelling-place (see f. 660).

741. Rope ornaments. — Kvarnby, Sk. ; dwelling-place (see f. 661).

— Boh. hidr., 8, p. 407.

I: 2. LATER STONE AGE.

21

742. Stora KarlsS (.Stora FSrvar.; see f. 183).

743. Two pairs of small holes near the border. — Kvistofta, Sk. ; gallery-
grave, in a tumulus called >Asahogen>, with other vessels (f. 74f),
746, 751), flint axes (= f. 153—176), amber heads etc. — Idu' a,
9, I). 285; Ant. snM., f. 95; Chronol. alt. Br., p. 90: A. T.,
19: 2, p. 99.

744. Two pairs of small holes near the border. — (iantofta, Sk. ;
gallery-grave (see f. 645). Found in the lower layer, with other
vessels (f. 748, 755), flint axes (= f. l!").3- 176) etc. In the upper
layer, pottery with >band-ornaments» had I ceu deposited (f. 756,
777). — Fornv., 1908, p.*266; A. T., 20: 1, p. 11.

745. 746. Two pairs^ of small holes near the border. — The gallery-
grave in the >Asahogen>, Sk. (see f. 743). — Ant. suM., f. 94.

747. Vininge, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 767). — Fornv, 1906, p. 105,
f. 27.

748. Gantofta, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 744).

749. Fjarrestad, Sk.; gallery-grave, with other vessels (f. 754, 757>
762, 763). amber beads etc. — Fornnv., 1907, p. 292.

750. Rope ornaments. — Sk^ne. — Mbl. 1895, p. 94, f. 69.

751. Handle with a very small^ hole; imitation of a human face. —
The gallery grave of the >Asahogen», Sk. (see f. 743).

752. Fjalkinge, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 686.) — Chronol. alt. Br.>
p. 90, f. 247—249.

753. Cup, with horizontal ornaments. — Ostra Varlinge, Sk.; dol-
men. — N. G. Bhuzelius, Svemka fornlemningar, 1, p. 25.

754. Fjarrestad, Sk. ; gallery-grave (see f. 749).

755. 756, Gantofta, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 744): 755 in the lower,
756 ia the upper layer.

757. Probably a round disc as f. 686. — Fjarrestad, Sk.; gallery-grave
(see f. 749).

7.')8. Found on the bottom of the lake of lUbelof, Sk. (see f. 44). —
Mhl., 1903—5, p. 195, f. 258; Boh. hidr., 8, p. 443.

759. Band-ornaments. — Lake Ringsjon, Sk.; lake-dwelling (see f.
720).

760. Tannm, Boh.: dwelling-place (see f. 569).

761. Annerod, Bob.; dwelling-place (see f. 566).

762. 763. Fjarrestad, Sk ; gallery-grave (see f. 749).

764, 765. Sladcne, V. G.: tomb, with other vessels, a flint cbisel etc.
- Arne, Form:, 1909, p. 105; A. T., 19: 2, f. 111.

766. Torhamn, Bl.; dwelling-place (>Pysslingebacken» ; see f. 501).

767. Vininge, Sk.; gallery-grave (see f. 747).

768. Band-ornaments. — Augerum, Bl.; tombs for one body, with
other vessels (f. 775), a boat-shaped hammer (= f. 303 — 322),
flint axes with concave edge etc. — Wibi.ing, Mbl., 1895, p.
124; Fornv., 1909, p. 102; 1913, p. 199; A. T., 19:2. p. 112;
20: 1, p. 28.

770. Cup with rounded bottom. — Olofsholm, near Bor&s, V. G.: with
the vessel f. 774, a boat-shaped hammer (= f. 303 — 322) and flint
axe with concave edge (in a tomb). — A. T., 20; 1, p. 28, f. 26;
Fornv., 1916, p. 193, f. 8 (the cup restored).

771, 772. Ostra Herrestad, Sk. — J. T., 20: 1, p. 28, f. 25, 24; Fornv.,

1916, p. 194, f. 9.

773. Hvellinge, Sk.: with a skeleton, a boat-shaped hammer (=f. 303
— 322) etc. Other skeletons have been discovered in the same
place. — Frudin, Fornv., 1916, p. 187, f. 5—7 (literature).

774. Olofsholm, V. G. ; tomb (see f. 770).

775. Augerum, Bl.: tomb (see f. 768).

776. Probably Skine (not Boh.).

777. Gantofta, Sk.; gaUery-grave (see f. 744).

II. The Bronze Age.

Long before the end of the 4th millennium copper, was already used in some Oriental countries. In
Scandinavia, it was known in the 3rd millennium. Before the beginning of the 2nd millennium, it was discovered
in the Orient that by an admixture of tin with copper an alloy could be obtained which is harder and more
elastic than copper. This alloy has been called hronze.'^ A tool or weapon of bronze got a sharper edge than
one of unalloyed copper. Experience showed that about 90 % copper with 10 % tin gave the best bronze.

From the Orient the use of bronze spread to South Europe and early in the 2nd millennium reached the
lands of the Baltic. During the whole era, which is now called the Bronze Age, man here generally made his
weapons and tools of bronze; not until the end of this age did they begin to be made of iron. All bronze
used in Sweden during this age, considered as material, was imported from other countries, chiefly central
Europe, since the Swedish copper mines only became known at a far later date, and because tin ore does not
exist in Scandinavia. Besides bronze, the inhabitants of the North at this time had only one metal, gold.

With few exceptions, all tools, weapons, vessels, personal ornaments, and other objects of bronze and
gold which were used in Sweden during the Bronze Age were made in our country. The bronzes are cast, the
ornamentation commonly punched. Soldering had not yet been learned.

The objects of foreign origin which have been found here together with the indigenous ones have made it
possible to determine the age of the latter, with which they proved to be contemporary.

Within the Bronze Age in the Scandinavian countries and in the northern part of Germany — where
the same Germanic people lived — we can now distinguish six periods, of which the last forms a transition to
the Iron Age. The objects belonging to the various periods are so arranged on plates 48 — 100 that it can be
seen which types are peculiar to each period.

Period 1 corresponds to the time between the beginning of the 18th and the middle of the 16th century B. C.

» 2 ;> > » ;> » » middle » » 16th » >' end » ■» 14th » » »

»3 T> »!>» »» beginning » -« 13th » » » » » 12th » » »

3,4 » »»» » » » »» 11th » » middle » » 10th » » »

»5 3> »»» j>» middle » > 10th s> » » » » 8th » » »

» 6 » » » » » » 5; » » 8th » » end » » 7th » » »

As in the Stone Age, our ancestors were in connection with other peoples during the Bronze Age, by means
of commerce, especially the trade in amber. Along the rivers and other natural waterways, amber was transported
chiefly to districts round the north of the Adriatic Sea. By this means, a line of communication was opened, not
direct but by the agency of the intervening peoples, between the Baltic countries, on the one hand, and Greece
and Italy, on the other.

* Just as the word 5>copper» has been formed from tlie name Kypros (Cyprus), which island was renowned for its rich-
ness in copper ore, so the word »bronze» comes from Brundisium (Briudisi), a town ou the south-east coast of Italy, noted for
its commerce in this metal.

THE FIRST PERIOD.

23

The Bronze Age here in the North attained its climax as early as the second period; this was without
doubt due chiefly to the strong influence from the high culture which at the same time flourished in Greece, Ahe
Mycenean culture^. There can also be traced during the whole of the Bronze Age a considerable intercourse between
Italy and the North, which especially became of considerable importance after the Etruscan immigration into
central Italy towards the end of the 2nd millennium.

During the Bronze Age, as before in the Stone Age, Scandinavian handicraft stood high. Its productions
in the 2nd period excel, in simple beauty of form, tastefulness of design, and completeness of technique, all
that was made at the same time in the rest of Europe, — excepting Greece, which was then an Oriental rather
than an European country. Even during our 5th period the Scandinavian bronzes are admirable, but by that
time, after the Etruscan immigration, Italy had gone ahead.

During the first centuries of the Bronze Age, the Swedish tombs were of the same kind as in the Stone
Age: the dead were buried without cremation. But before the end of the 2nd period a new custom, originally
foreign, began to gain admission — the dead were burned; and long before the end of the 3rd period the burning
of corpses had become general here. During the 4th and 5th periods practically all dead bodies were cremated.
The inhumation of the dead occurs again, although seldom, during the 6th period, the transition to the Iron Age.

In Sweden, graves and other relfcs of the Bronze Age are most numerous in Gbtaland, especially in
Skane. Several remarkable discoveries, however, have also been made in the Malare-districts. North of the
river Dalalfven, few bronzes of this age are known; but other finds prove that large tracts of Norrland were
also inhabited at that date.'

S. NiLssoN, Skandinaviska Nordens Ur-invanare, Bronsdldern
(Stockholm, I86I1J — 1864; quoted here: Bronsdld.; new edit. 1872). —
Id., Ureinwoliner des gcandinavischcn Nordens. Das Broncealter
(Hamburg, 1863). — Montei.ius, L'Age du bronze en Suede (Conyres
de Copcnhague, 1869, p. Ji49,- Congrh de Bologna, 1871, p. 288, and
Congrcs de Stoekholm, 1874, p. 488). — Id., Minnen frdn brons-
dlderns slut i Norden {Mbl., 1880, p. 97). — Id., Ett fynd fran
rar bronsdlders dldsta tid {Mbl., 188(1, p. 129). — Id., Om den
nordisPa bronsalderns ornamentik {Mbl., 1881, p. 17'. — Id., Om
tidsbestdmning inoin bronsdldern med surskildt afseende pa Skan-
dinavien {Vitterh.-Akad. Handlingar, 30, Stockholm, 1885). — Id.,
Die Chronologic der dltesten Bronzezeit in Nord-Deutsehland
tend Skandinavien (Archiv f. Anthropol., 2.'S, 21!, 1898 — 1900). —
Id., L'Age du Bronze en Suede {Congrhs de Monaco, 190(), p. 235).

Certain districts iu Sweden. Mot^'teuvs, Halldndska forn-
saker fran Iiednatiden {Hallands Formn.-fdr. arsskr., 1869, 1872).

— Id. and Ekhoff, Bohusldnska fornsaker frdn Iiednatiden (Boh.
bidr.). — Ekhoff etc., Bohiisldns fastn fornldmningar frdn hedna-
tiden (Boh. bidr.). — J. A. AVittlock, Jordfynd fran Vdrends fiir-
historiska fid (Stockholm, 1874). — Montelius, Fynd frdn brons-
qldcrn i Kalmar Idn (Sv. fornm.-fbr. tidskr., 4, 1880). — N.
Aberb, Kalmar Idns bronsdlder (Meddel. fr. lutlni. Idns Fornm.-
fbr..^ IX, Kalmar, 191.5). — G. A. Gustafson, Gotldndska brons-
dldersfynd (Sv. Fornm.-fbr. tidskr., 6, p. 209). — Montelius, Oster-
gbtland under hednatiden (ibid., 12, p. 288). — Id., Bron^'dldern i
norra ocli mellersta Sverige (A. T., 1872—1873). — S. Lindqvist,
Frdn Nerikes sten- och bronsdlder [Meddel. fr.fbren. Orebro Idns
tnuseum, 1912). — Arne, Om dct forntida Sbdermanland (Bidr.
t. Sodermanl. dldre kult.-hist., XIV, 1909). — E. Olsson, Vditmanl.
under sten- o. bronsdldern (VasterSs, 1915). — Ekholm, Upplands
bronsdlder (Uppl. Fornm.-fbr. tidskr., XXVII, 1911).

The first period.

From the beginning of the 18th to the middle of the 16th century B. C.

In this period may be distinguished:

and earlier part, characterized by such axes as f. 778 — 789;

and a later part, characterized by such axes, as f. 790 — 809.

Montelius, Tidsbestamning, pi. 1.

778 — 809. Bronze axes, without shaft-holes, — the
oldest very poor in tin. Almost all have flanges, or
projecting ledges along the greater part of each side
of the faces. At times, however, the flanges are so low
that they can scarcely be observed. Such axes are
termed ^flanged axes» or »flanged celts», because axes

without shaft-holes were formerly termed »celts». Like
many stone axes without shaft-holes, these metal axes
have beeu shafted in such a way as to be inserted in
the cloven end of a bent wooden handle.

The first copper axes of this kind had, as shown in
f. 147 — 152, exactly the same shape as stone axes. But
it was soon found that the new material made possible

* Fig. 778 — 1486 (and everything spoken of pp. 24 — 51) are all of brouzc unless another material is indicated. —
^Northern regions = Sweden, Norway, Denmark, and that part of Germany where people of the Germanic race lived.

24

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

changes of form which were not to be thought of so long
as the use of metal was unknown. On a metal axe, the
edge could be made rather broad without the necessity
of broadening the whole axe to the same extent; it
was thus possible to save material. This had been of
no importance when stone was used, but for the costly
metal it was of great moment: f. 778 — 782 show how
much could thus be saved. It was also soon discovered
that a copper or bronze axe could be flanged, which
had not been possible so long as stone was used. These
flanges, at first scarcely noticeable but soon gradually
higher, prevented the axe when used from turning in
its handle. By making the axe-blade somewhat thicker
in the middle than elsewhere (f. 780), a sort of stop-ridge
was obtained, which also prevented the axe from pressing
deeper into the shaft when the blow was struck. —
The oldest of these metal axes are of unmixed copper,
but the longer this evolution advanced, the more was
copper mingled with tin; so bronze supplanted copper.
Such axes as f. 779, 781, 783 and 787 are very poor
in tin, of which they contain only up to one per cent.
The original of f. 780 contains some few per cent, but
the axes with flanges and a beginning stop-ridge about
10 % {Chron. alt. Br., p. 22). Towards the end of the
1st period, the «flanged axes>, which then had rather high
flanges, become narrower than before, and had almost
the same breadth at the top as at the edge (f. 805).

Bronze axes with flanges were common in Italy.
The influence of that country probably made them
general also in Europe uorth of the Alps. But in the
Pyrenean peninsula they are either lacking or ex-
tremely rare, and they are not found at all either in
the mainland of Greece or on the jEgean islands; this
is also the case in Egypt, Asia Minor and Babylonia.

Such axes are general in Sweden, as in other parts
of Scandinavia and in North Germany. Most axes of
this kind found in our country were made here, but
several have arrived hither from abroad: some (as f.
786, 793, 794, 802, 803) from England, some (as f. 796,
797, 799, 800) from central Europe, and some (as f. 798,
801 and 804) from Italy.

Some bronze axes of this kind (as f. 817) have
been religions symbols; cf. f. 680, 864, 883, 884.

Evolution: Montelius, Die. typologische. Methode, p. 21. —
NiLssoN, Bromald., f. 30, 31. —Ant. suid., i. 137, 140—143. —
For distribution in Sweden, see the literature p. 23. — Rygh,
Norske Olds., t. 95. — Aarsherctn., 1879, p. 229, pi. IV. — Wor-
SAA13, Nord. Olds., f. 177—180. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I (Suiter),
pi. 21. — MuLLEB, Ordning, Br., f. 127-131. — Id., Aarb., 1891,
p. 220. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., pi. XXII. — W. Splieth,
Inventar d. Bronzealterfunde Schlesw.-Holst., f. 2 — 4, p. 15. —
Beltz, Althert. Mecklenb., pi. 19. — Lindenschmit, Alterth., 1: 1,
pi. 3. — Montelius, Die Chronologic d. altesten Bronzezeit in
Nord-Deutschland und Skandinavien, p. 39.

778. Hyndevad, Sod.; on the bottom of the river jEskllstnna&n». At
the same place, several objects from the Stone and the Bronze
Age (see f. 1311, 13(38), and from later periods have been found.
— Fornv., 1909, p. 234.

779. No iianges; the two faces are convex rather than concave. Poor
in tin: 97.09 % copper, 1.16 tin, 0.07 nickel (and iron), 1.68 bis-
muth etc. — Fjalie, Sk. — Chron. alt. Br., p. 21, f. 52.

780. Flanges almost invisible; the faces taper a little from the middle
(the beginning of a transverse ridge); 94.92 % copper, 4 tin,
0.:i3 nickel, 0.85 bismuth etc. — Tanum, Boh.; found with a
similar axe (cf. f. 883). — Chron. cilt. Br., p. 57, f. 168.

781. Flanges almost invisible. Very poor in tin: 98.94 % copper,
0.65 tin. — Skane. — Chron. alt. Br., p. 21, f. 53.

782. Flanges almost invisible; edges rounded and evased. — Sk§,ne. —
Chron. alt. Br., p. 81, f. 213 (cf. f. 201, Saxony, and 207,
Denmark).

783. Flanges almost invisible. Very poor in tin: 97.62 « copper, 0.70
tin, 0 47 nickel, 1.21 silver etc. — Munktorp, Vstml. — Chron.
alt. Br., pp. 83, 86, f. 231.

784. The flanges are very slight; 91.37 % copper, 8.09 tin (no nickel).

— Torhamn, Bl. — Cron. cilt. Br., p. 83, f. 223.

785. The flanges arc very slight; edge evased. — Mojebro, Upl. —
Ekiiolm, Vj^pl. bronsdld., p. 221, f. 3.

786. Made in England. Large (length: 26.5 cm.), flat, with a broad
edge; 89.76 % copper, 6.75 tin, 2.36 antimony, 0.15 nickel, 0.98
silver etc. — Skifvarp, Sk.; found with 2 large axes = f. 789.

— Chronol. alt. Br., pp. 66, 122, f. 294, 295.

787. The flanges are very slight; broad edge. Very poor in tin:
98.60 % copper, 0.52 tin. — Sk^ne. — Chron. alt. Br., p. 21,
f. 54.

789. The flanges are very slight; stop-ridge almost invisible; 96.79 %
copper, 0,04 (!) tin, 1.41 nickel. — Pile, Sk.; with 10 axes of
the same type, 2 flat axes, 5 daggers (f. 823, 832), 1 bracelet (f.
845), 1 spiral-ring (f. 842), other rings (f. 846), all of bronze.
Several objects are incomplete. Total weight: 5.86 kilogr. —
Chron. alt. Br., p. 54. Cf MOller, Ordning, Br., f. 128. —
One of the flat axes (= f. 786; see Chron. alt. Br., i. 154) was
made in England and rich in tin: 89.08 % copper, 10.87 (!) tin;
no trace of nickel. In England, with its richness in tin, the
bronze with about 10 % tin is contemporaneous with the Scan-
dinavian bronzes that are poor in tin. The English copper-ores
do not contain nickel, as do the ores in Central-Europe.

790. Flanges. — Torslunda, Upl. (hoard); with another axe (f. 814)
and a spear-head (f. 822). — Chron. cilt. Br., p. 58.

792 (not 79). Stop-ridge; on both faces, below the stop, an axe of

the same form is traced in points. — Sk^ne. — Ant. sued.,
f. 143.

793 and 794. Both made in England. Arched and broad edge; the

sides arc fluted or worked into a sort of longitudinal facets. —
Lilla Bedinge, Sk. ; found together, near the sea-shore (cf. f. 883).

— Chron. (ilt. Br., p. 56.

795. Flanges; the upper part of the axe narrow, the edge semicircular
(breadth: 15.5 cm.). Big (length: 36.5 cm.), well made, of an
elegant shape and quite symmetrical; beautiful patina. — Knif-
vinge, 0. G. — Chron. cilt. Br., p. 84; Montelius, Meisfer-
stiicke, pi. 3 f. 1.

796. From the Continent. Cf. f. 800. — Frommesta, Ner. — Lind-
QviST, Ner., f. 70.

797. From the Continent (^Bohemian type»). — Orebacken, Sk.; beneath
a block of stone, with a similar axe (f. 799) and a chisel (f. 810)
of bronze. — Chron. cilt. Br., p. 56.

798. Made in Italy. — Skegrie, Sk.; beneath a block of stone, with
other axes (1 = f. 799), 2 spear-heads etc. — Chron. alt. Br.,
p. 56.

Many Italian axes of this type — with a rounded incision at
the butt end — have been found north of the Alps. We know
of at least 4 from Sweden (f. 798, 801, 804 and an axe found
at Fnglie, Sk.). Most of them were evidently brought here
along the Elbe, through Bohemia, where several have been found.

— Richly, Die Bronzezeit in Bohmen, pi. XV, XXVIII, XXXVI,
XLI.

799. From the Continent. — Depot at Orebacken, Sk. (see f. 797).

800. From the Coniinent (cf. f. 796). — Olofsborg, Sm. — Chron.
cilt. Br., p. 125.

801. Made in Italy (cf. f. 798). — Sk^ne. — Chrnn. alt. Br., f. 211 ;
cf. Montelius, Die vorklass. Chronologic Italiens (1912), pi.
2 and VI.

802. Made in England. — Fjalkinge, Sk,: hoard: with a similar Eng-
lish axe, an Italian axe (f. 804), a Swedish axe (f. 805), all of
bronze, and 2 gold-spirals (f. 841). — Montelius, L'Age du
Bronze en Subdc {Congrhs dc Monaco, 1906, II, p. 267); Id.,
The Chronology of the British Bronze Age {Archwologia,
LXI, 1908, p. 60); Id., Die vorklassischc Chronologic Baliens,
p. 181.

803. Made in England. — Skano. — Chron. cilt. Br., f. 212.

804. Made in Italy (cf. f. 798). — Fjalkinge, Sk. (hoard: see f. 802),

THE FIRST PERIOD.

25

805, 806. Axes of this type (narrow and almost
everywhere of the same breadth) belong to the end of
the 1st period of our Bronze Age.
805. Fjalkinge, Sk. (hoard; sec f. 802).

810. Chisels of bronze with low flanges along the
upper part; no stop-ridge. This type of chLsel occurs
in Bohemia.

Richly, Die Bronzezeit in Bbhmcn, pi XXXIII.
810. Orebacken, Sk. (hoard; sec f. 797).

gll — 816. Massive heavy bronze axes with a large
shaft-hole that is not placed up at the top. Almost
the same shape as the stone axes with shaft-holes
common at the close of the Stone Age. Often orna-
mented with punched rectilinear designs. Sometimes
an elevated ridge round the shaft-hole is seen, project-
ing on one side or on both sides (f. 811). — About 20
such bronze axes are now known in Sweden from the
1st period. In other parts of the Scandinavian region,
bronze axes like f. 811—815 also occur. Some seem
to have been deposited in tombs. — Outside this re-
gion, similar axes are met with in the countries near
the Danube (Hungary). There too are found, as round
the Mediterranean and in the Orient, copper and bronze
axes with shaft-holes near the butt end.

NlLSSON, Bronsdld., f. 46 (2 axes found together at Skurup,
Sk.). — Ant. suid., t. 130. — Montelius, Tidsbest., pi. 1 f. 3. —
Id., Chron. alt. Br., p. 25. — Aarsheretn. of Form. t. norskefor-
tidsm. bevar., 1879, p. 230, pi. V f. 22. -- Muller, Ordning, Br.,
f. 139. — Aarbbger, 1891, p. 224, n;o 341 (9 axes found in a peat-
l,og). — Mestork, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 242. — Splieth, In-
ventar, f. 5, p. 11. — Beltz, Altcrt. Mecldenb., pi. 20 f. 15. —
LiNDENSCHMiT, Alterth., I: 4, pi. 2 f. 1 (Hannover).

The shaft-hole distant from the top ; same shape as the stone axes :
PuLSZKY, Die Kupferzeit in Ungern, p. 58 (copper); cf. p. 61. —
Chron. alt. Br., p. 93, f. 253. — Museum of Trieste: acme axes of
this type.

The shaft-hole close by the top: Pulszky, 1. c, p. 71:

Tombs: Chron. alt. Br., p. 67, n:os 97 and 101.

814. Torslunda, Upl. (hoard; see f. 790).

817. Large thin bronze axes, which could be used
neither as weapons nor tools, but in all probability
were intended for sacred purposes (cf. f. 680, 864, 883,
884). Similar bronze axes are also found in Italy.

Montelius, La civilisation primitive en Italie, pi. 77, 82.

817. Ornamented ; broad edge. Remains of a socket, with a rivet. —
Borreby, Sk. — Ant. sued., f. 137; Chron. alt. Br., p. 81,
f. 214.

818, 819. Flint daggers with broad blade, and
hilt of no specially good work which does not widen
at the end; a degenerated form of the flint daggers
common during the last period of the Stone Age, with
fine hilts broader towards the end (f. 432). This type
(f. 818, 819) often occurs in tombs of the 1st period
of the Bronze Age.

LiNDQviST, Ner., p. 38, f. 72. — Splieth, Inventar, p. 14, f. 22.
819. AUatorp, Bl.; cist-grave.

820 — 822. Spear-heads of bronze with a socket
for the shaft. The oldest spear-heads of metal had,
like those of stone, a narrow tang for fastening them

4— 20ij(97

into the handle. But as early as the beginning of the
2nd millennium they began to be provided with a socket.
Such specimens appear at the close of the 1st period
of the Scandinavian Bronze Age.

Tang: Chron. alt. Br, f. 392 (Greece).

Socket: Chron. alt. Br., f. 139 (Holst^in), 151 (Jutland). —
Bbltz, Altert. Mecklenb-, pi. 19 f. 9, p. 156 (23 spear-heads and a
flanged axe).
822. Torslunda, Upl. (hoard; see f. 790).

823—826. Bronze blades to short daggers or 2>hal-
berds» (the blade was fixed in a long perpendicular
shaft; see f. 835, 836). They very often have a rounded
base; they are two-edged, generally broad, triangular,
often large, though not specially long compared with
their breadth. The type turns up during the 1st pe-
riod, but survives, slightly changed, into the 2nd;
during the latter, many daggers had such blades, with
an oval pommel of bronze (f. 897). These blades have
no tang, but were fixed with two or more rivets to
the hilt, which was of wood, bone or horn. In the
»halberds», the rivets are sometimes very thick. Such
blades — of copper or bronze — occur also in other
parts of the Northern region; even outside it, similar
weapons have been used.

Blades, of copper or bronze, probably belonging to short daggers,
with rivets, no tangs (1st or 2nd period): Ant. med., f. 168 (nyets,
with separate heads; see f. 829), 169. — Aberg, Kalm. I. bronsald.,
p 13 f. 5, 6. — Chron. alt. Br., f. 1.50, 18.3, 185 (Scandinavian
region), 318 (Carniola), 352 (Egypt; copper, with one rivet), 393 (Greece),
402 and 404 (Mycenae), 457 and 458 (Sicily), 448 (England). — Mad-
sen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 11 f. 18. — Boye, Egekister, pi. II, X,
XVII, XXII, XXIII, XXVII. — MuLLER. Ordning, Br., f. 21—23,
26. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst, f. 1.59, 161, 167. - Spi ieth,
Inventar, f. 6—8. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 20 f. 10, ll; P'-
25 f. 20, 21. — Montelius, Vorklass. Chronol. Ital., pi. 1 f. 3, i, 6,
7; pi. 4 f. 11 (very short tang); pi. II, VI, VII— IX.
823. Pile, Sk. (hoard; see f. 789).
824—826. >Halberd8>: the blade has been fixed perpendicularly in a

long shaft; stout rivets. — Chron. lilt. Br., f. 217, 218.

827—834. Long daggers and short swords of bronze;
double-edged, some of them have bronze hilts. The
lines of ornamentation on the blade, resembling a large
triangle, prove that these weapons are descendants
from the broad bronze daggers common in Italy dur-
ing the 1st period of the Bronze Age: some such
daggers have been found in northern Germany. When
the hilt is of bronze, it has been cast separately and
riveted to the blade. The rivets on the daggers from
the end of the 1st period have their heads not in-
frequently made from separate pieces (>'ring rivets:>). —
Daggers and short swords of this kind have been found
not only in Gotaland but also in the provinces round
Lake Malaren; similar weapons occur in other parts of
Scandinavia and North Germany, as in central Europe
and Italy.

Chron. alt. Br., p. 126. — Montelius, Die typologische Me-
thode, p. 32. — Ant. sued., f. 168 (rivets with separate heads: S5-
dermanl.). — Muller, Ordning Br., f. 156—158. — Aarbdger, 1909,
p. 6, f. 4—10.

827. Elinelund, Sk. ; with a skeleton.

828. Hollow hilt. — Karlevi, 01. — Chron. alt. Br., p. 84.

829. Undulating, incised lines, filled with resin; ring-rivets. — Vreta
Kloster, 0. G. — Chron. alt. Br., f. 198.

26

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

830. Bragby, Upl.: peat-bog. — Ekholm, Fornv., 1916, p. 158. Cf.
Chron. alt. Br., p. 130.

831. Hilt covered with fonr narrow lamels of bronze, bound together
with a ring of bronze; ring-rivets. — Lekaryd, Sm. — Mbl.,
1883, p. 178, f. 5.

832. Pile. Sk,; hoard (see f. 789).

834. Daggers with bronze hilts, cast in one piece

with the blade and terminating in a rounded pommel,

with no projection in the middle. The parallel lines

of the hilt are copied from the narrow binding which

was wrapped round the wooden hilt of the flint daggers.

Chron. cilt. Br., i. 60 (flint dagger), 61 (copper, of the same type
as f. 60), 104, 134. — Muller, Aarboger, 19o9, p. i; i. 2.

834. Very poor in tin: 96.5« % copper, 1.02 tin, 0.56 antimony. —
Sater, Dal. — Chron. cilt. Br., f. 229.

835, 836. »Halberds» of bronze with shaft partly
of the same metal (see f. 823—826). In this period —
when it was not yet possible to cast long sword-blades
which enabled the user to reach the enemy at a longer
distance than with the daggers — a dagger blade was
sometimes fixed at a right angle to a long shaft. The
blade of such a weapon, called by the archseologists a
»halberd», was usually fastened with three stout rivets,
ending on both sides in large conical heads. Such
weapons have been used not only within the Scandi-
navian region, but also in several other countries. The
shaft was commonly wooden, but in North Germany it
was often of bronze, at least partially. — In the Bronze
Age, the blades were of bronze, but such weapons with
blades of copper or stone had already occurred before
the beginning of that age. Both in Sweden and else-
where »halberds» fell out of use towards the end of the
1st period of the Bronze Age. They became superfluous
when weapons with long blades (swords) were made

NiLssoN, Bronsdld., f. 12. — Montelius, Chron. cilt. Br., (1900)'
p. 27 (list of halberds with bronze-handles), 206 (Italy), 219 (Spain)
— WoESAAB, Nord. Olds., f. 14 >. — Madsen, Afhildn., Br., 1, pi
11. — MijLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 155 and 156. — Id., Aarb., 1909
p. 4, f. 1. — Archiv. f. Anthrop., XXV, p. 467. — Jahresschrift
(Halle), 4, pi. II— IV (the big hoard of Bieskan); 5, pi. II, IV. —
Montelius, Civil, primit. en Italic, pi. 127 (halberds with long
handles, on rock-carvings in North-Italy). — G. Cofpey, Irish Copper
halberds (Proceedings of the R. Irish Acad., XXVII, p. 94). —
SiRET, Les premiers ages du metal clans le Sud-Est de VEspagne,
pi. 32 (remains of the wooden handle). — H. Schmidt, Der Dolchstab
in Spanicn {Opuscula, p. 69; flint).

835. Made in Germany. Hilt partially of bronze; 3 large rivets imi-
tated. — Klagstorp, Sk. — Chron. cilt. Br., pp. 29, 83.

836. Made in Germany. Hilt of bronze; 3 large rivets imitated. Both
sides of the blade have been plated with gold. — Arup, Sk. —
Chron. cilt. Br., pp. 29, 83.

837. Single-edged weapon, resembling a sabre of
bronze (poor in tin), with its point bent back; blade
and hilt cast in one piece. No other metal weapon of
the same shape is known in Scandinavia, nor in the
rest of Europe. But in Denmark has been found a
similar, though shorter, specimen of flint, which must
be an imitation of such a weapon; it is made with
great skill. In old Egypt there occur single- edged
blades like sabres, with points bent back. In western
Asia similar swords are also found, but the point is
not bent back; they date from the 2nd millennium B. C.

Denmark (flint): Woesaae, Nord. Olds., f. 51. — Madsen, Af-
bildn., St., pi. 34 f. 1. — Muller, Ordning, St., f. 195.

Egypt (bronze) : Montelius, L'cige du Bronze en Egypte {V An-
thropologic) 18'j0, pi. I and II f. 6, 13 (wall-paintings), f. 7, 14 (bronze).
— AVestern Asia: H. Vincent, Canaan (Paris, 1907), p. 231, f. 163,
164 (bronze: Palestine and Assyria). — H. Hildebband, Ubl., 1876,
p. 272, f. 47.
837. Norre, 0. G. — Chron. alt. Br., i. 227.

838, 839. Bronze pins. — At the beginning of the
Bronze Age there occur in Scandinavia, North Ger-
many and Bohemia, bronze pins with large almost
globular heads, pierced as f. 838; some are twisted.
Cf. the bone pins f. 589—594, with a head pierced in
a similar way. — Pins flattened at the top like f.
839 (in Germany called jScheibennadeln>.) have been
found in various European lands together with objects
from the beginning of the Bronze Age; the upper part
is not unfrequently rolled up, sometimes rectilinear
(»Rudernadeln>.). Some, as f. 839, bear designs charac-
teristic of that epoch (cf. Chron. alt. Br., p. 73).

After the end of the 1st period, the upper part of
such pins became large and circular; sometimes it is orna-
mented with spirals (Lindenschmit, Alterth., II: 3, pi. 4);
similar pins have also been used in the Caucasus.

Pins with round perforated head: Chron. cilt. Br., p. 98, f.
131, 144, 187 (Scandinavia and northern Germany), 269 (Bohemia;
twisted). — Pic, C'echt/ ffcdhistoricki, I, pi. XIX f. 18 (Bohemia). —
Westdcutsche Zeitschr., XX, f. 195.

Pins with flat head: Pic, I. c. I, pi. XIV f. 1. — Linden-
schmit, Alterth., V, p. 6, f. 39 (very wide and richly ornamented;
Rhiue-Uesse). — Westdcutsche Zeitschr., XX, pi. 8 f. 7, 8; pi. 13 f.
3, 5—10; pp. 195, 198 (note; literature), S52. — Mijller and Rei-
MERS, Alterth. Hannover, pi. X f. 82 (later, with spirals). — Mitteil.
d. anthrop. Ges., Wien, XXXII, p. 112. — Mitteil. d. ant. Ges.,
Zurich, XXIV : 3, pi. II, III. — Heierli, Urgesch. d. Schiveiz,
f. 229, 234. — DE MoiiTiLLET, Musec prchist., f. 728, 729 (north
Italy and Switzerland). — Montelius, Civil, primit. en Italic, pi.
3 f. 23. — ViRCHOw, Das Graberfeld von Koban, pi. V and VI
(Caucasus), p. 34, f. 14, 15 (Germany).

840. Bridle bars of horn or bone from a very

early part of the Bronze Age have been met with in

several parts of Europe.

ScHNiTTGER, A. T., 19 : 1, p. 36 (literature). — Montelius,
Mbl, 1887, pp. 160, 164, f. 88 (modern bridle only of wood and
horn, Sweden). — Aarb., 1900, p. 240 (antler). — de Mortillet,
Musec prehist., pi. LXXXV. — Keller, Ffalb., 7, pi. I f. 20, 32,
pi. II f. 29, 35 (found in pairs).

840. Antler. — Kvarnby, Sk. (see f. 661); dwelling-place from the
beginning of the Bronze Age. — A. T., 19 : 1, p. 26, f. 33.

841. A spiral ring of thin double gold thread,
with the pointed ends twisted together. See f. 1303.

841. Fjalkinge, Sk. ; hoard (2 rings; see f. 802).

842. Open armlet of round bronze, which is bent
forward and backward several times.

842. Pile, Sk.; hoard (see f. 789).

843. 844 (see 846). Open rings of a massive, round
bar of bronze (or copper with very little tin). Such
rings are sometimes of a size to fit the neck, sometimes
(as f. 843, 844) they have been worn on the arms, or
possibly round the legs. They are often very thick
and heavy; thickest in the middle, they become some-
what thinner towards the ends, which are cut off ab-
ruptly or slightly rounded, sometimes widened a little.
Generally smooth and without decoration. They are not

THE SECOND PERIOD.

27

only personal ornaments of the simplest, most primitive

kind, but it seems that many have been considered only

as ingots. Judging from their colour, they are often of

pure copper or bronze with very little tin.

Chrojr. (ilf. Br., pp. 5.5, 84 (Sweden), 52 (Denmark), 47, 49
(Mecklenburg), 40, 41 (Saxony), 39 (Silesia). — Norilifike Fortids-
minder, I, pi. XVT (Denmark). — Beltz, AUerf. Mecklenh., pi.
21 f. 16 (collar), 19 and 20 (bracelets). — Pif, CrcJiy predJiistoricki,
I, pi. V — IX, XIII etc. (collars and bracelets; Bohemia).

844. With linear ornamentation. — Hyllie, Sk.; stone-cist, 2.40 m.
long (not covered with a barrow). The ring surrounded the right
fore- arm of an extended skeleton. — Cliron. alt. Br., p. 68.

845. Bracelets of bronze, east, open, broad, with
parallel borders and straight ends; several parallel
ridges or raised rims going the whole length. These
bronze bracelets are evidently copies of spiral arm-
rings; as they were cast so that the spiral coils were
firmly united to each other, they were usually made
open in order to facilitate encircling the arm (Citron,
alt. Br., f. 7fi, 77; cf. f. 254, not open). — At the be-
ginning of the Bronze Age, bracelets of this type were
sometimes worn on each arm here in Scandinavia, north
Germany, Bohemia and Bosnia. In Denmark has been
found such a bracelet of thick gold (Chron. alt. Br., f.
204). Similar, though smaller, bracelets were also used
during the second period (f. 966); cf. the necklaces f.
958—965, which are likewise copies of several thin
rings cast together.

Chron. alt. Br., f. 136 (Mecklenburg), 87 (Silesia), 256 (Bosnia);
f. 204 (Denmark; goldl — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenh., pl- 21 f. 23
(»Manchettenringj), p. 158.

845. Pile, Sk.; hoard (see f. 789).

846. Bronze collar (sec f. 843). — Pile, Sk.; hoard (see f. 789).

847. Great ornament of bronze, probably for an
altar of wood. The large round plate (42 cm. in dia-
meter) is cast separately; on its upper surface 5
concentric circles of rays are punched, intended to sug-
gest the radiant sun. This plate rests on a crown-
shaped ring, composed of ten separately cast parts, ri-
veted together; each part terminates in a four-spoked
wheel, the symbol of the sun. The rivets are »ring-
rivets», with large conical heads, separately cast. No
such specimen is known from Scandinavia, but at
Haschendorf near Odenburg in Hungary a perfectly
similar work in bronze has been found (in 1914), like-
wise with 10 four-spoked wheels and a large plate, on
the upper side of which 7 circles of rays are seen; it
was obvious that the ornamented side had been turned
up and that the wheels turned downwards. There can
be no doubt that the original of f. 847 was imported
hither from the south.

Ant. sukl, f. 254. — Chron. Hit. Br., f. 199. — Der Haschen-
dorfer Bronzefund (Mitteil. d. Anthrop. Ges. in Wien, XLIV, 1914,
p. 316).

847. Balklkra , Sk.; near Ystad; peat-bog (found in 1847).

The second period.

From the middle of the 16th to the end of the 14th century B. C.

In this period there can be distinguished:

an earlier part characterized, among other things, by such axes as f. 861 — 863; during this time we
meet in Scandinavia such fibuliE as f. 969 — 971;

and a later part characterized, among other things, by such fibula; as f. 973 — 976.

Fibulte as f. 972 and 1024 belong to the transitional time between the 2nd and 3rd periods.

MoNTELius, Tidsbestamning, pl. 2.

848^860. Bronze- axes with stop-ridge on each
side • — previi/usly termed »palstaves». To prevent the
axe blade penetrating the handle at a heavy stroke,
the flanged axes of the 1st period were often somewhat
thickened in the middle; sometimes a kind of low stop-
ridge was formed there (f. 794). The stop-ridges grew
more common during the transitional time between the
1st and the second period (f. 848); and ere long they
became high and rectilinear, forming a right angle with
the axe-blade (f. 849 — 860); such axes were firm in their

shafts, because the flanges prevented all side-slipping,
and the high stop-ridges obviated the penetration of
the handle by the axe.

Many such axes (f. 849 etc.), which are simple and
without ornament, have clearly been intended for tools.
Proofs of long usage have often been seen on them:
the edges have been reground, and evidently in many
cases several times; sometimes the blade itself is
almost entirely worn away (f. 85Ji). Several hoards
have contained axes of this sort, but such axes are
scarcely ever found in tombs. — Other axes with stop-

28

II. THE BIIONSE AGE.

ridges (f. 860), which are especially fine in shape and
tastefully decorated, were weapons. They are found
alike in tombs and hoards.

Bronze-axes with stop-ridges are common in Scan-
dinavia and northern Germany. In other European
lands as well, especially Italy, France and England,
they are general, though more or less different from
the northern types.

Typolog. Mfthode, pp. 29 (evolution in Scandinavia), 23 (in

Italy).

V. BoYE, Fund af Egekister fra Bronzealderen i Danmark
(Kbhvn, 1896), pi. XV f. 11, p. 74 (crooked handle of ash-wood).

Evans, Bronze Tmplem., p. 73. — Montelius, L'Anthropolo-
gie, 1901, p. 615 (France). — D^chelette, Manuel, 2, p. 249. —
Hampel, Bronzezeit in Unqarn, pi. VIII. — Monteliijs, Yorklass
Chronol. Italiens, pi. 5—9, XIV, XVII, XXIII, XXX, XL.

848. A type characteristic for the transition between the 1st and the
2nd period. — Vastra Alstad, Sk.

849. Stockhnlt, Sk.; hoard found beneath a great block of stone (in
1900): with 2 other axes with stop-ridges (f. 858, 859), 3 axes
■with shaft-holes (f 866, 872, 882), a spear-head. 2 large round
belt- plates (f. 9,53), other belt-ornaments (1 = f. 941: ,35 = f.
949), 3 necklaces (f 961), 2 small human figures (f. 981), some
bracelets and spiral finger-rings, all of bronze.

851 and 856. Intermediate forms between this type and the fig. 860.
854. No flanges at the upper part of the axe: 2 rivets. — Ryssberget.
Sk. — MoNTELius, Methode, p. 29, f. 57.

857 — 859. The axes of this class which were uti-
lized as tools, are almost of uniform breadth, slightly
wider at the edge than in the middle; on the lower
half of both broad sides two depressions running the
whole length are seen. The type is general not only
in the Scandinavian peninsula (the National Museum
at Stockholm posesses more than 100 from Sweden)
and in Denmark, but also in northern Germany; but
outside this region exactly similar axes are not met
with, otherwise than possibly by exception. Resembling
types are however found (see f, 848 — 860).

For distribution in Sweden, see the literature, p. 23. (;f. f. 849,
850, 853, 855. — Ant. sued., f. 117 (Nerike) — Mbl, 1893, pi. 8 f.
4. — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 12, p. 296, f. 153 (Ostergiitland). —
Upl. Fornm.-for. tidshr., 6, p, 227, f. 14 (Upland). — Monteltus,
Methode, p. 29, f. 55 (Sweden). — Id., Kulturgesch. Schueden.i, p.
105, f. 179 (Gotland). — Opusculn, p. 80, f. 2 (Gotland). — Ibero,
Kalm. I. hronsald., p. 24, f. 21 (Oland).

Aarsher., 1877, pi. VII f. 38. — Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I,
pi. 22 f. 13; II, supplement-pi., I f. 3, 4 (moulds). — Annaler f.
nord. Oldkynd., 1853, pi. I (rich hoard). — MOller, Ordning, Br.,
f. 1.32, 133, — Aarb., 1891, pp. 220—224 (hoards). — Mestorf, Alferth.
Schlesw.-Holst., f. 21.3, 221. — Splieth, Inventar (Schlesw.-Holst.),
f. 27. — Bei.tz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 22 f. 3, 4, p. 169. — Lin-
denschmit,, Alterth., I: 1, pi. 4 f. 26—30 (Hannover). — Ver-
handl. Berl. Anthr. Oes., 1882, pi. XIII f. 1—4, p, 125 (Spandau, near
Berlin). — H. Schumann, Die Kulfnr Pommerns in vorgeschicht-
licher Zeit (Berlin, 1897), pi. 2 f. 17. — A. Lissauer Die prcihist.
Denkmiiler d. Prov. Westjyreussen (Leipzig, 1887), pi. Ill f. 22.

858, 859. Stockhnlt, Sk. ; hoard (see f.'849).

860, This fine type of axes was intended for wea-
pons. They are tastefully ornamented in spirals and
tine zigzags. Many are found in southern Sweden
(especially Skane, Blekinge, Oland), — the National
Mtiseum possesses 25 specimens, — Denmark and Sles-
vig-Holstein; in other parts of the Germanic sphere
the type is rare, and outside it, unknown.

For the evolution of this type, see Montelius, Die typol. Me-
thode, p. 28.

NiLssoN, Bronsald., pi. 2 f. 18, 19. — Ant. suid., f. 116
(Oland). — Abeeg, Kalmar lans hr., i. 11, n:os 48, 50, 70, 71, 89,

93. _ Mbl, 1890, p, 1,56, f. ,58 (SkS-ne, our f. 860); 1892, p. 8, f 1
(Blekinge); 1900, p. 143, f. 23 (Skine). — Montelius, Die typol
Methode, f. 57 (Blekinge; our f. 854). — Worsaae, Nord. Olds f,
181, 183. — MCller, Ordning, Br., t. 38. — Id., Aarb., 1891, pp
194-199: 1909, pp. 53, .69, 70. — Annaler f. nord. Oldkynd., 1853
pi. II (rich hoard). — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 22 f. 8—10; II
pi. I, II. — BoYE, Fund af Eqekister, pi. XXII f. B 6. -Mestorf
Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., if. 2i6, 217, — Splieth, Inventar, f. 26,
p. 30. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 22 f. 2, p. 128.

861. Flanged axes of bronze; see f. 80,5—809,

862, 868. Bronze axes resembling f. 861, but with
a socket for the handle. The wooden handle was
originally wrapped with bronze wire, which formed a
cylinder, but this was later replaced by a socket, on
which the bronze wire wrapped spirally is imitated (f.
863; see f. 877). Below the wrapping there can be
seen the end of the wooden handle, also copied in
bronze.

i Montelius, Methode, p. 30, f. 61, 62 (Denmark).

864. Bronze axe with stop-ridges, probably de-
signed for religious purposes (see f. 817). Lower part
of the blade very broad; no edge.

864. Genarp, Sk.

865. Stone axes, showing in shape or ornamentation

the influence of bronze axes. Here in Scandinavia, as

in other regions, stone axes have been found which are

imitations of copper or bronze axes. The patterns (as

in the case of f. 865) being characteristic of the 2nd

period of the Bronze Age, we here have an evidence

that stone axes were still used at this date. In many

countries they were in use even later.

Salin, Uppland, 1 (Upsala, 1905), p. 173, f. 39. — Worsaae,
Nord. Olds., f. 109; see our f. 868.

866—874 (see 880—884). Bronze axes with shaft-
holes, which in many cases project on both sides.
In one axe (f 867), the hole is placed in the middle,
and there are edges at both ends. Almost always, how-
ever, the hole is placed near the butt end, which is
commonly round and convex (in the shape of a hat).
The edge is broad, sometimes very wide (f. 83.", 834).
Many axes are ornamented with punched designs, com-
monly of spirals or concentric circles. — Most of these
axes (f. 866 — 874, 880 — 882) are massive; many very
heavy. But some (f. 883, 884) are made of very thin
bronze, cast over a core of clay, still preserved. —
Many bronze axes with shaft-holes of this period are
known in Sweden. In other parts of Scandinavia,
especially in Denmark, and in North Germany, many
are found. Outside this region no similar specimens
are met with.

Rygh, Norske Olds., 1. 92. — Worsaae, Nm-d. Olds., f. 112,
113. — Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 2, 3. — Miller, Ordning.
Br., f. (96), 1.52—1,54. — Annaler f. nord. Oldk., 1853, p. 337. —
M^moires d. antiqu. du Nord., 18.50—1860, p. 171. — Aarb.. 1876,
p. 244; 1911, p. 315, f. 14 (unusual size). — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesiv.-
Hoist., f. 243 (butt end thin), — Splieth, Inventar, f. 32, p. 38
(peat-bog). — See f. 868.
866. Stockbutt, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

867. Double-edged bronze axes with the shaft-hole
at the middle. Our f. 867 is the only one now known

THE SECOND PERIOD.

29

in northern or central Europe. In the Greek world
many such axes have been found, though very different
from f. 867; they generally lack ornamentation, ami even
when designs are found, they are quite different from
those on f. 867 (Moxtelius, Chronol. alt. Br., p. 17,
f. 40 — 43). Double- edged axes of copper (also different
from f. 867, and lacking ornaments, at least any like
those of f. 867) are found in Central Europe (I. c, p. 14,
f. 26—30).

867. For the ornamentation see f. 873, 913. — Ronneby, Bl.; probably
found with a bronze axe with stop-ridges = f. 859.

8()8. Bronze axes with shaft-holes; both broad

sides fluted from the head downwards to the broad

edge. Many axes of this type are found in Denmark

(Jutland) and northern Germany, where they prove to

be contemporary with the end of our 2nd and possibly

the beginning of our 3rd period.

Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 2 f. 5, 6 (tomb). — Muller, Ord-
ni'itq, Br., f. 95 (5 axes from different localities in Jutland). — Mes-
TORP, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 241. — Spueth, Tnventar, t. 83
(5 axes from different localities). — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., p. 22,
f. 10. p. 170 (3 from Mecklenburg: one in a hoard, with axes = f .
859 etc., and 2 in tombs: 2 from Brandenburg). — Lissauer, Brotize-
zeit in d. Prov. Weatpreussen (Danzig, 1891), p. 10, pi. II f. 21. —
0. Tischler, Schriften d. physik-okonom. Gesellsch, zn Kiinigs-
berg, 28, p. 12; 29, p. 8: 31, p. 3 (many axes of this type; 20 in the
sanie hoard). — Cf. Hampel, Brnnzezeit in Ungnrn, pi. XXX. —
A stone axe found in Denmark (Worsaae, Nord. Olds., t. 109) seema
to be an imitation of these bronze axes.

868. Made in Germany or Jutland. — Hasslarp, Sk.

869. GrSsgarde, Sm.; with V similar axe. See f. 883. — Aberg,
Kalm. I. bronsaUl., f. 2G.

872. Stockhnlt. Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

873. Lundby, Hal. — Ant. sukl., f. 99; Montelius, MeisterstUcke,
pi. 4 f. 1.

874. Villie, Sk.; peat-bog (in 1812). — A7it. suM., f. 100.

875. Bronze chisels, with stop-ridges, as on the
axes f. 848—860.

876—879. Socketed axes (formerly termed »celts»)
of bronze. Many are developed from flanged axes in
the manner shown by f. 861 — 863. Others have arisen
in other ways. The axe blade often has great similarity
with that which occurs on axes like f. 857. The socket
is generally round, but sometimes quadrilateral (f. 876).

Montelius, Die typologische Mcthode, p. 30.

878. Cf. f. 857. — Tiickhammar, Sod.; on the bottom of a river, with
other bronzes. ■ — Ant. sukl., f. 149. — A similar axe belongs
to a great Danish hoard- Annaler f. nord. OUlkynd.. 1853,
pi. III.

880 — 884. Bronze axes with shaft-holes (see f.
866—874); f. 880—882 massive, f. 883, 884 of thin
bronze cast over a clay core. That bronze so thin
could have been cast shows wonderful skill in the
founder.

880, 881. Balsby, Sk.; upon a stone, with a third bronze axe of the
same form and a gold baud (f. 957). — Ant. sxiid., f. 133.

882. Stockhnlt, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

883 a. Thin bronze, cast over a core of clay; round gold plates, inlaid
with amber. — Skogstorp, S8d.; with a similar axe (f. 883 b).

883 b. The upper part of a similar axe; handle of oak, covered with
-_ cast bronze. — G. Stephens, To i Sverrig fundne Processions-
oxer (Annaler f. nord Oldkynd., 1866, p. 120). — C. F. Herbst,
Om cle over en kjcerne af brcendt Leer stobte Bronce-Oxer
(ibidem, p. 124). — A. T., 3, p. 291. — Ant. suid., f. 134—136.

See t. 884. At Brondsted in Jutland, a pair of similar axes
of thin bronze have been found (Miller, Ordning, Br., f. 154).

— All these axes of thin bronze are so heavy and so fragile,
that they could not be used as weapons or tools. They have
evidently been symbols of the Sun-god, which with the axe (the
thunder) killed his enemies (see f. 680, 778—809). — In Sweden,
as in other countries, several times two similar axes have been
found together, of stone (f. 127), of copper (f. 1,50) or of bronze
(f. 780, 797, 811—816, literature, 869). Two similar axes have
also been figured together, as in the tomb of Kivik (Montelius,
in the Folk-Lore, XXI [London, 1910], p. 70. i)l. V f. 22). In
other ways also the deity and his symbols have been represented
in pair.'i.

Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 10, p. 29.5, f. 24 (Laplandish repre-
sentation of the god Thor, with a hammer in each hand). —
D^chelette, Manuel, II, p. 483, n. 1 (in Tenedos fico axes
were worshipped). — Milteilungen rfe.s- deutschen Instituts,
Athen. Abteil.. XXI, p. 277 (2 representations of the same god).

— liiftifuoi^, 1900, pi. 4 (Greece; a female deity with an axe in
each hand).

884. Thin bronze, cast over a core of clay. — Bistad, Sk.; peat-bog.
It Is not known whether this axe was found alone or together
with a similar axe.

885 — 887. Bronze daggers.

885, 886. Hoftjy, Sk.; stone-in'st, with >human skulls and boncs», a

fibula (f. 1024) and a knife (f. 922). — Montelius, Die vor-
klnssi.iclie Chronolngie Italiens, p. 240.

The dagger f. 886 is of an Italian type (I. c, pi. IX f. 4),
that — as several Italian finds prove — is contemporaneous
with the later part of the 2nd period of our Bronze Age. The
fibula f. 1024 dates frem the transition between the 2nd and 3id
period.

!-891 (see f. 897—909). Bronze swords. Some
daggers, as we saw (f. 827), had already before the end
of the 1st period become so long, that they might be
called short swords. During the 2nd period, the length
of the blade was often considerably increased, so that
some swords, including the hilt, are about 93 cm. long.
888, 889. Swords with broad, flanged tang; rivet-
holes in the lower part of the hilt but not in the tang.
The type occurs in Scandinavia as in middle and south-
ern Europe.

Muller, Mimoires, 1908—1909, p. 56, f. 48—50 (Denmark): f.
51—53 (Austria-Hungary): f. 85, 86 (Denmark and Italy). — Boye,
Eyekister, pi. (V), XXII, XXVII. — ScJilesiens Vorzeit, IV, p.
8, f. 23.

890, 891. Swords with bronze hilt. The section
of the hilt is oval (f. 890), oftener octagonal (f. 891);
the pommel is oval and high in the middle. Several
hilts are beautifully ornamented with spirals. — Many
swords of this type are found in Sweden and Den-
mark. They were imported from central Europe (the
Danube region) or imitated from swords imported
thence.

Montelius, A.'T., 3, p. 344. — Id., Congr. St., pp. 886, 900. —
Mt'LLER, Ordn., Br., f. 24. 25 (about 30 swords of this type are known
from Denmark). — Id., Menwires, 1908—1909, p. 91, f. 83, 84.

892. Sheaths (scabbards) of wood for bronze swords
and daggers. Owing to especially favourable conditions,
such sheaths, in spite of the length of time, have been
preserved to our day in more or less good condition;
sometimes almost undamaged.

BoYE, Egekister, pi. I, V, VIII, X, XV, XVII, XX, XXVI.

892. Wood. — Hammarlof, Sk.: great barrow (»Biornhog>). The dagger
(f. 907) to which this sheath belonged was found in the remains
of an oaken coffin, with a skeleton, a fibula (f. 969) and 2 belt-
ornaments (one of them f. 940; the other = f. 948). The barrow

30

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

contained also other graves from the Bronze Age (see f. 924). —
Mbl, 1893, p. 10.

893—895. Belt hooks of bronze; the round plate

ornamented with spirals, concentric circles or zigzag

lines. Many are found in Sweden and Denmark; similar

hooks are also met with in northern Germany.

Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 39 f. 10, 11. — MOller. Ord-
ninq, Br., f. 37 (f. 3ti, no round plate). — Id., M^moires, 1908-
1909, p. 31, f. 25. - BoYE, Egekister, pi. VIII f. 11; pi. XVII f.
3; pi. XXIV f. B 6. — Splieth. Inventar, f. 41. — Beltz, Altert.
Mecklenb., p. 171.

894. Perforated plate. — Sjogcstad, 6. G.; in a stone-cist from the
Stone Age, with 4 skeletons, spear-head.s or daggers of flint, a
bronze awl (f. 982) etc. — Sv. Fornm.-for. t'ulskr., 12, p. 294,
f. 144; cf. Fornv., 1906, p. 169.

895. Plate decorated with spirals and amber. — Sjogestad, 0. G.; in
another stone-cist from the Stone Age (Montei.ius, Der Orient
und Europa, p. 195), with a pincette (f. 979) and a small ring
of bronze. — Sik fornm.-for. tidskr., 12, p. 293.

896. Chapes of bronze for sword scabbards; a

common type in the 2nd period.

WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 120 b. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f
3.5. — Id., Mhnoires, 1908—1909, p. 110, f. 98. — Mestorp, Alterth-
Schlesw. -Hoist., f. 180 b. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 38, p. 25—35 (12
specimens). — Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1882, pi. XII, p. 124
(Spandaa, near Berlin). — Jahresschr. (Halle), 8, pi. XIV f. 22. —
See Aarb., 1876, p. 264, note (Central Europe).

897—909 (see f. 885—891). Bronze daggers and
swords. The hilt is not seldom entirely or partially
(f. 899) of bronze, but it has usually been of horn,
bone or the like, and fixed to the blade (which has no
tang) with rivets (f. 897, 901—903, 907); the pommel
is often of bronze. The blade is generally ornamented
with fine lines on both sides of its middle, which is
slightly raised; it has frequently the elegant form seen
in f. 897, 898, 901, 904 and 90G: the greatest width of
the blade is not at the hilt, but near the middle.

Many swords of the type f. 897 — 907 are found in
southern Scandinavia; similar ones are also found in
other parts of Scandinavia and northern Germany,
principally Sleswig-Holstein and Mecklenburg; but they
have never, or scarcely ever, been found in other
countries. They are therefore northern in execution,
and testify, like so many other works, to the high
standing of the craft among the Scandinavians during
the 2nd period of the Bronze Age.

NiLssoN, Brnnsdld., f. 1—3. — Ant suM., t. 103—107. — At-
las f nord. Oldk., pi. Ill and IV. — Annnler f. nord. Oldkynd.,
1853, pi. II f. 12 (hoard). — Madsen. Afbildn., I, pi. 4, 7— ll: II,
pi. 1—3, 7. — BoYE, Egekister, pi. I, II, XII, XV, XVII, XX, XXI,
XXIV; pp. 35, 36. — Miller, Ordning, Br., f. 26—30. — Id., Me-
moires, 1908—1909, pp. 22. 50, 81. — Mestorp, Alterth, Schlesxv.-
Holst.. f. 172—182. — Splieth. Inventar, f. 36. — Beltz, Alterl.
Mecklenb.. pi. 23 f. 11, 12, p. 170. — Jahresschr. (Halle), 8, pi. XIV
f. 22, p. 139 (province of Saxony).

899. Hilts of bronze and some organic substance

that has now disappeared. Such hilts are also seen

in Italy and central Europe on several bronze daggers

with broad »triangular» blades, contemporary with our

first period.

Vorklass. Chronol. Italiens, pi. 2 f. 5. — Jahresschr. (Halle),
1, pi. Ill f. 4.

901. HuUsjB, V. G.; with 2 belt-ornaments (f. 939).

902. Hammarlof, Sk.; great barrow (>Tingsh6g»): oak coffin, wherein
a liody had been buried, with a knife (f. 923), a fibula (f. 973).
a pincette (= f. 977), a belt ornament (f. 943 b), 2 buttons (one
of them, f. 989; the other = f. 985) etc., all of bronze, and a
little spear-head of flint (for fire-making).

903. Remains of the sheath of leather. — Hammarlof, Sk.; >Bonhog»
(see f 656); oak coffin, wherein a body had been buried, with
the sword, a piece of amber (f. 910). 2 knives (one of them, f.
920), a fibula (= f. 974—976) and a pincette (f. 977), all of
bronze, and a little spear-head of flint (f. 933, for fire-making).

904. Segerstad, V. G.; peat-bog. — Montelius, Meisterstiicke, pi.
4 f. 2.

905. Vallbv, Sm.; with 2 other swords. — Aberg, Kalm. I. brons-
ald., p. 31, f. 13 (and 12).

906. Solberga, 01. (in 1846); barrow (cairn) of stones with a fine axe
with stop-ridges (= f. 860), a spear-head (= f. 913), lioth of
bronze, a little spearhead of flint, and probably remains of a
skeleton. — Ant. sued., f. 103.

907. The hilt had been of horn; for the wooden sheath see f. 892. —
Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bjornhog»; see f. 892).

908, 909. Symbolic swords (miniatures) of bronze.
Instead of real swords, miniature copies are sometimes
found in graves or hoards (see f. 1081—1083, 1204 —
120G).

Montelius, La civilisation primitive en Italie, col. 667.

908. Visingsi), island in Lake Vattern; barrow.

909. Torslunda, IJ])1.; barrow, with burnt bones, a necklace (f. 958),
a belt-plate (= f. 946, spiral ornaments), 6 pendant ornaments
(f. 938). See f. 946. — Ektiolm, Uppl. bronsald., p. 226, f. 11.

910. Oval piece of amber, which evidently has
been inlaid in the pommel of a sword.

910. Flat oval piece of amber, with concentric circles. — Hammarlof,
Sk.; barrow (>Bonh6g;> see f. 903). Found with a bronze sword
to the pommel of which it certainly belonged.

911 — 919. Spear-heads of bronze; many of them
decorated with spirals or other punched ornaments.
They are either rather narrow, with the edges running
almo.st to the opening of the socket (f. 911 — 913, 915), or
broader, with edges terminating in some distance from
the lower end (f. 914, 916 — 919). The former type is
general in Sweden and other parts of the northern
region, but not found outside it. Spear-heads of the
latter type are also characteristic of the northern region.

The narrow type; Nilsson, Bronsald., f.„15. — Ant. sued. f. 101.
— Ekiiolm, Uppl. bronsald., f. 13, 17. — Abeeg, Kalm. I. brons-
ald., f. 11. — WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 185, 186. — Atlas f. nord.
Oldk., pi. 1 f. 16. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 13 f. 10. — Annaler
f. nord. Oldk., 1853, pi. V (hoard). — Muller, Ordning, Br., f.
97. — Mestorp, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 232. — Splieth, Inventar,
f. 43. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb.. pi. 25 f. 24, 25. — Verhandl.
Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1882, pi. XIII f. 6, p. 126 (Spandau, near Berlin).

The broad type: Ant sui'd., f. 102. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br.. I,
pi. 13 f. 6-8; "lI, pi. 1 (tomb). — Annaler f. nord. Oldk., 1853,
pi. IV, V. — Mt'LLER, Ordning, Br., f. 41. — Mestorf, Alterth.
Schlesw.-Holst, f. 229. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 42. — Beltz, Al-
tert. Mecklenb., pi. 25 f. 26—28. — Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges.,
1882, pi. XIII f. 10, p. 127 (Spandau, near Berlin).

912. Dalby, Bl.; barrow, with a sword, an axe with stop-ridges (=f.
860), a bead of glass (f. 934) and some »bits of charcoab (prob-
ably remains of an oak-coffln).

913. Solvallcn, Upl. (in 1862); with burnt bones. — Ant. suid.,
f. 101.

914. Rhombic section of the socket. — Sk^ne.

915. Length 39,1 cm. — Tosteberga. Sk.

918. Boda, 01. (not Sk.).

919. Simtuna, TIpI.; barrow of stones (cairn). — Ekholm, Uppl. brons-
ald., p. 222, f. 8.

920 — 931. Knives; shaft and blade both of bronze.

THE SECOND PERIOD.

31

920—926 (see f. 931). The point of the blade more
or less bent downwards.

920 — 923. The shaft comparatively thick; its section
rounded.

MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 16. — Mestobf, Alterth. Schlesw.-
Holst., f. 248. — Si'LiETH, Inventar, f. 92.

920. Hammarlof, Sk. ; barrow («Bonhog>; see f. 903).

921. Bolum, V. G.; barrow of stones (cairn).

922. Hofby, Sk.; grave (see f. 885).

923. Hammarlof, Sk; barrow (cTingshog*; see f. 902).

924, 925. The shaft narrow, quadrangular. The

type belongs to the transition between the 2nd and

3rd period, and occurs only in the northern region.

Ant. sued., f. 113. — Abero, Knlm. I. bronsdld., f. 37. —
Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 118. — Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 165. —
Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 23 f. 10. — Boye, Egekister, pi. XXV
f. 3. — Miller, Ordning, Br., f. 83. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 208.

— Mestobf, Alterth. Schlesto.-Holst., f. 248. — Splieth, Inventar.,
f. 92, p. 48.

924. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (»Bj6ruhog »; see f. 892): oak coffin with
a skeleton, 2 spiral rings of gold (f. 1042), a necklace (f 964),
a Bword (f. 1009) and an awl of lironze. The two last-named
objects had been placed, with woollen thread, in a box of birch-
bark. This tomb dates trom the transition between the 2nd and
3rd period.

926. Knives with shaft of bronze, in which is a

large oblong opening (without cross-pieces). This type

too belongs to the transition between periods 2 and 3,

and occurs only in the northern region. See f. 1017.

WiTTLocK, Jordfynd fr. Vdrend, pi. 5 f. 4. — Abebg, Kalm.
I. bronsdld., f 34. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 117. — Madsen, Af-
bildn., I, pi. 23 f. 2. — MCllkb, Ordning, Br., f. 81 (cf. f. 82). —
Id., Aarb., 1891, pp. 208, 221. — Sehested, Fortidsminder og
Oldsager., pi. XXII f. 12 b. — Id., Arch. Undersog., pi. X f. I d.

— Mestobf, Alterth. Schlesw. -Hoist., f. 259. — Splieth, Inventar,
f. 93, p. 48. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 26 f. 38 (cf. t 39), p.
177. — LjNDENscHMiT, Alterth., II: viii, pi. 2 f. 13 (Liineburg; the
point bent upward, not downward) ; cf. I: vm, pi. 4 f. 2, 4, 12.

927 — 930. Knives with shaft of bronze in the form
of a horse's head (both the eye and the ear are visible).
The blade uniform in breadth, cut off short in front:
the edge somewhat convex (knives with such blades,
but with a short handle rolled into a spiral, see Mul-
LEK, Ordning, Br., f. 17). Knives of this typ, with ob-
vious horses' heads, dating from the transition from
period 2 to 3, occur both in the Scandinavian penin-
sula, in Denmark, and in Sleswig-Holstein. In other
parts of northern Germany, such knives — with eye
and ear visible on a horsehead of comparatively fine
shape — scarcely seem to exist, only some later ones
with an inferior head (as f. 1013 — 1015, 1102). From
the type f. 927—930 are developed here in the North
during the following periods those forms of knives
which display heads more and more degenerating until
every trace of it has disappeared, and the shaft, narrow
and bent back, has been rolled into a spiral..

MoNTELius, A. T., 3, p. 331. — Id., Congr. St., 1874, p. 492.

— Id., Tidsbestdmning, f. 32. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 116. —
Madsen, Afbildn., I, pi. 25 f. 24. — Mullee, Ordning, Br., f. 85.

— li,.,Aarb., 1891, pp. 196, 199, 208. —Uestorf, Alterth. Schlcstv.-
Holst., f. 247. — Splieth, Inventar, i. 91.

928. Tygelsjo. Sk.; stone-cist, with a skeleton, a sword (=f. 897 —
909), an axe with stop-ridges ( ^ f. 860), a knife (= f. 926), 2 belt-
ornaments (= f. 940), a pincette (= f. 977) and a small spiral.

929. Backaryd, Sm.; with a sword (f 1012), and a skeleton, in a great
stone-cist from the Stone Age. — A. T., 1, p. 234; cf. Fornv.,
1906, p. 171.

930. Bejby, Ol.; with a skeleton, a knife (= f. 925), and a sword
with a narrow, four-sided tang. — Ant. sued., f. 115.

931. Bronze knife (probably from a later period than the 2nd). —
Hoby, Bl.; little barrow, with burnt boneg in a biconical vessel
of clay. — Mbl, 1903—5, p. 98.

932. Saws of bronze, copied from the shalf-moon*
flint saws (f. 581). During the latter periods of our
Bronze Age the shape becomes narrower (f. 1020, 1068).
In other countries such bronze saws do not occur.

Congr , St., 1874, p. 494. — MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 149.

932. Bosgirden, Sk. (in 1816); great barrow, with a similar saw, 8
awls (f. 983), a spear-head, a neck-ornament (= f. 964), a spiral
bracelet, 2 other bracelets (f 967), a belt (f. 937), 4 belt-orna-
ments (f. 942, 948 [two] and == f. 946), a comb (f. 935), a ferrule
for a spear (f. 1230) etc. — Ant. sidd., f. 124.

933. Spear-hea'fls (and the like) of flint. Such
flints have been gathered out of many graves of the
earlier Bronze Age. In several cases the pointed end
bears clear signs of having been used for some pur-
pose other than that originally intended: fire has been
struck with it from iron pyrites. A bit of iron pyrite
ocasionally lies in a grave {Aarb., 1891, p. 195). Other
flints seem to have been amulets (Worsaae, Nord. Olds.,
f. 621; sewn in a case of leather).

Mullee, Ordning, f. 46. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 195 — 207.

934. Glass beads, usually blue, which have come
in commerce from the south during the earlier Bronze
Age, are sometimes found in North Germany and Den-
mark. Such beads occur in Egypt at the same time.

Aarb., 1882, p. 319; 1886, p. 287. — Sehested, ylrc/t. Unders.,
p. 54, pi. VII f. 5. — Boye, Egekister, p. 138, pi. XXVI f. 3. —
Splieth, Inventar, pp. 37, 56. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., p. 194,
pi. 34 f. 116.

934. Dalby, BL; barrow (see f. 912).

935. 936. Combs of bronze or horn, rounded with
bow-shaped openings. They are found in graves both
of men and of women. Bronze combs of the same
rounded shape, though otherwise dissimilar, occur also
in the later Bronze Age (f. 1366); similar combs of
bone and horn are common down to a late period in
the Iron Age.

Early Bronze Age: MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 20. — Madsen,
Afbildn., I, pi. 30 (6 of bronze); II, pi. 5, 10 (2 of horn). — Boye,
Egekister, pi. II, X, XII, XIX, XXII (all of horn). — Aarb., 1886,
p. 261, f. 1 (of horn).

Later Bronze Age: Our f. 1366. — Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f.
233, 234. — MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 201. — Madsen, Afbildn.,
Br,, I, pi. 30. — Splieth, Inventar, t. 189.

935. Bosgirden, Sk.; barrow (see f. 932).

937. Cylinders, formed of thin quadrilateral plates
of bronze, rolled. They are found many together, and
have enclosed woollen strings which formed a belt (cf.
f. 1355, 1356) or a sort of fringe to a dress. — Such
bronze cylinders, which are found here in Scandinavia
from both the early and the later Bronze Age, occur
also outside the northern region.

32

II.

THE BRONZE AGE.

MCllee, Ordning, Br., f. 63 (woollen fringe with bronze cy-
linders). — BoYE. Egekister, pi. XXVI (two rows of cylinders, one
above the other, at the belt), XXVII (see f. 150). — Madsen, Af-
bildn., Br., II, pi. 22 (later Bronze Age).

937. Bosgarden, Sli.; barrow (see f. 932).

938. Round pendant ornament of very thin bronze.

At the border, a projecting flap, bent into a clasp or

small cylinder.

Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 33 f. 105, p. 190. — v. Estorff'
Alterth., pi. IX (Hannover). — Lindenschmit, Altert., Ill: 6, pi. 3-
— Naue, Prahistor. Blatter, 1904, pi. I. — Richly, Die Bronze-
zeit in Bohmen, pi. LI f. 9. — Hampel, Bronzezeit in Ungarn, pi.
LIV, LXXXVII.

938. Torslunda, Upl.; barrow (see f. 909).

939 — 952. Round bronze ornaments, high, hollow,
hat-shaped or conical in the middle, used as decorations
for a belt, or the like, sometimes in conjunction with
larger round plates as f. 953 — 955. A small ornament
like this has often been called 3>tutulus» by archaeolo-
gists. The type has clearly arisen from imitation in
bronze of amber or stone buttons with V-boring such
as f. 653 — 657 (cf. Mbstorf, Alterth. Schlesw. -Hoist., f.
314, of tin).

NiLSSON, Bronsald., f. 65. — Ant. sued., f. 112 (cf. f. 180). —
Kjellmark, Kronob. lans fornl. (Malmo, 1911), p. 107. — Aars-
ber., 1873, pi. II; 1880, pi. II. — Oldtiden, I (Stavanger), p. 12. —
MuLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 15, 59—61. — Id., Aarb.. 1891, p. 200.—
Sehestad, Archwol. Undersogelser, pi. V (pi. IV: shows how it was
placed in the tomb). — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 39 f. 5 (6); II,
pi. 1, 10, 17. — BoYE, Egekister, pi, I, V, XII, XXI, XXVI (f. 1
shows how it was placed in the tomb, with a big round plate), XXVII
(at the belt; see p. 150). — Mestorf, Alterth. ScUesiv.-Holst., f.
294, 312. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 51, 109, p. 30. — Beltz, Altert.
Mecklenb., pi. 33, p. 189.

939. Hullsjo, V. G.; sec f. 901.

940. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bjornh6g>; see f. 892).

941. Stockhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

942. Bosgarden, Sk. ; barrow (see f. 932).

943 a. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bonh6g>; see f. 656). Fonnd alone

in the barrow, not in a tomb.
943 b. HammarlSf, Sk.; barrow (>Tingsh6g>; see f. 902).

947. Benestad, Sm.; with 2 similar ornaments, in a stone-cist from
the Stone Age. — Kjellmark, Kronob. lans forhist. forn-
lamningar a. fynd (Malmo, 1911), pp. 82, 107; cf. Fornv. 1906,
p. 161.

948. Bosgarden, Sk.; barrow (see f. 932).

949. Stockhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

950 and 951. Ekudden, Sod.; hoard: with 5 similar ornaments (f.
1033, 1034), a button, 30 cylinders for- a belt (see f. 937), 2
spiral bracelets, 2 axes with stop- ridges (= f. 859), a socketed
axe, 3 socketed chisels (see f. 1192), 7 saws (f. 1020) and a spear-
head (f. 999). • — MoNTELius, Die typol. Methode, p. 11.

Some of the bronzes, that had been deposited here in the 3rd
period, date from this period, but the others were made during
the 2nd period. These have evidently been used for a long time
and are very much worn, but the bronzes from the 3rd period
are not at all worn.

953 — 955. Round belt ornaments of bronze, with
circles of spiral decoration round a projecting point. In
the middle of the underside is a loop. The careful
examination of some graves has shown that these round
plates of bronze, which may be considerable in size,
have been worn by women as a sort of belt-ornaments;
similar ones are worn in our day by women in Egypt
in the same manner. — Several such round bronze
plates are found in Sweden and the other Scandinavian
countries; they are up to 28.2 cm. in diameter. In

the districts of North Germany forming part of our

region, similar ornaments about- 15 cm. in diameter

have been dug up.

NiLSSON, Bronsald., f. 43 (big, broken: part in the museum of
Lund, part in that of Gotcborg). — Ant. sued., f.lll. — M6/., 1878,
p. 689 (Torpa in Sm). — Ekholm, Upjjl. bronsald., p. 226 (Tors-
lunda in Upl.; see f. 909). — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 135, 137. —
Aarsbcr., 1»79, pi. Ill f. 13. — Bcrgens Mus. Aarbok, 1912: 4, p.
24, f. 17 (Jiederen). — Opuscula, p. 100, f. 6. — Worsaae, Nord.
Olds., f. 205. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 39 f. 1; II, pi. 10 f.
17, pi. 17 f. 2, 3. — BoYE, Egekister, pi. XII f. 10, pi. XXVI f. 7
(f. 1 shows how It was placed in the tomb), pi. XXVII f. 4 (p. 150:
the place in the tomb). — Sehested, Archceol. Unders., pi. V f . 8
(pi. IV: the place in the tomb); pi. VII f. 6 (pi. VI n:o37: the place
in the tomb; cf. p. 54). — Bahnsoo, Aarb., 1886, p. 284, and Mem.
Soc. Antiq. du Nord., 1884—1889, p. 271 (female tombs). — Nor-
diske Fortidsminder, pi. XV, p. 73. — Muller, Ordning, Br., t.
58 (cf f. 49). — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 200; 1909, p. 86, f. 89. — Aarb.,
1915, p. 124, f. 1. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesw.-Holst., f. 336. —
Splieth, Inventar, f. 69, pp. 29, 36. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi.
33 f. 101, 102, p. 189.

953. Part of a big plate (diani.: 27,8 em.). — Stockhult, Sk.; hoard
(see f. 849).

955. The middle of the concentric circles is >au reponBse>. A strop
of leather goes through one of the two holes. — Near B^stad,
Sk.; barrow, with burut bones, a knife (f. 1019) and 2 bracelets
(= f. 966).

956, 957. Gold bands, with split, spiral-shaped
ends (»diadems»). Occurring both in Sweden and Den-
mark; similar ones of bronze in Germany.

Montelius, Guldarbeten fran bronsaldern funna i Sverige
{Fornv., 1916, pp. 8, 21). — Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 225. — MOl-
ler. Ordning, Br., f. 9. — Kataloge des Rom. Germ. Central-
Museums (Mainz), No 6. Bronzezeit Siiddeutschlands, p. 204, f.
139 (bronze).

956. Orebro, Ner. (in 1780!). — Fornv., 1916, p. 22.

957. Balsby, Sk.; hoard (sec f. 880).

958 — 965. Neck- ornaments of bronze, broadest in
the middle, with ends narrowed and rolled np. The
type is a copy of a sort of neck-ornament formed of
several narrow collars laid together. Both in Italy
and north of the Alps — in the Northern region, too,
— such prototypes have been found, belonging to the
iirst period; see Chronol. lilt. Br., p. 109, f. 276; p.
33, f. 78 — 80 (several rings), f. 81 (neck-ornament,
cast in one piece, in imitation of svich rings). Cf.
f. 845. The separate rings may still be distinguished
in f. 958, 960, 963, 964; only the ends are com-
pletely united, forming a surface decorated with spi-
rals or other ornamentation. These bronzes having
a certain likeness to a diadem, it was long supposed
that they had been worn as such ornaments, with the
wider opening upwards; but in several tombs they have
been found round the neck with the wider opening
below. — The oldest neck-ornaments, modelled on those
that consisted of several narrow rings, date fi-om an
early part of the second period {Photogr. Alb. Berlin,
1880, II, pi. 21). A number of others belong also
to the 2nd period, but the type survives, somewhat
altered, into the 3rd; narrow, parallel, raised rims,
which are relics of rings, disappear before the end of
the 2nd period and are replaced by spiral decorations;
the front side, which at first is very distinctly sloped,
becomes almost horizontal during the 3rd period (f.
1022, 1023).

THE SECOND PERIOD.

33

Many such ornaments are known from middle
and southern Sweden, Denmark, Sleswig-Holstein, and
Mecklenburg. In other districts belonging to the north-
ern region, the type is less common, and it is unknown
in other coxintries.

Among neck-ornaments found in northern Germany
are some resembling the older Scandinavian specimens
of this kind (f. 963), but many show variations, espe-
cially those from later times than the 2nd period.
On two broad portions, separated by raised rims, spiral
ornaments can be seen, as in f. 902 (probably imported
from Germany to Skane); the lines which bind the
spirals are sometimes dotted or accompanied with lines
of dots. The decoration gradually disappears, and a
degeneration sets in, so that the latest neck-ornaments,
contemporary with our 4th or 5th period, only display
their relationsship to the older specimens by means of
a certain similarity of shape (Li8Sauer, Bronzezeit, W.-
Freussen, pi. V f. 8; pi. VI f. 8). — Cf. f. 1273-1275.

KiLSsoN, Bronsald, f. 23, 24. - Ant. suid., f. 122, 123. —
From Sweden at least 21 are known (per. 2 and 3). — Norway: Aars-
ber., 1881, pp. 124. 125 (2 = f. 963: Stavanger): see Bergens Mus.
Aarbok, 1912: 4, p. 26, f. 18. — Opusada, p. 101, f. 8. — Denmark:
WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 216—218 (and 226). — Madsen, Afbildn.,

I, pi. 31: 11, pi. 17. — BoYE, Egelcistcr, pi. XXVI f. 2 (f. 1: the
place in the tomb), pi. XXVII f . A I (p. 150: the place in the tomb).
— Sehested, Arrhceol. Unders., pi. V f. 5 (pi. IV: the place in the
tomb); pi. X f. 4. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 50. — Id., Aarb.,
1891, p. 200: 1909, p. 87, f. 91. — Bahnson, Aarb., 1886, p. 285, and
Mimoiren 1884—1889, p. 271 (female tombs). — Aarb. 1876, pp. 231,
292. — Germany; Mestorf, Alterfh. Schlesw. -Hoist., f. 279, 280.—
Splieth, Invent., f. 65, p. 36; f. 104, p. 54 (per. 3). — Beltz, Altert.
Mecklenh., f. 74, 75, p. 183 (Mecklenb. Schwerin). — Museum in Neu
Strclitz (at least 7 with raised rims; Mecklenb. Strelitz). — Linden-
SCHMIT, Alterih., 1: x. pi. 2 f. 1, 4 (Mecklenburg), 2, 3 (Hannover). —
V. EsTORKP, Heidn. Alterth., pi. XI f. 6, 7 (Hanuover). — Verhandl.
Bert. Anthr. Ges , 1884. p. 97 (Liineburg). — Muller, Alterth. Han-
nov., pi. IX f. 73. — Jahresschr. (Halle), 8, p. 137, f. 3, p. 146 (prov.
Saxony). — Photnqr. Album Berlin 1880, III, pi. 2 (Brandenburg):

II, pi. 21 (Pomerania). — Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1890, p. 609
(Pomerania). — Museum in Stralsund (several from Pomerania). —
Bekman, Hut. Beschreib. d. Mark- u. Chur-Brandenburg, 2, 1, pi.
6 14. — Bruckner, Beilrdge z. Gesch. d. dentsch. Alterth. (Mei-
ningen, 18.58), pi. II f. 3 (near Meiningen). — Jahresber. d. altmdrk.
Vereins, 4, p. 27.

958. Torslunda. Upl.; barrow (see f. 909).

959. Torpa, near Jonkoping, Sm.; hoard: with a similar neck-orna-
ment (f. 963), 2 round belt-ornaments (13 and 9.8 cm. in diam.;
spirals), 9 other belt-ornaments (= f. 939—952), a great button
(f. 988), spiral bracelets, 2 other bracelets, garniture of a chair
(f. 9^0), a ring (f. 968), 2 saws (= f. 932), an awl (= f. 982). —
H. Hildebrand, Mbl., 1878, p. 687.

961. Stockhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849).

963. Torpa, Sm.; hoard (see f. 959).

964. HammarlSf, Sk.; barrow (>Bjornh8g»; see f. 924).

965. Hedvigsdal, Sk.; barrow. — Mbl, 1895, p. 102.

966. Bracelets of bronze, uniform in breadth, with
longitudinal grooves and ends cut square. Such bra-
celets of bronze, sometimes of gold, were worn here
in the North during the 2nd and at the beginning of
the 3rd period. The type is a descendant of the very
broad bracelets which occur during the 1st period, with
ridges all along and squared ends (f. 845). Bracelets
worn in other lands during the earlier Bronze Age
are more or less like those of the North ; they are often
narrower than the latter, and their ends are usually
not so squared, but more rounded. — During the later

b— 201197

Bronze Age, bracelets of uniform width were worn here
in Scandinavia, but they diflPer from the earlier spe-
cimens (WoKSAAK, Nord. Olds., f. 258, 264, 265; MOllkr,
Ordning, Br., f. 375—377).

The Scandinavian type: Ant. sued., f. 127. — Aarsber., 1879, f.
74; 1881, pp. 123, 224. — Brggijer, Opuscula, pp. 98, 102 (Norway).

— Madsen, Afbildn., I, pi. 34 f. 7. — MiJller, Ordning, Br., f.
113 (gold), 114 (bronze). — Id., Aarb., 1891, pp. 202, 213—216, 222,
224; 1909, pp. 86, 98, 114. — Splieth, Inventar, t 105, p. 46. —
Jahresschr. (Halle), 1, pi. VIII f. 4. p. 66. — Schles. Vorzeit, IV,
p. 8. — Pic, C'echy pfedhistoricke, 2, pi. IV, XI, XIV etc. — Richly,
Die Bronsezeit in Bohmen, pi. XLVII: cf. pi. XLIX.

Continental types: Montelius, L'Anthropologie, 1901, p. 610,
f. 4 (France). — Keller, Pfahlbauten, 7, pi. XXII f. 10. (Babylonia),

— Chantre, Caucase, II, pi. XV f. 11. — Montelius, Die alt.
Kulturperioden, p. 169, f. 550 (Babylonia; silver, rectilinear ends).

966. Dommeatorp, Hal. (see f. 1006, 1016, 1243, 1421, 1423, 1432,
1438, 1445); barrow (>Bnssah6gcn>): stone-cist, with a skeleton
and a bracelet of the same type. The bracelets surrounded the
arms. — Ant. siiid., f. 127.

967, 968. Bracelets of bronze.

967. Bracelet of bronze. — Bosgirden, Sk. ; >barrow> (see f. 932).

968. Massive bracelet of bronze. — Torpa, Sm.; hoard (see f. 959).

969—976. Bronze »fibulae:» (brooches). The Scan-
dinavian fibulae consist of two parts, the pin being
made in one piece by itself; but in other respects they
resemble the contemporaneous Italian fibulae, which have
the same form as the modern >.'Safety pin», with the
pin made in one piece with the brooch itself. Like
the Scandinavian flanged axes, the fibulae of the North
is the result of a connexion between the countries
of the Mediterranean and Scandinavia in the earlier
Bronze Age. On the oldest Northern fibulae, as on the
oldest Italian, the point of the pin rests against a hook
(f. 969 — 971). On most of the northern specimens, how-
ever, the point of the pin rests on a small spiral-shaped
plate (f. 972—976), as is the case with many Italian
ones too; but the former, in contradistinction to the
latter — which have the pin cast in one piece with
the rest — have a similar spiral-plate also at the other
end. The Scandinavian and Italian fibulae have also
a similar »bow». This is on many of them narrow
and round, on others broader, leaf-shaped, and flat (f.
970, 971, 976). For the evolution after this time, see
the following periods. Fibulae like f. 969—976, as
many discoveries in tombs testify, were worn by both
men and women.

They are rather common in southern Sweden, espe-
cially in Skane and Vftstergotland; in other parts of
South Sweden they also occur, as in Norway (par-
ticularly on Jeederen, the south-western part of the
country). In Denmark they are very numerous. In
Sleswig-Holstein and Mecklenburg many are found, and
some in other parts of northern Germany. In Den-
mark and Sleswig-Holstein some brooches, belonging to
the end of the 2nd period and the transition to the
3rd, are of gold or of gold-plated bronze.

Montelius, A. T., 3, p. 219. — Id., Congr.. St., 1874, p. 495.

— Id., Die typolog. Methode. p. 54. — Id., Vorklass. Chronol.
Italiens, pp. 229— 236.

Fibulae from the 2nd per. and the transition to the 3rd: Ant.
suid., f. 120. — Iberg, Kalm. I. bronsald., p. 34. — Aarsber., 1879,

34

n. THE BRONZE AGE.

pi. III. — LoRANOE, Norslce Olds, i Bergens M., pp. 36—42. —
Opuscula, pp. 101 (Norway), 113 (Sleswig: with burnt bones). —
WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 228. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 11, 69,
70 (3 of gold, found in Denmark). — Id., Aarb., 1891, pp. 194—199
(male tombs), 200 (female tombs). — Id., Aarb., 1909, pp. 36, 60.
— BoYE, Egekister, pi. V, XII. XV, XXI, XXII, XXV. — Mestorf,
Altera. Sehlesw. -Hoist, f. 337—342. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 50
(one plated with gold). — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenh., pi. 29 f. 64, 65,
71, p. 182. — Mannus, 11, pi. XV, XVI, p. 192 (Brandenburg). —
In other parts of North-Germany than Sleswig-Holstein and Mecklen-
burg fibulae of those types are rare. — See Montelius, Tidsbestam-
ning, pp. 177, 178 (N. Italy and Tyrol), 234 (Russia; silver). —
Beltz, Zeitschr. f. Ethn., 1913, p. 665.

969. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow r>Bj6rnhog>; see f. 892).

970. Falkoping, V. 6.; gallery-grave; secondary grave with a spiral
ring of bronze.

971. K5pinge, Sk.; barrow (no IV): stone-cist, with a skeleton, a
small gold spiral, a perforated dog-tooth, etc. — See f. 1039,
1087, 1102, 1112, 1222. 1263, 1310, 1313. 1354, 1367, 1370, 1373,
1429, 1474, 1485. — Rydbeck, Fornv., 1912, p. 115, f. 53—55.

972. Stora Kopinge, Sk.; barrow: oak coffin, with burnt bones, a
dagger, a button and remains of woollen cloth.

973. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Tingshog> ; see f. 902).

975. Klefva, V. G.; barrow of stones (cairn); with 2 daggers (= f. 897)
and a knife.

976. Varnhem, V. G.; (tomb) with a neck-ornament (= f. 959), a
bracelet, a dagger and an awl (= f. 982).

977—979. Small tongs (»pincettes») of bronze.
During the 2nd period they are generally broad and
thick at the opening, forming a wide bow above. During
the subsequent periods they have other forms (f. 1040,
1116, 1366). This type is general in the Scandinavian
district, but similar tongs were also used in other
countries at about the same time. Because they have
several times been met with in tombs of men, but not
in those of women, they have probably been used to
draw out of the face single hairs. In Denmark have
also been found such a tong, an awl, an earpick, and
a nail-cleaner, all of bronze and hanging together on
a bronze ring (Muller, Vor Oldtid, p. 239, f. 130).

Aberg, Kalm. I. bronsald., t. 10. — Aarsher., 1880, pi. II f.
8. — MliLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 18. — Boye. Eqeldster, pi. VIII,
XXI, XXIV. — Memoires, 1908—1909, p. 89 (filled np with a bit of
wood). — Mestorf, Alterth. Schlesir.-Holst., f. 266. — Splieth, In-
ventar, t. 55. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 27 f. 48. — Natje,
Prahist. Blatter, 1893, pi. VI (Franconia). — Id., Die Bronzese.it
in Oberbayern, pi. XVIII f. 7, p. 118. — Montelius, Vorkl. Chron.
Ital, pi. XI f. 12, 13. — TsuNTAS, Ji/unoj x. JUta-Aoi, pi, 4 f. 2.

977. HammarlSf, Sk.; barrow (»Bonhog»; see f. 903).

978. Kastliisa, 01.; with another pincette of bronze and a dagger of
iiint (probably in a barrow of stones). — Aberg, Kalm. I. irons-
aid., f. 29.

979. Sjogestad, 0. G. ; stone-cist (see f. 895).

980, 981. Bronze images of men and animals.

980. Horse, cast in thin bronze over a core of clay; the eyes are in-
laid with amber. — Halsingborg, Sk.; hoard, with a similar
horse, 3 spear-heads (= f. 913), 3 axes with stop-ridges (2 = f.
859; 1 = f. 860) and now lost parts of a small car and of a round
plate of bronze. Cf. the snn-wheel drawn by a horse of bronze,
upon a sort of car, found at Trundholm in Denmark (Nordiske
Fortidsminder, I, p. 303).

981. Man; in the horizontal part of the helmet there are two small
holes, probably for ornaments in the shape of horns. The arms,
cast separately, are lost; beneath each foot, a point for fixing of
the fignre in a pedestal. — Stockhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 849),
with a quite similar figure (two holes for horns, no arms).

982, 983. Awls of bronze, round with quadrangular
tang (the latter has by error been turned downwards

in f. 982, 983). They occur In the earlier Bronze Age,

and are common in the later (see f. 1089, 1370).

Some have their shafts of amber or bronze (f. 1089,

1090); most of them had shafts of wood or bone. A

golden awl has been discovered in Denmark. — Many

awls have naturally been used to bore holes in wood,

leather and so forth; but many have manifestly had

another purpose. Awls are not found in women's tombs

(or very seldom); but in men's graves they have been

discovered, especially the finer specimens. And there

often lie together in the same tomb, chiefly in the later

Bronze Age, an awl with a small tong (see f. 977) and

a razor. Probably they were used for tattooing.

Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 19 a (bronze handle). 145. — Madsen,
Afbildn.. Br., I, pi. 27 f. 18—21 (handle of bronze and bone); II,
pi. 3, 14, 16 (bronze handle), 18, 32 (bronze handle). — Boye, For-
tegnelse, p. 27 (of gold). — Muller, Vor Oldtid, p. 237 (tattooing).

982. Sjogestad, 0. G.; stone-cist (see f. 894).

983. The figure is pl.aced upside down. — Bosgirden, Sk.; barrow
(see f. 932).

984. Bronze pins with roimd heads; below this,
a hole in the more or less thickening part of the pin.
Such pins, not general in the Northern region, occur
plentifully in Italy. — Bronze pins from the Bronze
Age are not so common in the Scandinavian region as
in central Europe, evidently because fibulae were ge-
nerally used here, but not there.

Aarsber., 1887, pi. I f. 3, p. 61 (south-western Norway; 25 (!) cm.
long, with two perforations in different directions). — Splieth, In-
ventar, f. 71; cf. KossiNA, Die deutsche Vorgeschichte, 2nd edit, p.
111. — Pic, C'echg predhist., I, pi. XI f. 14 (per. 1); 11, pi. II f. 3.

— Naue, Die Bronzezeit in Oberbayern, pi. XII, XXIX, XXXII,
p. 153. — Keller, Ffahlbanten, 7, pi. XXII f. 11. — Montelius,
La civil, primit. en Italie, pi. 1, 7, 16, 37 (early), 38, 40. — Strobel,
Avanzi preromani, 2, pi. IV f. 22 (in the eye stuck probably a string
of leather with a bronze button [not a bit of bronze] ; cf. Verhandl.
Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1890, p. 328). — Cf. Montelius, Chronol. Hit.
Bronzezeit, p. 153 (Cyprus; copper), 145 (Egypt; copper).

984. Herrljunga, V. G. (not Sk.); great stone-cist from the Stone Age,
— Fornv., 1906, p. 170.

985—989. Buttons of bronze. In the Scandinavian
peninsula and in Denmark several rather large speci-
mens from this period have been found: the uppei' plate
is flat, decorated with real or false spirals; the lower
plate is sometimes like a wheel (see f. 1143). Others,
generally smaller, have the upper part high and conical.

The upper part flat (not conical): Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 13.

— Boye, Egekister, pi. I, V (of horn or bone), X (of wood), XXI f.
5 (bronze, iiilaid with amber) and f. U (of tin), XXVII (small plates).

— Madsen, Afbildn., Br., pi. 29 f. 15, 16.

985. Ostra Karnp, Hal. (near the borders of SkUne).

988. Torpa, Sm.: hoard (see f. 959). ,

989. HammarlSf, Sk. ; barrow (.Tingsh6g>; see f. 902.)

990. Bronze mountings for a chair; ornaments open
worked.

Splieth, Inventar, p. 42; cf. Boye, Egekister, pi. XIV f. 1
(chair, found in a coffin of oak).

990. Torpa, Sm.; hoard (see f. 959).

991. Head of a bronze pin (?). — Sten8,sa. 01.; perhaps found with
a neck-ornament (= f. 958—965). — Aberg, Kalm I. bronsald.,

. i. 28.

THE THIRD PERIOD.

35

The third period.

From the beginning of the 13th to the end of the 12th century B. C.

Within this period, there may be distinguished:

an earlier part, characterized, among other things, by such fibulae as f. 1024 — 1026;

and a later part, characterized, among other things, by such fibulae as f. 1027 — 1030.

MoNTELius, Tidshestdmning, pi. 3.

992 — 997. Socketed axes of bronze, uniform in
breadth; some of them showing traces of origin from
socketed axes of the 2nd period. The Swedish axes of
this type from the 3rd period are often decorated with
raised linear ornaments as f. 992 — 995 and 997; similar
ones occur also, though seldom, in Norway, but they
are not known from Denmark, nor from northern Ger-
many, unless possibly by exception. They were there-
fore made in Sweden. Casting-moulds for them have
also been discovered here (f. 998). Descendants of
Swedish socketed axes from the 3rd period survived
a long time.

LiNDQVisT, De svenska hoUq/xorna fran bronsdldern {Opus-
cula, p. 79). — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 96.

992. Tullinge, Sod.; hoard, beneath a block of stone: with a similar
axe (f. 997), a sickle (f. 1021), 2 belt ornaments [^ f. 1033) and
2 spiral bracelets. — A. T., 3, p. 239; Opuscula, p. 82, f. 8.

994. Stora Mellosa, Ner. (not S5d.). — OjJMSCitia, p. 82, f. 10.

997. Tullinge, Sod.; hoard (see f. 992).

998. Stone moulds for socketed axes like f. 992 —

997. Many moulds from the Bronze Age have been
preserved till our day. Most of them are of stone (f,
1067, 1069, 1070, 1181—1184, 1194), some of bronze (f.
1185). Of moulds in clay, — especially used for casting,
with wax models, the finer bronzes, — fragments are
found only seldom, because these moulds had to be
broken, when the casting was finished. — See f. 1071 (jet).

MoNTELius, Mbl; 1872, p. 97. — Mulleh, Ordning, Br., f. 150
(literature). — Jahrb. Mecklenb., 34, p. 220. — Bbltz, Altert.
Mecklenb., p. 266. — Richly, Bronzezeit in Bohmen, pi. XLIV,
XLV. — Keller. Pfahlb., 3, pi. VII, etc. — Guoss, Protohelvhtes,
pi. XXVII — XXX. — MoNTELius, Civil, primit. Italie, pi. 2, 3 etc.

Method of casting: Neebgaard, Haag-fundet, En Affalds-
dynge fra en Metalstobers Hytte, fra den yngre Bronccalder
(Aarb; 1908, p. 373). — Olshausem, Die Technik alter Bronzen
(Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1885, f. 410). -- Mucu, Kupferzeit,
2nd edit., p. 238. — K. v. Miske, Die prdhist. Ansiedlung Velem
St. Vid, I (Wien, 1908; see Aarb., 19U8, p. 273, note). — Doep-
FELD, Troja, p. 368.

998. Lngn§,s, V. G. ; found with the other half of the same mould.

999. Bronze spear-heads (see f. 911).

999. Ekudden, Sod.; hoard (see f. 950).

1000 — 1012. Bronze swords. The hilts, often formed
entirely or partially of bronze, are developed from those
of the 2nd period (f. 897—907). The pommel is no
longer oval, but rhombic.

-80. — Beltz, Altert.

MoNTELius, Congr., St., 1874, p. 887. •
Methode, p. 41. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 101.
Br., f. 88—91. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 204. ■

Id., Die iyr

- Mt'LLEE, Ordning,
Madsen, Afbildn.,

Br., I, pi. 9, 11. — Splieth, Inventnr, f. 79-
Mecklenb., pi. 24 f. 14.

1000. Length: 76.2 cm. — Kyleberg, 0. G. (in 1848); at the bottom
of the lake Takern. — Ant. suM., f. 109.

1003, Length: 115 cm.(!). — EUoscfjordeii, Boh.; the sword stood ver-
tically in the bottom of the sea. — Mbl., 1885, p. 75.

1004. Dref, Sm. (in 1860); great stone-cist from the Stone Age. —
WiTTLOCK, Jordfynd fran Vdrend, pi. 6 f. 4, p. 72.

1006, 1007. Sheath of wood and leather; chape of bronze. — Dom-
mestorp, Hal. (in 1869; see f. 966); barrow: little stone-cist,
with burnt bones and remains of woollen cloth (f. 1048). — Ant.
SuSd., f. 165, 166.

1008. Bronze swords; rivet holes in the flanged
hilt as well as at the base of the blade.

1008. Krokek, 0. G. — Mllleh, Memoires. 1908—1909, p. 128.

1009. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bj6ruhog» ; see f 924).

1010. Utterstad, 0. G. (in 1869); barrow: with a knife (f. 1013). The
barrow contained also a stone-cist from the Stone Age, with 5
skeletons, a flint spear, etc. — Ant. suid., f. 107.

1012. Transition to the 3rd period. — Backaryd, Sm.; barrow (see f.
929). — Ant. sued., f. 108.

1013—1019. Bronze knives.

1013 — 1015. Short shaft, terminating in a horse's
head, often very much degenerated (cf. f. 927).

1013. utterstad, 0. G.; barrow (see f. 1010).

1016. Dommestorp, Hal. (see f. 966); barrow: little stone-cist, with
burnt bones, a fibula (f. 1026) and a button.

1017—1019. One or two oblong openings in the

shaft, often divided by cross pieces (cf. f. 926).

Cross-pieces in the opening: '^vyti^ock, Jordfynd fran Vdrend,
pL 5 f. 3, 5. — WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 163. — Vedel, Born-
holms Oltidsminder og Olds., p. 35, f. 21.

1017. Sparlinge, Sk.; barrow. In a little stone-cist, with burnt bones.

At the bottom of the barrow, there was an oak coffin, wherein
the body of a woman, in the 2nd period, had been buried, with
a dagger, 2 belt-ornaments (= f. 1033—1035) and a handful of
beech-nuts — proving that that tree lived in Sklne already in
the middle of the 2nd millennium B. C. — The barrow con-
tained 8 other tombs (see f. 1120) from different periods of the
Bronze Age; the latest dates from the transition to the Iron Age.

1019. Bastad, Hal.; tomb (see f. 955).

1020. Saws of bronze (cf. f. 932).

1020. Ekudden, Sod.; hoard (see f. 950).

1021. Bronze sickles, with projecting plug for
fastening to the handle. Such implements have, though
seldom, been found in Sweden, as in other parts of the
Scandinavian region; most of them date from the earlier
Bronze Age. In other parts of Europe sickles from the
Bronze Age have a more or less similar shape; some-
times they are provided with sockets for the handles.
— See f. 587.

36

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

WoESAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 159. — Muller, Ordning, Br., 1. 146,
147. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, j)!. 26 f. 1, 2. — Splibth, Inven-
tar, f. 59, 60. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 26 f. 31—33, pi. 38
f. 33. — Mannus, II, p. 179. — Evans, Bronze Implem., p. 194 —
JP)-oceedings of the R. Irish Academy, 3 ser., II, p. 381. — D:^ohe-
lette, Manuel, p. 266. — de Mobtillet, Musee prihist., pi. LXXVIII.
■ — Keller, Pfahlb., 7, pi. VII (handle of wood, well preserved). —
Gross, Protohelvctes, pi. XX. — Montelius, Vorklass. Chronologie
Italiens, pi. XI, XV (sickles and mould for them).

1021. Tullinge, Sod.; hoard (see f. 992).

1022, 1023. Bronze neck-ornaments, richly decor-
ated with spiral designs (cf. f. 958 — 965).

1022. Broken and mended, in this period, by rivetting. — Slmris-
hamn, Sk.; barrow: with a fibula (= f. 1032) and a belt-orna-
ment (= f. 1033—1035). — Ant. stiid., f. 123.

1023. Gotland. — Fornv., 1907, p. 96.

1024 — 1032. Bronze fibulae, developed from the
types of the 2nd period.

1024 — 1030. The narrow bronze thread, of which
the spiral plates are formed, is first rolled so tight
that it loses its round shape, and is squeezed into a
narrow fillet standing on its edge (f. 1025, 1026); then
it gets flattened out into a horizontal ribbon, which gra-
dually widens. Only the last coil, which is thicker
than those inside it, retains its round shape; it is
generally ornamented in such a way that it looks
twisted. The plates, at first narrow, soon get larger
and larger. At the same time the central part of the
fibula is altered; it becomes more and more bow-shaped
and shorter than before.

Montelius, Die typolog. Methode, p. 56. — Rygh, Norske
Olds., f. 124. — Aarsber., 1879, pi. Ill f. 14. — Muller, Ordning,
Br., f. 70—73. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 199. — Splieth, Inventar, f.
98 — 101. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 29. — Id., Zeitschr. f.
Ethnol., 1913, pp. 669, 676.

1024 (not 1424). Hofby, Sk.; tomb (see f. 885).

1025. Vastkindc, G.; with a skeleton and 2 buttons.

1026. Dommestorp, Hal.; barrow (see f. 1016).

1031, 1032 (see f. 1151). Bronze fibulae, with a
large, flat, rhombic plate, parallel to the pin and
often adorned with spiral decoration. The pinhead is
generally »tutulus»-shaped. The type, developed from
such forms as f. 970, occurs only in the south-eastern
part of Skane and on Bornholm; from northern Ger-
many only isolated specimens like f. 1031 — 1032 are
known; but several fibulae from later times with a flat,
almost rhombic plate (though diff'erent from f. 1031 —
1032) are found in Germany, Bohemia, and Hungary.

Tidsbestamning, pi. 3 f. 67, pp. 71 (type d) and 207, 226, 228.
— Fibulae of about the same form: Lissauer, Bronzezeit in West-
preussen, pi. V f. 2, pi. IV f. 1. — Beltz, Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,
1913, pp. 671—675. — Pic, (jechy pfcdhistoricki, 2, pi. XXVI. —
Hampel, Bronzezeit in Ungarn, i)l. XXXIX. — Undset, Etude sur
I'dge de bronze de la Hongrie, pi. I — V (Hungary, Bohemia and Ger-
many).

1031. Sandby, Sk.; with a belt-ornament (= f. 1034), a collar and 2
other rings.

1033 — 1035. Funnel-shaped ornaments (»tutuli») of
bronze, similar to those of the 2nd period, but with
a far higher point terminating in a knob; this is at
first small and plain, but it gradually gets larger and
decorated with designs, punched or inlaid with resin;

these latter belong to the transition between the 3rd

and 4th period.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 39 f. 4. — Splieth, Inventar,
f. 110. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 33 f. 104, p. 189.

1033, 1034. Ekuddeu, Sod.; hoard (see f. 950).

1035. Sondrum, Hal.; little stone-cist, with burnt bones. This tomb
and 5 similar ones were found in a barrow of stones. — Sv.
Fornm.-for. tidskr., 5, p. 23.

1036 — 1039. Buttons of bronze; in several cases
the tops are lengthened, resembling antennae, which are
either blunt or terminate in a knob. During the 4th
period the antennae became far longer (see f. 1128).

Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 122. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 207.

— Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 33 f. 109. — Lissauer, Bronzez.
in Wcstpreussen, pi. II f. 17.

1036. Hammarlof, Sk. ; barrow (>Bonh6g>; see f. 656): a little coffin
of oak contained burnt bones, a sword (f. 1079), a knife (f.
1108), a pincette (f. 1119) and an awl with handle of amber (f.
1089). The two halves of the coffin had been kept together with
resin. Transition to the 4th period.

1037. Ryssby, Sm. ; barrow of stones: with 2 similar buttons, the
blade of a dagger and a spear-head (= f. 1085).

1038. Tosterup, Sk. ; barrow: with a skeleton, a sword (= f. 1000 or
1002) and a fibula (= f. 972—975).

1039. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no III: secondary tomb, with
a knife, a pincette, an awl, etc.

1040, 1041. Small tongs (»pincettes») of bronze,
narrow, even at the opening. See f. 977.

Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 87. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 94.

1040. Stora Kopinge, Sk.; barrow: with a skeleton, a sword (= f.
1009), a fibula (= f. 972) and 2 knives (= f. 924 and 1013), all
of bronze, and a little spear-head of flint.

1041. Kastlosa, 01. (in 1849); with a skeleton and the blade of a
dagger. — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 4, p. 281.

1042 — 1047. Gold rings. Some of them are open
bracelets, often twisted or grooved as f. 1043 and 1047;
others are spiral rings of single or double gold thread.

Montelius, Fornv., 1916, p. 29.

1042 (see f 1046). Spiral rings of narrow, single
or double (jold thread. In size about that of a finger-
ring; but several finds show that such rings were not
only worn as finger rings, but also as hair ornaments
(f. 1042), or sometimes hanging from a neck-lace. Spiral
rings of gold were also used for payment. • — Similar
spiral rings of bronze have also been found in the
Northern region, as elsewhere.

Fornv., 1916, p. 60. — Bote, Egekister, p. 150 (finger rings).

— Sehested, Archceol. Undersogelser, pi. IV (finger rings). — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenb., p. 188.

1042. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bj6rnh6g>; see f. 924): with a si-
milar ring. One of the rings was found to the right, the other
to the left of the head.

1043 (see f. 1047). Open bracelets of gold, twisted
or spirally grooved.

Fornv., 1916, pp. 37, 38.

Hvelliuge Sk. (in 1837). —

1043. Weight: 25 gr. (88.65 % gold).
Ant. suid., f. 126.

1044, 1045. Bracelet of gold (see f. 1304); weight: 54.6 gr. Encircled
with 5 long spiral rings of gold (f. 1045). Total weight of the
6 rings: 187 gr. (85.4 % gold). — Gautofta, Sk. (in 1811).

1046. Spiral ring of a double gold thread. — Simris, Sk.; barrow:
with a similar ring. Total weight: 15.48 gr. (92 % gold). —
Ant. sued., f. 128.

THE FOUKTH period.

37

1047 (see f. 1043). Gold bracelet; the bifurcated ends have probably
formed spirals. Weight: 30.ti gr. (91 % gold). — Blixtorp, Hal.

1048. Woollen stuff, coarse, thick, generally two-
thread.

MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 1 — 3.
1048. Dommestorp, Hal.; barrow (see f. lOOli).

1049, 1050. Round bronze boxes, with flat bottom
and lid; this was fastened by a wooden bolt, shut through
tlie projecting loops placed on the border of the box
and a third on the middle of the lid. They are bronze
copies of wooden boxes; raised rims round the border
of the box are imitations of the wooden binding which
kept the wooden boxes together. On the bottom are
star-shaped ornaments, inlaid with resin; similar orna-
ments were burnt in the wooden boxes. These bronze
boxes, some of which contained golden spirals and the
like, are found only in the Northern region. For descen-
dants of this type in the 4th period see f. 1158 — 1160.

Evolution : Montelius, A. T., 3, p. 275. — Id., Congr. St., 1874,
p. 496. — Id., Tidsbestamning, p. 74. — Id., Die ti/polog. Methode,
p. 58.

Boxes with flat bottom: Ti'tsbestiimning, p. 239 (list of snch
boxes known of in 188.5). — Sv. Fornm.-fiir. tidshr., 5, p. 18, f. 2.
— MuLLER, Ordninq, Br., f. 123. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 222. —
Madsen, AfbiUbi Br., I, pi. 37 f. 4. — Mestouf, Altcrtli. Schlesw.-
HoUt., f. 349. — Splieth, Inventar, t. 117. — Bbltz, Altert. Meck-
lenb., pi. 34 f. Ill, p. 191.

1050. Kabnaa, Sk.; barrow: with a knife (= f. 926), a fibula (= f.
1032), 2 rings ( = f. 1043) and a belt-ornament ( = f. 1033—
—1035). — Sv. Fornm.-fiir. tidskr., 6, p. 18.

1051. Bronze vessels, supported by bronze cars on
four wheels; probably intended for sacral use. They
have been found in Scandinavia and North Germany,
and were doubtless imported from Central Europe, where
similar small bronze cars occur.

Mbl, 1873, p. 4. — Sv Fornm.-for. tidskr., 12, p. 18.

1051. The vessel — lost before the find was made — is drawn after
a complete specimen that has been discovered in Mecklenburg.
Analysed: 9i;.49 % copper, 6.34 tin, 0.63 iron and 0.54 nickel;
no trace of zink. — Near Ystad, Sk.; peat-bog (in 1855). —
Ant. suid., f. 2.55; Montelius, Mbl, 1873, p. 4.

The fourth period.

JFrom the beginning of the 11th to the middle of the 10th century B. C.

During this period there can be distinguished:

an earlier part, characterized, among other things, by such fibulae as f. 1148 and 1149;

and a later part, characterized, among other things, by such fibulae as f. 1150.

MoNTELins, Tidsbestamning, pi. 4.

1052. Winged axes of bronze, imported from central
Europe, where they are general; in the Scandinavian
region they occur only exceptionally. The wings, sprung
from the flanges that were growing high in the middle,
consequently had their place at first at or near the
middle of the axe; in the beginning they were upright
and not bent round the shaft. But they were gradually
removed far higher up, until they ended by assuming
a place close to the butt end. At the same time they
were generally bent round the shaft. On such axes, a
loop is often seen for binding the axe to the shaft. —
Axes with the wings near the middle are contemporary
with our 3rd period. Axes on which the wings are
placed as in f. 1052, and somewhat farther below, are
contemporary with the late part of our 4th period, or
transition to the 5th. Contemporary with the last-
named period are those on which the wings are placed
close to the upper edge (f. 1168).

Montelius, Die typolog. Methode, p. 22. — Id., L'Anthro-
pologie, 1901, pp. 617, 619.

Wings near the centre, not hammered over: Mhnoires, 1908 —
1909, p. 98, f. 87 (found in a grave, with a sword = f. 889). — Splieth,

Inventar, f. 28. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 22 f. 6 (in tombs; 3rd
period.

Wings higher up, hammered over: Mullee, Ordning, Br., f. 343
(in 1891, at least 28 winged axes were known of from Denmark). —
Madsen, Afbildn., Br., 1, pi. 22 f. 1,5, K!. — Splieth, Inventar, f.
1.36. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 37 f. 10 (wings near the middle
of the axe, hammered over; with a fibula = f. 1148).

1052. Kopings klint, 01. (not Sk.) ; with 3 socketed axes and the upper
part of a sword with tang.

1053 — 1066. Socketed axes of bronze.

1053. Wooden shaft, broken. — Hassjo, Mpd.

1054, 1055. Almost uniform in breadth; descendants
of the socketed axes of the third period f. 992 — 997.
Like the latter, they are adorned with raised narrow
lines; in the 4th period these lines no longer go in one
direction only, but also crosswise at the loop that is
placed at some distance below the upper end. — Many
axes of this type have been met with in the district
of Lake Malaren and in adjacent parts of middle Swe-
den, where they have clearly been made. In southern
Sweden the type is unusual; and in Denmark it does
not occur. Such socketed axes have been found in
Norway, and the same is the case in Finland, and

38

II.

THE BRONZE AGE.

those districts of Russia which tonch the upper Volga

and its tributaries: a witness to the connection between

these districts and our countxy, so early as 3,000

years ago.

MoNTELius, A. T., 3, p. 341. — Salin, Uppland, 1, p. 176. —
LiNDQvisT, Opusciila, p. 86. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 98. — A. W.
BR0GGER, in a publication dedicated to prof. L. Dietrichson, — W. C.
Beoggbr, Oldtiden. 1916, p. 37. — Oldtidcn, III, Throndlij. M., p.
6: VI, p. 184; VII, p. 39. — Hackman, Studier tillcignade 0. Mon-
telius (1903), p. 1. — Tallgeen, Die KupJ'cr- u. Bronzezeit in
Nord- u. Ustrussland, p. 169. — Id., Sveriges forbindelser med
Ryssland under bronsaldern (Finsk tidskrift, 1916, p. 368, with a
map showing the distribution of these later axes cast of the Baltic).

1060. Remains of the wooden handle in the socket. — Bracke, Dal,
near Lake Vanern; board (in 1863). A clay vessel contained a
quantity of bronzes, most of them broken; socketed axes, swords,
saws (f. 1068), a bracelet (f. 1138), other rings, a belt-ornament
(f. 1154), buttons (1 = f. 1039; 2 =f. 1141), a fish-hook (f. 1152),
jets (f. 1071, 1072) etc. No bones. — Ant. sued., f. 182.

1066. Vemmerlof, Sk. ; near the surface of a peat-bog (in 1812); with
2 socketed axes of the same type, a knife (f. 1114), 5 hollow
collars (f. 1125), a belt-ornament (f. 1157) and 3 vessels of bronze
(f. 1159, 1161, 1163). — Iduna, 6, p. 49, pi. I; Tidsbestam-
ning, f. 71, 82, 90.

1067. Moulds of stone for casting socketed axes
of bronze, resembling f. 1058 (see f. 998).

1068. Saws of bronze with plugs on the upper
border for fastening the tool to its handle. The type,
general in the Scandinavian region during periods 4
and 5 (f. 1269), has been developed out of the one illu-
strated in f. 932. Several moulds for saws of this type
are known from Sweden and Denmark (f. 1069).

Many saws of this type have been found in Sweden (most of
them are broken). — Woesaae, Nord. Olds., t. 157. — Mullee, Ord-
ning, Br., f. 344. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 26 f. 5; II, pi.
13 f. 23, pi. 29 f. 5, 6. — Mbstoep, Altert Schl.-Holst., i. 246.

1068. Bracke, Dal; hoard (see f. 1060).

1069. 1070. Stone moulds for saws and knives of

bronze. Several such moulds for casting three or four

saws at one time, have been found in the Scandinavian

peninsula, and in Denmark.

MijLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 346. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., II,
supplement pi. I.

1069. Mould for 4 saws. — Bottna, Boh. — Boh. bidr., 2, p. 231.

1071, 1072. Jets, or waste pieces, that part of the
molten bronze which fills the funnel of the mould,
during the casting, and also fills the channels leading
from it to the interior of the mould. The jet generally
shows how many channels there were. — These jets,
which seem to be of very little value, have great im-
portance for archaeologists, because they prove that
the casting of bronzes has taken place at or near the
spot where they are encountered. In Sweden and Den-
mark many such discoveries have been made. See f. 998.
1071, 1072. Bracke, Dal.; hoard (see f. 1060).

1073—1080. Bronze swords.

1073 — 1078. Swords with a flanged tang, which is

somewhat narrower than in the previous period; rivet

holes both in the tang and at the base of the blade

(cf. 888, 889).

Tidsbest., pi. 4 f. 74. — Lindqvist, Opuscula, p. 84, f. 12 —
14; the ornamentation of the tang-sides is dift'erent in Sweden and in
Denmark. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 175, 176 — Aarh., 1876, p.

201 (the sword, with a round pommel, had been placed in a sort of
wooden box, f. 17). — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 6 f. 16 — 18; cf.
f. 15. — Mestoef, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., t. 150. — Splieth. In-
ventar, f. 127. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 35 f. 2, 3.

1074 — 1076. The flanges of the tang are overlaid with gold; pommel
of massive gold (f. 1075); small nails of gold (f. 1076) in the
wooden handle. — H4ga, Upl., near Upsala; great barrow (in
1903). An oak coffin, 2.50 m. long, placed iu a wooden chamber
(see f. 1101), contained burnt bones, the sword, 2 knives (f.
1109, 1111), 2 pincettes (f. 1116, 1117), a brooch (f. 1149), 6 buttons
(2 with long antennae, f. 1129, 1111; 2, f. 1142; 2, f. 1147),
several very small spirals of gold (f. 1130) and other things
(f. 1095, 1096, 1140). Several bronzes are overlaid with gold.
At the bottom of the barrow, there was a layer of charcoal, evid-
ently the remains of the funeral pile. — 0. Ai.mgren, "Kung
Bjorns hog> och andra fornldmningar vid Haga (Sthlm,
1905); Fornv,, 1916, p. 25; see f. 45 (the sword-hilt with the
pommel of gold, in full size).

1077, 1080. Vattholma, Upl. (in 1833); hoard; with a similar sword,
the hilt of a third sword (f. 1080) and 4 spear-heads (f. 1085).
— A. T., 3, p. 189; Ant. sued., f. 154, 159; Ekholm, Uppl.
bronsdld., p. 236.

1079. Thin gold plate round the tang. — Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow
(>Bonhog>; see f. 1036).

1081 — 1083. Symbolical swords (miniatures) in

bronze, see f. 908, 909 (2nd period) and 1204—1206

(5th period). The shape of the handles show that f. 1081

— 1083 belong to the same time as the real swords

with hilts like f. 1080.

Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 109. — Woesaae, Nord. Olds., f. 156.
— MuLLEB Ordning, Br., f. 172, 173. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br.,
I, pi. 12 f. 1—3; II, pi. 14 f. 9, 10, pi. 15 f. 5. — Splieth, Inven-
tar, f. 130. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 35 f. 9.

1084 — 1086. Spear-heads of bronze with a socket,

which generally terminates at a short distance below

the edges of the blade; many are unusually thin.

MtJLLEE, Ordning, Br., f. 365. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 133. —
Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 37 f. 18.

1084. The clay core rests in the interior. — Gallstad, V. G.; probably
with a socketed axe (= f. 1060).

1085. Vattholma, Upl.; hoard (see f. 1077).

1086. Sl&garp, Sk. (in 1848); peat-bog (»Araossen»), with 4 similar
spear-heads. — Ant. sued., f. 175.

1087, 1088. Arrow-heads of bronze with a long

tang.

Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 179, 179 a (cf. 279). — Aarb., 1891,
p. 226. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 14; II, pi. 15. — Splieth,
Inventar, f. 134, 135. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 38 f. 20.

1087. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no X; with a button ending
in antennae and an awl, in an urn of clay, covered with a little
slab.

1089—1091. Bronze awls; see f. 982.

1089. Shaft of amber. — Hammarlof, Sk. ; barrow (>Bonhog>; see f.
1036).

1090. Shaft of bronze. — Sk^ne.

1091. Nobbelof, Sk.; barrow, with 2 knives, a pincette (= f. 1121)
and an arrow-head (= f. 1087). — Ant. sued., f. 204.

1092 — 1094. Sewing needles of bronze; needles of

bone were also used during the Bronze Age. The eye

(oblong or round) is placed sometimes near the middle,

sometimes at the butt end. Such needles of bone

were in use already before the commencement of the

Bronze Age.

MflLLBR, Ordning, Br., f. 202—204. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br.,
I, pi. 27 f. 22-24. - Mestoef, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 282 (the
eye, at the top, formed by bending over of the upper part of the
needle), 283, 285, 286. — Spliktii, Inventar, f. 114, 115. — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 39 f. 54.

THE FOUKTH PERIOD.

39

1092, 1093. Rens, Sk.; perhaps with a sword and a pin. — Ant.
suM., f. 206, 205.

1094. Bjarsg4rd, Sk.; barrow: at its centre stood an urn of clay with
bnrnt bones, the needle, an awl, a knife and a button ending
in antennae, all of bronze, and 5 flint chips.

1095, 109(5. Pendant ornaments of bronze.

1095, 1096. Iiaga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1097 — 1100. Pieces of clay mortar on bxiildings.

1097 — 1100. Fragments of clay that had covered the walls of an oval
hut. — Boda, Upl. ; in the ruins of the hnt the brooch f. 1151
was found. — Ai.mgren, Fornv., 1912, p. 132.

1101. Bits of resin with the impressions of wood.

1101. H&ga, Upl.: barrow (see f. 1074).

1102 — 1115. Bronze knives.

1102 — 1110. Commonly called s>razors»; descendants
of knives in use during the 2nd and 3rd period, the
shafts of which terminates in an animal's head, by
this time so degenerated as in many cases to be almost
unrecognizable; a little raised point in the place of
the eye may however be detected. The neck is often
distinctly bent, almost like a swan's neck. The end
of the blade is generally broad, rectilinear and rec-
tangular (see f. 927, 1013, 1111, 1241.

MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 184 — 189. — Splieth, Inventar, f.
143—146. — Beltz, Altert. MecMenb., pi. 38.

1102. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971): barrow no III: little stone-cist, 1.20
m. long, with burnt bones, an arrow-head (= f. 1087), a pin-
cette and an awl.

1106. Karpalnnd, Sk. ; urn of clav, with burnt bones and 2 flint chips.
— Mbl, 1891, p. 177.

1107. Shaft in the shape of a man. — Simris, Sk. — Mbl, 1886,
p. 42.

1108. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bonhog> ; see f. 1036).

1109. Shaft encircled by a gold thread. — Higa, Upl.; barrow (see
f. 1074).

1110. Transition to the 5th period. — Fleringe, G.; barrow of stones:
nrn of clay, with burnt bones.

1111 — 1113. The shaft, which is not bent back,

ends in a spiral; similar knives were in use as early

as the 2nd period (Boye, Eyekister, pi. XIX f. 8).

Fornv., 1908, p. 260, f. 133 (Gestrikland). — MOli.eb, Ord-
ning, Br., t. 186. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 38 f. 21, p. 242.

1111. Haga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1112. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no VIII: with a similar knife
the blade of a little dagger, an awl, a pincette and a button
(=f. 1036).

1114. Narrow tang; a round hole at the beginning
of the blade.

1114. Vemmerlof, Sk.; peat-bog (see f. 1066).

1115. The shaft resembles the upper part of such
sword-hilts as f. 1080.

Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 5, p. 29, f. 8 (Halland), — Mulleb,
Ordning, Br., f. 180.

1115. Little thin ooZfZ-plate upon the shaft. — Dagstorp, Sk. — Fornv.,
1916, p. 2.

1116 — 1122. Small bronze tongs (»pincettes») ; some-
times of gold (f. 1121). As during the 3rd period
(f. 1040), some are narrow, and a little broader below
than above. The majority are considerably broader
below, often ornamented with 3 small bosses on either

side, and simple, punched decoration; they belong to
the end of the 4th period and the transition of the 5th.
See f. 977.

MuLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 194—198. — Splieth, Inventar, f.
149—151, — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 38 f. 36. — Mitfheil.
Anthr. Oes., Wien, XIX (1899), p. 141 (3 round bosses; Bosnia).

1116, 1117. Hfiga, Upl.; barrow (sec f. 1074).

1119. Hammarlof, Sk.; barrow (>Bonhog»; see f. 103G).

1120. Sparlinge, Sk.; barrow (see f. 1017): with bnrnt bones and a
knife (f. 1250). Transition to the 5th period.

1121. Gold. Weight: 8.08 gr. ( 80.0 % gold). — Vessige, Hal., barrow
(in 1852). — Ant. suid., f. 201; Fornv., 1916, p. 11.

In Denmark, two small pincettes oi gold have been found:
MiJLLER, Ordning, Br., p. 32; Mausen, Afbildn., Br., II, pi.
11 f. 5. — In Jutland a joW- plate has been discovered that
once was laid upon such a pincette. Boye, Fortegnelse, p. 27, f. a.

1122. The small round disc is on one side covered with gold. —
Skane. — Fornv., 1916, p. 1.

1123—1127 (see f. 1132, 1133). Bronze collars.

1123, 1124. Twisted or grooved, as imitated twisted
rings; the same direction of the grooves throughout
the whole ring. Both ends terminate in hooks which
can catch over each other. From this type, such rings
as f 1125—1127 and 1132 are developed.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., II, pi. 23 f. 4—6 (2 of bronze, one of
gold).

1123. 1124. Sylstorp, Sk.; hoard (in 1883): with 8 other collars (1 = f.
1123, 3 = f . 1124, 2 = f. 11,32 and the originals of f. 1126 and
1127), 2 spiral bracelets ((. 1131) and 3 great belt-ornaments
(f. 1155, 1156). — Mbl, 1884, p. 180.

1125—1127 (see f. 1132). Collars of a type de-
veloped out of f. 1123, 1124. One portion of the ring,
about V* or Vs, is detachable. The broader end of the
loose piece can be inserted in the ring itself; the nar-
rower end is either hook-shaped and receives the hook,
in which the other end of the ring terminates, or else
it goes with a short plug into a hollow in the last-
mentioned. In this way the loose piece is held fast
by the elasticity of the bronze. Such rings are some-
times massive (f 1127), but generally more or less
concave on the lower side; not seldom they are quite
thin and broad. Sometimes, by being placed above
each other, several such rings formed a neck-ornament
(MuLLER, Ordninff, Br., f. 314). Very seldom broad
hollow rings are found, which for the rest resembles
those here described, but are made in one piece; it was
generally necessary to make them in two pieces, else they
could not have been opened and placed round the neck.
— The type occurs both in Scandinavia, and in the
southern portion of the peninsula of Jutland; it does
not occur (otherwise than by exception) outside the
Scandinavian region. See f. 1273 — 1275.

Ant. sued., f. 233. — Ekholm, Ujipl bronsdlder, f. 28. —
WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 224. ~ Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 373. —
Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 241. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 33 f. 4
(cast in one piece); II, pi. 29 f. 7, 8. — Mestohp, Alterth. Schl-
Holst., f. 289. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 153.

1125. Vemmerlof, Sk.; peat-bog (see f. 1066).

1126, 1127. The latter is massive. — Sylstorp, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1123).

1128, 1129 (see f. 1141). Buttons of bronze with
very long »antennae». The type arose by the elongation

40

II.

THE BRONZE AGE.

of the comparatively short point which is seen on
buttons during the 3rd period (f. 1036).

MuLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 77. — Madskn, Afbildn., Br., I, pi.
29 f. ]7, 18; II, pi. 14 f. 11—13, pi. 29 f. 4. — Splieth, Inventar,
f. 155. — Bemz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 33 f. 109, pi. 41 f. 79.

1128. Sandhammaren, Sk. (not BI.).

1129. Ha,ga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1130. Round gold thread, which has been evidently
twisted round some cord or the like.

1130. Haga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1131. Spiral bracelets of bronze. Very early, man
had learned to wind a narrow wire of metal several
turns, as a spiral, round the arm for an ornament.
Spiral armlets of copper (or bronze, with a slight ad-
mixture of tin), have been discovered in several European
countries. During the Bronze Age such rings are quite
common. In Scandinavian graves of women, but not
in those of men, spiral arm-rings of bronze are fre-
quently found from the 2nd period; these ornaments
therefore appear, at least in that time, to have been
worn by women only, not by men. — • The bronze wire
which composes the spiral ring, is generally flat on the
inside; outside it is either rounded, angular (f. 1131)
or flat. Throughout the whole length it is of the same
slight breadth, but the ends are sometimes a little
flattened out and consequently broader than the rest-
In the later Bronze Age, however, the middle turns
were frequently broader than the other. The ends are
often rolled up into spirals, which sometimes are rather
large. The number of turns is often very great; in
such cases a considerable part of the arm was covered
by the ring.

Other spiral bracelets are of narrow round double

thread, either of gold or bronze (see f. 1302). Smaller

spiral rings, for the finger or the hair, were also worn

(f. 1042, 1045, 104f>).

Copper, pure or mixed with very little tin : Chronol. alt. Br.,
f. 76, 255 (cf. our f. 845). — Bronze: Ant. suid., f. 236. — Mul-
LER, Ordning, Br., f. 55. — Madsen, Afbildn, Br., I, pi. 34. —
Nord. Fortiflsminder, pi. XV, XVIII. — Spmeth, Inventar, f. 158.

— Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 21, 22, 41. — Photogr. Album
Berlin, 1880, II, pi. 22: III, pi. 1 (Pomerania). — Hampel, Bronzez.
in Ungarn, pi. XXXVI, CXVl, CXXI.

The central coils are broader than the others: Madsen, Afbildn.,
Br., 11, pi. 22. 34. - Beltz, I. e, pi. 32, 41. — Chronol. alt. Br.,
f. 128. — Photogr. Album Berlin, II, pi. 22; III, pi. 1. — Ham-
pel, I. e., pi. XLiV, XLV, CXXVII.

End in spirals: 1?kltz. I. .. pi. 32. — Chronol. alt. Br., f. 128.

— Photogr. Album Berlin, III ^ pi. 1, 4. — Hampel, I. c, pi. XXXVI
XLIV, XLV, XCVI, CXIII, CXXVII.

In graves of women: Aarb., 1886, p. 290; 1891, pp. 200, 202.

1131. Sylstorp, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1123).

1132. 1133. Collars of bronze (see f. 1123).

1132. Sylstorp, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1123).

1133. Hollow: is evidently one of three similar rings that, laid upon
each other, formed such a neck-ornament as f. 374 in Mullek's
Ordning, Br. The »look> ia formed by a separate piece. —
Loderup, Sk. — Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 225; Muller, Ord-
ning, Br., f. 374; Nord. Foriidsminder, I, pi. XIX.

1134 — 1137. Bracelets of thin gold; the ends, usu-
ally bifurcated, terminate in spirals.

MoNTELius, Fornv., 1916, pp. 31, 38 (literature).

11.34. The borders rolled inward. Thin and pale gold, strengthened
by a bronze ring. Weight (with the bronze): 26.75 gr. (80 %
gold). — Heng, Sk. (in 1873): with a similar bracelet. — Fornv.,
1916, p. 3.

1135. The borders rolled inward. Weight: 28.42 gr. — Skarje, Boh.
(in 1854); hoard, beneath a block of stone: with 4 spiral bra-
celets of thin, double gold-thread, weighing 49.23 gr. Total
weight: 77.G5 gr. — Ant. suid., f. 240; Fornv., 1916, p. 14.

1136. Weight: 23.2 gr. (82.3 % gold). — Enbjanne, G. (in 1848). —
Fornv., 1916, p. 20.

1137. Weight: 23.5 gr. (81.3 % gold, 16 silver). — Dverstorp, V. G.;
peat-bog. — Fornv., 1916, p. 16.

1138. Bronze bracelets, uniform in breadth, with

straight ends, and raised rims along the borders and

the middle A few triangular holes are sometimes seen

near each end.

Mt5LLER, Ordning, Br., f. 375 (cf. f. 376, 377, different, large).
— Madsen, Afbildn., Br., II, pi. 22, 32. — Beltz, Altert. Meck-
lenb., pi. 40 f. 65, p. 248.

1138. Bracke, Dal.; hoard (see f. 1060. — Ant. siikl, f. 242.

1139. Bronze finger rings; each end rolled up
into a spiral in various directions, as in f. 1136. Age
difficult to decide.

1139. Fifvelstad, 0. G. — 8v. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 12, p. 292.

1140. Small round buckle of thin gold, with 2
hooks.

1140. naga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1141 — 1147. Buttons of bronze.

1141. 1142. Overlaid with gold (see f. 1128). — Ekga,, Upl.: barrow

(see f. 1074.

1143. One of the plates has the shape of a fonr-spoked wheel. Pro-
bably from an earlier period than the 4th (see f. 985 — 989). —
Tanum, Boh. (in 1816); at the bottom of a barrow of stones, a
stone-cist was discovered, which measured 2 m. in length, and
beside this button contained another one and the blade of a
dagger, all of bronze, and a spear-head of flint. — Boh. bidr.,
1, p. 392.

1144. LerSkra, Bl.: little barrow of stones: urn of clay, with burnt
bones, 2 buttons (= f. 1141), etc.

1145. Overlaid with gold. — Heda, 0. G.; stone-cist with a skeleton,
a sword with narrow tang and a pin. — Fornv., 1916, p. 21.

1147. Overlaid with gold; remains of leather. — HSga, Upl.; barrow
(see f. 1074).

1148 — 1150. Brooches of bronze, »spectacle-shaped»;
the external and thicker coil of the original spiral re-
mains, but all the inner ones have been united into one
plate (fig. 1148, 1149). At a later date the external
coil also became a part of the plate, so that all traces
of the spiral disappeared (see f. 1338 — 1353).

Tidsbestdmning, p. 70, f. 97, 98. — Die typolog. Methode, p.
56, f. 2(X)— 202. — Beltz, Zeitschr. f. Ethnol., '1913, p. 677.

1148. Sligarp, Sk.; peat-bog (>Amossen>; in 1846). — Ant. suid.,
f. 222.

1149. Covered with gold. — H^ga, Upl.; barrow (see f. 1074).

1151. Bronze brooches of a type which has been
developed from f. 1031—1032.

1151. Boda, Upl.; hut (see f. 1097. — In Bornholm, a bronze brooch
has been found, which is an intermediate type between f. 1031
and 1151 (the same ornamentation as on f. 1151). — Aarb.,
1915, p. 136, f. 2.

1152. Fish hooks of bronze; same shape as those
of our day, with a barb. The type, which was complete

THE FOURTH PERIOD.

41

as early as in the Stone Age (see f. 614—626), occurs
generally in bronze both during the earlier and the
later Bronze Age in Scandinavia as well as in other
countries. Occasionally found in graves.

With a burb: MCr.T.EB, Ordning. Br., f. 98. — Madskn, Afbildn.,
Br., I. pi. 26. — Aarb., 1886, \). 'i83, f. 12. — Mim. Ant. du Nord,
1881—1889, p. 267. — v. Sackkn, Das Grabfeld v. Hallxtatt, p. 90,
pi. XIX f. 18. — Hampel, Die Bronzezeit in Ungarn, pi. XVII f.
10. — Cka.ntre. Age du bronze, I, p. 87: II, p. 279. — de Moh-
TiLLET, Musie prehut., pi. LXXXVII f. 1022—102.5 (one double). —
D^cHEi.ETTE, Manuel, II, p. 277. — Keller, P/ahlb., 2, pi. II f . 2— 8
(some of them are big); 3, pi. VII f. 27 (big); 6, pi. V f. 21, 23, pi.
IX f. 39, 40; 7, pi. XIV f. 4 (big); 9, pi. VII f. 1—4, pi. XXI f. 23
(with a short chain of bronze). — Gross, Protohelvetes, p. 50, pi.
XXI. — Peurin. La Savoie, pi. XII f. 21, 22. — Mo.ntelils, Ciril.
l)rimit. en Ifajie, pi. 2 f. 9, pi. 3 f. 24, pi. 9 f. 11. — Id., L'age
du bronze en Egi/pte (L'Anthrojwlogie, 1890, pi. VI f. 45). - Flin-
ders Petrtk, Knliun, Gnrob and Hairara (Egypt), pi. XVII f. 12,
13 (XII. dynasty).

No barb: de Moktillet, I. c, pi. LXXXVII f, 1020, 1021,1026,
1027. — Keller, I. c, 2, pi. II f. 1 (big), 9, 10, 12, 1.3, 14, 15 (doubles):
6, pi. V f. 22: 9, pi. VII f. .5, 6. — Much, Die Kuperzeit in Eu-
ropa, 2nd edit., p. 11, f. 23 (copper; Austria). — Gross, I. r.. pi. XXI.
— Perrin, I. c, pi. XII f. 23, 24. — Montelius, Civil, primit., pi.
3 f. 25. — DE Morgan, Reclierches sur les oriqines de I'Egypte,
p. 200 f. 535. — Flinders Petrie, Naqnda and 'Ballas, pi. 1-XV f.
17 (copper). — Id., Kahun, etc., pi. XVII f. 11 (XII dynasty), f. 44,
45 (XVIII— XIX dynasty).

1152. Bracke, Dal.; hoard (see f. 1060).

1153. A small coffin with a lid, made out of one
piece of oak, split and hollowed out, only 43 cm. long
inside.

1153. Viarp, Sk.; contained burnt bones and a pincette.

1154 — 1157. Belt-ornaments of bronze. Some (as
f. 1156) have descended from such belt-ornaments as
f. 1034 and 1035 that were in use during the 3rd period;
like them, they originate from the jtutuli» of the 2nd
period. During the 4th period, they are often very
large, though the diameter is not so great as in several
of the round belt-plates that occur in the 2nd period
(f. 953, 954). The round button on the top is likewi.se
larger than before, and is frequently decorated with an
inlay of resin. Like the tutuli, these ornaments have
a cross bar in the centre of the under side. — Others
(f. 1154 and 1157) are descendants of such buttons as
f. 1037. These, too, are considerably larger than the
earlier ones, and they become funnel-shaped during the
4th period. The lower part, which is far smaller thpn
the upper one, is often wheel-shaped (generally four-
spoked: cf. f. 1143).

Tutulns-formed ^- f. 1156: Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 207. —
MuLLER, Ordning. Br., f. 370. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 39
f. 3: 11, pi. 22 f. 7, pi. 29 f. 2, 3, pi. 33 f. .5, 6. — Nord. fortids-
niinder, I, pi. XVIII.

Big buttons = f. 1154: MOller, Ordning, Br., f. 371. — Mad-
sen, Afbildn . Br., I, pi. 29 f. 14 (cf. f. 13, 'l9).

Funnel-shaped = f. 1157: Mlller, Ordning, Br., f. 369. — Mad-
sen, Afbildn., JBr., II, pi. 22 f. 8. — v. Estorfp, Alterth. d. Gegend
V. Uelzen (Haunover), pi. XII f. 5, 6. — Hahne, Vorzeitfunde aus
Niedersachsen, II, pi. III.

1154. Bracke, Dal.; hoard (see f. 1060).

1155, 11,56. Sylstorp. Sk.; hoard (see f. 1123).
1157. Vemmerlof, Sk.; peat-bog (see f. 1066).

11.58—1163. Vessels of bronze. Some (1158) are
ornamented with inlay of resin; other have punched or-
naments of the same shape. Evidently these vessels
have been developed from bronze boxes like f. 1049 —

1050. But opinions are still divided as to their use.
It seems far from probable, as has been supposed (Nor-
dislce Fortidsmindcr, 1. p. 93), that they and the bronze
vessels from the 5th period (f. 1395—1398) were worn
at the belt.

For evolution and distribution, see Tidsbestanming, pp. 75,
239. — Die typolog Methode, p. 60. — Cf. our f. 1049.

1158. Herreatad, Sk.; f. with a similar vessel. — Ant. su6d., f. 247.

1159, 1161, 1163. All these vessels are of the same type. — Vem-
merlof. Sk.; peat-bog (see f. 1066). — Typolog. Methode, f. 212,
215—217.

1162. Ornamentation of a vessel = f. 1160. — Oatra Torp, Sk.; peat-
bog, with a brooch (= f. 1150).

1164. Bronze shields, thin, hammered, with re-
pousse ornaments. Imported from the .south into Scandi-
navia, similar bronze shields being met with in Central
Europe. Other bronze shields came to the North from
the British Isles.

MoNTRLius, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 11, p. 62. — Id., ibid.,
7, p. 129 (a British bronze shield fonnd in Denmark: a similar shield
figures on a rock-carving in Bohuslan). — Mijller, Ordning, Br., f.
363 (4 bronze shields known of from Denmark; in 1920 two such
shields were found). — Madsen. Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 15—17. — Lin-
DENscHMiT, Altert., Ill: 7, pi. 2 f. 1, 2. — Photogr. Album, Berlin,
1880, VI, pi. 8. — Evans, Br. Implem., p. 343, f. 428—437.
1164. Analysed: 87.21 % copper, 1.76 tin, 7.66 zink (!), 1.21 lead. —

Nackhalle, Hal.; peat-bog (in 1865). — Ant. suid., f. 179;

Hall. Fornm-for. drskr., pp. 60, (59.

1165, 1166. Golden bowls, thin, hammered, with
repousse ornaments. Only two such vessels have been
found, so far as is known, on the Scandinavian penin-
sula, but many similar ones have occurred in the south-
ern portion of the Northern sphere: from Denmark 27
are known and from northern Germany 20. From only
one place outside this region, in Central France, is a
golden bowl known that belongs to the same group as
the Scandinavian. But many golden vessels of other
kinds from the Bronze Age have been found in various
parts of Europe (2 in northern Germany). It is thus
manifest that both the two Swedish golden bowls and
all that resemble them have been made here in the
North.

Montelius, Fornv., 1916, pp. 30, 46. — C. Schuchfiardt, Der
Goldfund vom Messingwerk bei Eberswalde (Berlin 1914).

116.5. Weight: 70.1.3 gr. (82 % gold). — Skrea, Oal; fonnd (in 1859)
upon a mountain called >Smorkulleberget>, which name indicates
a place for worship. — Ant. suM., f. 249: Fornv., 1916, p. 11.

1166. Weight: 74.8 gr. (80 % gold). — Nattrabv, Bl.; near the sea-
shore (in 1847). — Form., 1916, p. 17.

1167. Bronze vessels, hammered, with repousse or-
naments. Specimens like this are made of two pieces,
which are riveted to each other at about the middle
of the vessel. Imported from the south. Several ves-
sels of this kind, some of the same shape as f. 1167,
some of other shapes, but with similar decorations,
have been fonnd in Denmark, northern Germany, central
Europe, and in Italy. They have been brought thence
northwards, probably by trade.

Montelius, Ett i Sverige funnet fornitaliskt bronskarl (Sv.
Fornm.-fiir. tidskr., 11, p. 1; for the chronology, see p. 88).

1167. Bjarsjoholm, Sk.; peat-bog (in 1886).
fiir. tidskr., 11, p. 1.

Montelius, Sv. fornm.-

&— 201197

42

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

The fifth period.

From the middle of the lOth till the middle of the 8th century B. C.

During this period there may be distinguished:

an earlier part, characterized, among other things, by brooches with low convex plates like f. 1338 — 1346;

and a later part, characterized, among other things, by brooches with high convex plates like f. 13.52, 1353.

MoNTEi,ins, Tidsbestdmning. pi. 5.

1168. Bronze axe with wings at the butt-end, and
a loop; imported from the south (see f. 1052).

1169—1178 (and 1186—1192). Socketed axes of
bronze. Scandinavian types.

MuLLBR, Ordning, Br., f. 380—383. — Splieth, Invenfar, f.

179—181.

1169. Cast "relief ornaments. — Baldinge, Sk.

1171. Hyndevad, SOd. ; on the bottom of a river {>Eskilstunaan>; see
f. 778).

1175, 1176. Vegestorp, Boh.; peat-hog (in 1839): with a similar axe,
broken, the lower part of a 3rd socketed axe, 3 saws ( = f. 1269),
an awl, a spear-head (= f. 1227), a pin (= f. 1322), 3 brooches
(= i. 1340), a broken brooch (f. 1341), 4 collars (f. 1273, 1276),
2 belt-ornaments (f. 1391, 1392), a jet, etc. A great bronze
vessel (= f. 1397), found at the same place in 1825, had evid-
ently been deposited with these objects. — Montelius, Boh.

bidr.,

271.

1179, 1180. Socketed axes of bronze (or copper);

Russian types.

Tallgren, Die Kupfer- und Bronzezeit in Nord- vnd Ost-
russland, p. 193.

1179. Lycksele, Lappl. — Congr. St., 1874, p. 491.

1180. Gamla Upsala, Upl. — Ekholm, Uppl. bronsdld., f. 58.

1181—1184. Moulds of stone for socketed axes
(see f. 998).

1182. Alfshog, Hal.; with 6 other monlds for'socketed axes ( = f. 1183),
and a moald for chisels (f. 1194). Both halves were found of
all these moulds.

1184. Mould for socketed axes with 2 loops. — Fladie, Hal. — 5V.
Fornm.-for. tidskr., 5, p. 29.

1185. Moulds of bronze for socketed axes. Be-
sides moulds of stone for axes and other tools, some of
bronze have also been found, though in far less number;
they date both from the earlier and from the later Bronze
Age. See f. 998.

Montelius, Mbl, 1872, p. 97. — Mulleb, Ordning, Br., f. 150.
— Evans, Bronze Implements, pp. 81, 174, 438. — Montelius,
Civil, prim, en Iialie, pi. 30.

1185. Gervede, G. — Ant. suSd., f. 212.

1186 — 1191. Socketed axes of bronze (see f. 1169
—1178).

1188. Rare type (cf. f. 1191). — Mellby, Sk.; peat-bog. ~ MCllee,
Ordning, Br., f. 383; Splieth, tnt-entar, f. 181.

1191 (cf. 1188). — Billeberga, Sk.; hoard, with 6 other socketed axes
(5 = f. 1061), 2 swords with narrow tangs, 3 collars, 6 brooches
(= f. 1349) and 2 belt-ornaments (= f. 1383—1394).

1192, 1193. Socketed chisels of bronze. Such tools
were used in the North during both the earlier and
later Bronze Age.

Sodermanland: 3 in a- hoard from the earlier Bronze Age (f. 9.50).

— Mlllek, Ordning, Br., f. 143, p. 24 (2nd period and later). —
Splieth, Inventor, f. 29 (2nd per.), 141. — Beltz, Altert. Meek-
lenb., pi. 22 f. 8, pi. 27 f. 45.

1193. L^ngbro, Sod.; peat-bog (in 1859), with 2 socketed axes, 2 great
pins (f. 1331), 2 great brooches (= f. 1350), a »diadem> (f. 1.300),
7 collars (= f. 1297), 4 spiral bracelets (f. 1303) and another
ring, all of bronze; a thick ring of tin (weight: 510 gr. ; ana-
lysed: 95.81 % tin and 3.79 lead). — Ant. suM., f. 144; A. T.,
3, p. 258.

1194. Moulds of stone for socketed chisels (see
f. 998).

1194. (Vs, not Va). Alfshog, Hal.: see f. 1182.

1195. Bronze hammers with a socket. Such tools

have been used both in the Northern region and in

many other European lands. Here in Scandinavia they

seem to belong to the 4th or 5th period.

MCller, Ordning. Br., t 348. — Id., Aarb., 1891, p. 241 (end
of the 4th period), 245, 253 (5th period). — Madsen, Afhildn., Br.,
I, pi. 13 f. 1.5. — Olshausen, Verhnndl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1885,
p. 4.58. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 206. — Splieth, In-
ventar. f. 140. — Evans, Br. Implem., p. 177 (British Isles, France
and other countries). — D^chelette, Manuel, II, p. 275 (literature).

— Chantre, Age du bronze, pi. LV f. 4—6, I, p. 38. — he Mor-
tillet, Musie prehist., pi. LXXVI f. 801—805 (France and Switzer-
land), 806 (mould for such hammers: Morlgen, Switzerland). — Kel-
ler, Pfahlbauten, 7, pi. VII f. 6. 7, 9, 10; pi. XVII f. 4 (above-
mentioned mould). — Gross, Frotohelvetes, pi. XXVII f. 1, 2, 4, .5,
7: pi. XXVIII f. 3 (mould): pi. XXIX f. 7; p. 44. — Hampel, Bronzez.
in Ungarn, pi. X. — K. v. Miske, Die prdhist. Ansiedlnng Velem
St. Vii (Hungary), pi. XXIX. — Mittheil. Anthr. Ges. Wien, 1899,
p. [6], f. 1 — 6; the same locality). — Montelius, Civil, primit. Ital.,
pi. 30 f. 8 (irregular socket); pi. 16 f. 12 (hammer without any socket).

— Zannoni, La fonderia di Bologna, pi. XLIV f. 105—107.

1195. Vanis, Sk.; peat-bog, with a wooden handle (which no longer
exists).

1196—1203 (see 1207-1214). Bronze swords.

1196—1200. Bronze swords with tang for hilt; its
edges are very slightly raised, sometimes scarcely
enough to be observed. Narrow rivets both in the hilt-
tang and on the base of the »leaf-shaped» blade. Fre-
quent dents on the blade edges, near the handle. The
type is common in middle and western Europe, at the
beginning of the >.-Hallstatt period», and imported to
the North during the 5th period.

The blade is sometimes of considerable length.
Several of the latest swords now in question have the
hilt-tang above lengthened by a narrow piece for a stud
made of material different from the sword. — The type
has been copied in iron, when this metal came into
use (see f. 1442).

Ekholm, Uppl. bronsdld., f. 51. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 102,
103. — MOller, Ordning, Br., f. 390, p. 50. — Madsen, Afbildn.,

THE FIFTH PERIOD.

43

Br., I, pi. 6 f. 21; II, pi. 30 f. 1 (hoard from the beginning of the
6th period). — Splieth, Inventor, f. 171. — Lindensciimjt, Alterth.,
II: 1, pi. 5 (bronsie and iron), III: 6, ])!. 2. — Pir, Cechy pred-
liistorickc, 2, pi. XXIX. — v. Sackkn, Das Grabfeld v. Hallstatt,
pi. V. — Naue, Die vorromischen Schwerter, pi. XI, XII, XLIV
(grave), p. 26. — D^chelettb, Manuel, 11, p. 722.

1197. On the bottom of a lake (Lilngsjon), Upl. (in 1849): with 2 other
swords (1 f. 1202; the other with similar tang, hut without the
bronze hilt) and a great spear-hcad, broken (oruamcutation = f.
1229). — Ant. suid., f. 1:16; .1. T., 3, p. 204: Ekiiolm, Uppl.
bronsdld., f. 50.

H99. Actual length: 90.5 cm. — Skcpptuna, Uppl. — Ekholm,
Ujtpl. bronsald., f. 53.

1200. Length: 96 cm. (!). — Smedstorp, Sk.

1201. Sword, with round pommel. — A, Mpd (in 1859); beneath a
block of stone. ^ Ant. sued., f. 157; A. '!'., 3, p. 181. — A
similar sword (with round pommel), but not exactly of the same
type, has been found in England. Evans, Bronze Implem.,
p. 286, f. 349.

1202, 1203. Bronze swords with bronze hilts, which

terminate above with two spirals turned towards each

other (epees k antennes, »Antennenschwerter»). Common

in central Enrojie; imported thence to the Germanic

sphere, but uncommon on the British Isles. Several

have been found in Italy. — Here in the North there

have been found both small, symbolical swords with

such hilts, and several bronze knives, the handles of

which likewise terminate in two spirals.

MoNTELius, Congr. St., 1874, p. 909 (literature). — Id., Tids-
bestamn., pp. 123, 164 (5th period in the Scandinavian region). —
Id., L' Anthropologie, 1901, p. 616 (5th period in the Celtic region).

— Id., Die vorklass. Chronol. Italicns, pi. XXIIl. — Atlas f. nord.
Oldkynd., pi. IV f. 39—42 (Denmark). — DicHEr.BTTE, Manuel, II,
p. 209. — Naue, Die vorromischen Schwerter, pi. XX XIV — XXX VI.

Symbolical swords: our f. 1204 (of iron). — Woksaae, Nord.
Olds., f. 154, 155. -- Mui.LEK, Ordning, Br., f. 276—278. — Madsen,
Afbildn., Br., I, pl. 12; II, pi. 16 f. 1. — Mestorp, Alterth. Schl.-
Holst., f. 199, 201.

Knives: our f. 1258—1263. — Miller, Ordning, Br., f. 283—
285. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pl. 23; II, pl. 16 f. 2, pl. 32 f. 8.

— Mestorf, Alterth. Schl.-Holsl., f. 261, 263, 264.

1202. Lingsjon, Upl.: see f, 1197.

1204—1206. Miniature (symbolical) swords of bronze
and iron. Cf. f. 828, 1081.

1204. Iron. — Bjarsgard, Sk.; with 2 knives (= f. 1242, without or-
naments), an arrow-head, a pincette (= f. 1121), 2 awls, all of
bronze, and burnt bones in an urn of clay.

1205. Bronze. — Tune, G.

1206. Bronze. — Fladie, Hal. (in 1852); barrow of stones, with a knife
(f. 1249), a comb (f. 1366) and an awl. — Hall. Fornm.-fdr.
drsskr., p. 66.

1207—1214. Bronze swords; see f. 1196

1207. Hilt of horn. — Espenfts, Sk.

1208 — 1210. Bronze swords with bronze hilts which
terminate above in an oval rather thin pommel, ge-
nerally somewhat concave. Common in central Europe
(a casting mould for such hilts has been found in Ba-
varia); thence imported to the Germanic sphere. Several
have been found in Sweden, one in Finland, but none
in Denmark; this hints that the swords discovered in
Sweden have come directly from Germany. Swords of
this type do not occur either in the British Isles or
in Italy.

_ MoNTELius, Congr. St., 1874, p. 904 (literature). — Id., Tids-
bestcimning, pp. 123, 164 (per. 5 in the Scandinavian region). — Id.,
L' Anthropologie, 1901, p. 618 (per. 5 in the Celtic region). — Deche-
LETTE, Manuel, p. 209. — Naue, Die vorrom. Schioertcr, pl. XXXI,
XXXII.

1208. Rud, Vrml.: hoard (in 1843 and 1846), with a similar sword
(Ant. sued., f. 158), 2 collars (1, f. 1277), 2 spiral bracelets (f.
1301), another bracelet, 2 brooches (1 = f. 1353), a vessel (= f.
1395-1388), etc. — A. T., 3, p. 374.

1209. AUatorp, Bl.; stood upright in the earth.

1210. The upper part of the hilt probably = f. 1209. — Ostad, V. G.;
peat-bog. — Sv. Fornm.for. tidskr., 5, p. 27.

1212 — 1214. Bronze swords with tang without
rivet holes.

1212. Traces of tics that have surrounded the sheath. — Norrvara,
Hal.; peat-bog, with 2 similar swords. — Cf. Zeitschr.f. EthnoL,
1908, pp. 196, f. 2; Jahresschr. (Halle), 7, p. 11, pi. IV.

1213. Has been longer; the actual tang is evidently secondary. —
Mon, Mpd. ; barrow, with a socketed axe and a knife (f. 1268).
— Mbl., 1897, p. 78.

1214. Ornamentation = f . 1213. — HcUcstad, Sk. (in 1670!); harrow.
This sword is the first prehistoric object obtained for the col-
lection of antiquities that was instituted by order of the Go-
vernment in 1667: the beginning of the National Museum of
Antiquities in Stockholm. — Ant. sued., f. 164. — For similar
sword discovered in Oland, see Aberg, Kalm. I. bronsdld., p. 68.

121.5, 1216. Bronze daggers with tang without
rivet holes. — Bronze daggers, which were common under
the 1st and 2nd period, are rare during the last pe-
riods of the Bronze Age.

1217 — 1227. Bronze spear-heads; the socket ge-
nerally continues far below the edges. Some are de-
corated with punched ornaments. Similar spear-heads
with long sockets occur also oittside the Scandinavian
region, often decorated with concentric semicircles.

MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 366. 394. — Splieth, Inventar, f.
176. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pl. 37 f. 19. — Evans, Bronze
Implem., p. 319, f. 390, 391. — Dechelette, Manuel, II, p. 220, f.
70. — de Mortillet, Musee prehist., f. 939, 940. — Keller, Ffahl-
bauten, 7, pl. Ill f. 14, 18. — Gros.s, trotohelvhtes, pl. XV. —
Heierli, Der Pfahlbau WolUshofen, pl. I f. 7, 8.

1219. Small. — Vemmerlof, Sk. — Ant. suid., f. 172.

1220. No hole for a pin. — Harnevi, Upl.; hoard (in 1902): with the
point of a sword, 3 socketed axes, a knife, 3 saws (f. 1270), 2
spiral bracelets (f. 1285), a smaller spiral ring of double wire
(= f. 1302), 12 pins (8, f. 1329, 1330; 2, f. 1320, 1321), a brooch
(= f. 1338—1353), a belt-ornament (f. 1386), 2 pendant orna-
ments, wheel-shaped (f. 1235), 13 buttons (one with remains of
leather; f. 1376—1378), a vessel (= f. 1395—1398), fragments
of other vessels, 2 jets, etc. Several bronzes are broken and in-
complete. All the other objects were placed in the bronze
vessel that was enveloped in leather. — Mbl.. 1903, p. 26.

1223. Probably from the 2nd period. — Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971);
barrow no IX: with a skeleton, a sword (remains of the wooden
sheath), etc.

1225. Spelvik, Sod.; hoard (in 1838): beneath a block of stone, with
a similar spear-hcad, 2 socketed axes {Ant. sued., f. 150), a
collar with hroad oval ends (Ant. sued., f. 230), 16 other collars
(= f. 1297) and a bronze vessel (= f. 1395—1398), without or-
naments. — Ant. sued., f. 174; A. T., 3, p. 270.

1226. Probably from an earlier period than the 5th. — Hogstad, 6. G.

1227. Rovalls, G.; peat-bog (in 1897): with 2 spiral bracelets, 4 other
bracelets, a pin (f. 1337), a pincette etc., all of bronze, and a
bracelet of gold, with cup-shaped, very much worn ends(Fornr.,
1916, p. 20, f. 39). — Mbl, 1897, p. 66.

1228, 1229. Long, cylindrical bronze ferrules for
spears; the lower end flat or convex; some are richly
ornamented. Similar ferrules occur also in other coun-
tries outside the Scandinavian region, but there they
generally lack ornaments.

DB Mortillet, Music prehist., pl. LXXXIII f. 950. — Breuil,
L' Anthropologic, 1903, p. 513, f. 7: 1—4. — Dechelette, Manuel,
II, f. 68: 5, 6. — Evans, Bronze Implem., f. 423, 424.

1228. Morbyl&nga, 01.; with a dagger blade. — Aberg, Kalm. I.
bronsdld., p. 68.

44

II.

THE BRONZE AGE.

1229. Gronhult, Sk.; hoard: with a spcar-head. 2 fragments of a sword
blade, a knife (= f. 1108), 2 parts of a collar (= f. 1274; Mbl.,
1891, p. 179, f. 63), a brooch (f. 1348), 2 belt-ornaments (f.
138.'i, 1389), a vessel (= f. 1395), a bit of a similar vessel, etc.
— Mbl, 1891, p. 177, f. 59-63.

1230. Socketed bronze chisel from the 2nd period. — Bosg^rden, Sk. ;
barrow (see f. 932).

1231— 1233. Bridle bars (f. 1231) and ornaments

of bronze for bridle and reins.

1231—1233. Nymo, Sk.; hoard, formed of 2 bars (f. 1231), 4 oval
plates, perforated (hooks on the borders; f. 1232) and 4 round
plates (f. 1233). :^ Montehus, Fiihrer durch das Museum
in Stockholm, p. 31, f. 36—38; Mbl., 1887, p. 156.

1234. Round bronze discs, hanging in loop, all

cast at one time. Like other similar works, they testify

to the founders' great skill during the Bronze Age.

Similar round discs hung as ornaments to bridles and

other articles (f. 395 in Mullbr's, Ordning, Br.; cf. our

f. 1455.

MoNTEi.ins, Sveriges (illustr.) Jiistoria, 1, p. 130, f. 188. —
Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 40 f. 16, 20; 11, pi. 16 f. 12. — Mes-
TORF, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 223, 335. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 234,
235. — Beltz, Altert. Meeklcnb., pi. 42 f. 86. — I'hotogr. Album
Berl, 1880, II, pi. 23, 24 (per. 4).

1234. Ekes, G.; hoard, beneath a block of stone: with 10 small rings
(2 of them combined), a button with cross-piece (= f. 1359),
a spear-head, a knife and an awl. — Ant. sued., f. 226.

1235. Wheel-shaped pendants of bronze. The wheel
was, as we have seen (f. 847), a religious symbol,
representing the orb of the sun rolling on the heavens.

1235. Harnevi, Upl.; hoard (see f. 1220): with another pendant orna-
ment in the shape of a wheel. — Mbl., 1903 — 1905, p. 29, f.
35, 36; MoNTELius, Hjul/ormiga sjxinncn {Fornv., 1909),
p. 109.

1236—1239. Bronze trumpets, cast with great ar-
tistic skill (in several pieces, which were cleverly joined
together). Such instruments, eutii-ely or partially made
of bronze, belong to various parts of the Bronze Age. The
ornamentation and the circumstances of the discoveries
prove that several date from the 5th; others, found in
Denmark, date from the 4th (FriiJmt. Zcifschr., 1915,
p. 132, f. 23 — 26). From an earlier part of the Bronze
Age date some instruments which are only partially
of bronze (Beltz, Altert. MccMcnh., p. 192). Lately,
after the arrangement of the plates in this work, —
where all Swedish types are given on the same plate,
to facilitate a survey, — was definitively finished,
the opinion has been expressed that the trumpets f. 1236
and 1237 date from the 3rd period. — Trumpets are
often met with in pairs. On certain Swedish rock-
carvings of the Bronze Age performers on the instru-
ment are seen. — Many bronze trumpets are known
from the northern region, most of them found in peat-
bogs: 3 or 4 from Norway, 9 from Sweden, as many
as 25 from Denmark, and some from the northern part
of Germany (Hanover, Mecklenburg, Pomerania). No
bronze trumpets like ours are found in other countries,
a fact proving that these instruments were really made
here in the North.

Arsberetn., 1894, p. 152; 1897, p. 81. — Worsaab, Nord. Olds.,
f. 199—201. — Mui.LEK, Ordning. Br., f. 368 (literature). — Atlas

f. nord. Oldkynd., pi. VII. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 18,
19. — A. Hammericii, Aarb., 1893, p. 141; 1903, p. 62. — K. Kho-
MAN, Aarb., 1902, p. 79; 1904, p. 65. — Olshausen, Verhandl. Berl.
Anthr. Ges., 1891, p. 847. — Hubert Schmidt, Prdhist. Zeitschr.,
1915, p. 85 (distribution and literature). — Haiine, Vorzeitfunde
aus Niedersachsen, p. 41.

1236. Near Lund, Sk.; peat-bog. — Ant. suid., f. 178.

1237. Pa,arp, Sk.; peat-bog.

1238. 1239, Langlot, 01.; peat-bog, with 2 bronze chains (f. 1355,
1356) and bones of horse and swine.

1240. Bronze fittings with repousse ornaments.
1240. Orust, Boh.

1241 — 1268. Bronze knives.

1242 — 1247. »Razors». The handle recurved to-
wards the back; its end twisted up into a spiral plate.
Although every trace of an animal's head has dis-
appeared, it is obvious that these knives, typologically,
are descendants of such knives from the 4th period as
f. 1102 — 1106 and 1108, just as these in their turn are
descendants of those knives which belong to a still
earlier date as f. 927—930, 1013-1015. Knives like
f. 1242 — 1247 occur only in the Scandinavian region.
On these knives, ships etc. are sometimes punched.

MoNTEi.ius, A. T., 3, p. 333. — Id., Tidsbestamning, p. 61. —
— Abero, Kalm. I. bronsald., f. 44. — Fornv., 1910, p. 7, f. 12. —
MtjLLEB, Ordning, Br., f. 228 a, b. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi.
24; II, pi. 12—14, 19. — Worsaae, The industrial Arts of Den-
mark (London, 1882), p. 95, f. 124—132 (ships). — Mestobf, Alterth.
Schl.-Holst., f. 249. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 182 (about 50 such
knives known of from Sleswig-Holstein). — ■ Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb.,
pi. 38 f. 24, p. 243. — Schumann, Kultur Pommerns, pi. 3 f. 9. —
J. H. Mulleb, Alterth. Frov. Hannover, pi. Vll f. 62, 64.

1243. Dommestorp, Hal. (see f. 966); barrow: small stone cist, with
burnt bones. — Hall. Fornm.-for. arsskr., p. 96.

1247. Augerum, lU. ; beneath the remains of a hut from the 10th century
A. D. Several urns of clay were found, containing burnt bones
and dating from the later Bronze Age (see f. 1359, 1433, 1437,
1439). The razor had been placed in one of these urns.

1249. Fladie, Hal.; barrow (see f. 1206).

1250. Sparlinge, Sk.; barrow (see f. 1120).

1251 — 1254. Bronze knives from central Europe,

where similar ones are general and where moulds for

such knives have been found.

Keller, Pfahlbauten, 1, pi. V; 7, pi. V, XVII (moulds). —
Gross, Profohelvetes, pi. XV, XIX, XX, XXVIII, XXX (moulds). —
Naue, Die Bronzezeit in Oberbayern, pp. 100, 114. — D^chelette,
Manuel, II, p. 259.

1252. Hilt overlaid with bone or horn. — Espo, Sk.

1255, 1256. Knives with the handle bifurcated and
terminating in two spirals going outwards.

Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 277, 278 (miniature-swords). — Mes-
TORF, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 263, 264 (one with the blade of iron,
the other entirely of bronze; found together).

1256. Skedala, Hal.; barrow: in an urn of clay containing burnt bones.

1258 — 1263. Knives with a handle like the hilt on
such a sword as f. 1202 and 1203: the handle terminates
in two spirals going inwards, towards each other. Many
such specimens have been found in Denmark, but they
are rare in other parts of the Northern region and
unknown in other regions.

MiJLLEU, Ordning, Br , f. 283 (about 20 knives). — Madsen,
Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 23 f. 4, 9. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f.
261 (knife or miniature-sword?). — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., p. 243.

THE FIFTH PKRIOD.

45

1258. Asled, V. G.; peatbog (in 1869): near a great stone, with 9
socketed axes, a socketed chisel, several spearheads, bits of 4
sword-blades, a great number of broken saws {— f. 1269), of
knives and rings, 2 pins (f. Ji527), a brooch (= f. 1338 — 13'i3),
3 vessels (= f. 1395), 2 jets, etc. — Ant. sued., f. 188.

1259, 1260. Snostorp, Hal.; with 2 knives. — Ant. suM., f. 187.

1263. Kopiuge. Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no I: urn of clay, with burnt
bones, a button (f. 1381) and an awl (f. 1372).

1264. Han:marl6f, Sk.; barrow (>Iiouh6g»; see f. 656): small coffin of
oak, containing burnt bones, the knife, an awl and a button.

1265 — 1267. Knives with the handle terminating in
a ring. In countries which do not belong to the North-
ern region there have, it is true, been found bronze
knives with the handle terminating in a ring; but these
are unlike tliose now considered (see f. 1252, 1254).

MuLLEK, Ordning, Br., f. 287 (about 25 knives). — Mausen,
Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 23 f. 7, 13 (oval ring). — Beltz, Altert. Meck-
lenb., pi. 38 f. 29 (one with tlie blade of iron).

Bronze knives of foreign types : de Moktillet, Musce prihistor.,
pi. LXXIX f. 877, 878. — Cf. Beltz, I. c, pi. 38 f. 28.

1267. Alfshog, Hal.; barrow of stones.

1268. Mon, Mpd.; barrow (see f. 1213).

1269—1271. Bronze saws (see f. 1068).

1269. Hogstorp, Boh.; hoard (in 1874): with 6 similer saws, a socketed
axe, bit of a similar axe, the point of a sword, a collar (f.
1272), 2 spiral bracelets (f. 1302), a small ring, a pin, a belt-
ornameut (f. 1387), a vessel (f. li595), a jet, etc. Beneath the
vessel, which lay upside-down, all the other bronzes were found,
except the collar. — Boh. bidr., 1, p. 281.

1270. Hiirnevi, Upl.; hoard (see f. 1220).

1271. Stora Dalby, 01.; hoard (in 1894): with 6 similar saws, 2 ear-
rings (f. 1280), 2 brooches (f. 1338, 1344), a belt-ornament (f.
1394) and a vessel (f. 1396). — Fornv., 1907, p. 205.

1272—1279 (see f. 1288—1299). Collars of bronze.

1272. For the >cla8p> see f. 1272 b; degenerated end-spirals. — Hogs-
torp, Boh.; hoard (see f. 1269).

1273 — 1275. Collars with »clasps>. As during the
earliest part of the Bronze Age, several rings laid
upon each other could form a neck-ornament, and these
rings finally grew together with each other (Chronol.
alt. Bronzez., f. 78 — 81), so also during the later Bronze
Age, the same person often wore two or more collars,
which sometimes were held together by means of a
cord, or a pin, and sometimes by means of a »clasp^:
a separate piece of bronze, often open-worked, in which
the ends of the rings were fastened with pins. These
rings too, which were sometimes hollow and rather
wide (see f. 1125—1127), might well at least grow to-
gether with each other. — In several districts of north-
ern Germany, neck-ornaments were worn during the
later Bronze Age, formed in almost the same manner
as those of Scandinavia, but varying from them in
details.

Mbl, 1891, p. 179, f. 63 (3 rings grown together. See f. 1229).

WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 225 (3 separate rings). — MCller,
Ordning, Br., f. 374 (3 separate rings). — Madsen, Afbildn., Br.,
I, pi. 33 f. 3 (4 separate rings), 2 (5 separate rings; earlier?). — iVor-
diske Fortidsminder, I, pi. XIX. — Mestorf, Alterth. Schl.-Holst.,
f. 295 (4 separate rings). — Splieth, Inventar, f. 154.

Northern Germany, more or less dilferent types: Schumann, Die
Kultur Pommerns in vorgeschichtlicher Zeit (Berlin, 1897), pi. 3
f. 5, 7. — Fhotogr. Album Berlin, 1880, II, pi. 17; III, pi. 6 (Po-
merania). — Lissauer, Bronzez. Westpreusscn, pi. V f. 7, pi. XIV
(beginning of tlie Iron Age). — Mannus, IV, p. 220 (Oldenburg).

1273. Free rings (not united). — Vegestorp, Boh.; hoard (see f. 1175).

1274. Neck-ornament of 2 collars placed upon each other; each formed
of 3 united rings. — Torstorp, Sm.; hoard (in 1826): with a
belt-ornament (f. 1384) and a vessel (= f. 1395, 1396; see f. 1409).
— Abero, Kalm. I. bronsald., pp. 49, 57.

1275. United rings. In the middle of the >clasp> there is a little
four-spoked wheel. — Arup, Sk.; hoard; with other collars, 6
brooches (= f. 1338—1353), 2 belt-ornaments (= f. 1383—1394),
5 vessels (= f. 1395 — 1398), 2 broken swords and 7 socketed
axes. The bronzes had been placed in a great vessel of burnt
clay; they belong all to the 5th period.

1276—1279 (see f. 1288—1299). Bronze collars that,
like the older ones, were twisted — or seemed to be
twisted — in one direction (not as f. 1296 now to the
right and now to the left). Towards the ends they
are widened to an oval disc, which at first is rather
narrow but gradually grows broader; it is frequently
decorated with punched ornaments. Some of these
rings are kept together with simple hooks, gripping
each other, but most of them terminate in spiral discs,
which are at times very great. Sometimes (f. 1289),
though very seldom, each hook terminates in two spiral
discs. Most of the rings of this class are massive, but
some very large ones are cast hollow (they are not open
on the lower side, as f. 1125). Certain specimens are
so cast that they cannot be opened: the spirals are
then often degenerated (see also f. 1299). — Many such
rings are found in Scandinavian countries, in Sleswig-
Holstein, and in Mecklenburg. In other parts of north-
ern Germany, belonging to the northern region, they
are uncommon, and outside this district they are not
found, in so far as they have not been imported thither,
by way of traffic or the like.

Ant. suid., f. 230—232. — Rygh, Norske Olds., f. 130. —
Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 220, 221. — Mausen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi.
32; II, pi. 19, 20. — Nord. Fortidsminder, I, p. 21, pi. IV. — Mul-
ler, Ordn., Br., f. 410 (hooks), 411 (spirals). — Mestorf, Alterth.
Schl.-Holst., f. 276, 277. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 223—224. — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 41 f. 62, p. 248. — Lindenschmit, Alterth.,
II: 3, pi. 1.

1276. Vegestorp, Boh.; hoard (see f. 1175).

1277. Rud, Vrml.; hoard (see f. 1208).

1280. Smaller bronze rings, obviously earrings.

Similar ornaments were worn as early as the older

Bronze Age.

Sehested, ArchcBol. Undersog., pi. V f. 1, 4 (Fyen; in a grave
from the 2nd period). — MCller, Ordning. Br., f. 217. — Mestorf,
Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 316. — Splieth, inventar, f. 163 (4th per.).
— Evans, Br. Inqjlem., p. 392 , f. 491 (cf. f. 490, 492).

1280. Stora Dalby, 01.; hoard (see f. 1271).

1281—1287 (see f. 1301—1310). Bracelets of bronze
and gold.

1282. Bronze; four-spoked wheel (see f. 847). — Asled, V. G.

1283. Gold. Weight: 10.24 gr. (88 ^ gold). — Timmcrsdala, V. G.;
peat-bog (in 1880). — Fornv., 1916, p. 15.

1284. Gold, very thin; has probably been laid over a bracelet of
bronze (see f. 1134, 1306). Weight: 7.86 gr. (90 % gold). —
Bjarkered, Hal. (in 1865). — Fornv., 1916, p. 10.

1285. Bronze. — Harnevi. Upl.; hoard (see f. 1220).

1288—1299. Collars of bronze (see f. 1272—1279).
1288 — 1295. Collars of bronze with oval ends ter-
minating in upturned spirals (see f. 1278, 1279).

46

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

1289. The narrow end of the oval plate is recurved and bifarcated;

it formes 2 spirals. — Bettorp, 01.; peat-bog. — Aberg, Kalm.

I. bronsdld., f. 87.
1291. Ends united. — Nas, V. G.; hoard: with a collar, a bracelet, 2

brooches (= f. 1338—1353), and a fragment of a belt-ornament

(= f. 1383—1394).
1295. Fagerikra, Hal. (not Boh.); peat-hog (in 1869): with 2 collars

(= f. 1296) that were enveloped in hast. — Hall. Furnm.-for.

drsskr., p. 181.

1296, 1297. Collars of bronze, twisted alternately
to the right and to the left. As similar rings from
the same time (Tidnbestamning, f. 112), that are only
twisted in one direction, they generally terminate in
simple hooks, but sometimes in spirals. They were quite
common in the Northern region, both in the Scandi-
navian and the North German parts, and belong to the
latter part of the 5th period. Descendants of this type
occur during the 6th period (f. 1457—1461).

Ant. sued., f. 227. — Tidsbestamning, f. 123. — Madsen, 4/"-
bilndn., Br., II, pi. 19 f. 13, 14. — Miller, Ordning, Br., f. 405.
— Splieth, Inventar, f. 225 (ending in spirals). — Beltz, Altert.
Mecklenb., pi. 40 I. 59.

1297. Stenbro, G.; hoard (in 1884); with 6 similar collars, 15 bracelets,
a great brooch (f. 1350) and a magnificent vessel (= f. 1397,
but with 2 oblong holes instead of loops). The vessel, lying
upside-down, covered the other bronzes. • — Sv. Fornm.-for.
tidskr., 6, p. 72.

1298. Lilla Beddinge, Sk.; hoard: with 31 other collars (20 = f . 1298,
11 = f. 1296). — Quite similar collars have been found in Got-
land. Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 6, p. 219, f. 6.

1299. Terminating in snjall round plates. — Tjurby, Hal.; peat-bog:
with another collar. — Ant. sued., f. 228.

1300. Bands of thin bronze, uniform in width, or

nearly so, with repousse ornamentation, consisting of

larger or smaller dots; not made here in the North, but

imported from the South. Similar bands of bronze

occur both in northern Germany and in Central Europe.

MoNTELius, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 11, p. 67 (literature). —
Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, p. 32 f. 10. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f.
421. — Nord. Fortidsminder, I, p. 100, f. 19, 20. — Splieth, In-
ventar, f. 228. — LiNDENSCHMiT, Altcrth., II: 2, pi. 3.

1300. Lingbro, S8d.; peat-bog (see f. 1193). — Ant. sued., f. 237;
Cotigr. St., 1874, p. 507.

1301. Spiral bracelets in many coils, of a simple

commonly triangular wire, which terminate in ends

bent back and rolled up into a little spiral.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 34 f. 2. — Cf. Fornv., 1916, p.
36, f. 55 (Hungary; ending in great spirals).

1301. Had, Vrml.; hoard (see f. 1208).

1302. 1303. Spiral bracelets in few coils, of a

double, round bronze wire, the ends of which are

twisted round each other, as shown either f. 1302 or

1303 (cf. f. 841). Similar rings of narrow double gold

thread were also in use here both during the 4th and

5th periods.

Bronze. Madsen, Afbildn., Br., II, pi. 14 f. 6. — Gold. Fornv.,
1916, p. 14, f. 26, 28. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 35 f. 10.

1302. Hogstorp, Boh.; hoard (sec f. 1269).

1303. Langbro, Sod.; peat-hog (see f. 1193).

1304 — 1307. Bracelets of gold and bronze; both
ends in the form of cups. Such rings are common in
Sweden, Denmark and northern Germany. The type
is developed from bracelets with widened ends (f. 1044):

these, at first slightly projecting, gradually became
larger with a circular section; for a long time they
were massive and cut off flat, but finally they became
concave and cup-shaped. As usual during the Bronze
Age, these bracelets were open, but the space between
their ends diminished in many cases, so that the ends
came into contact with each other, and sometimes quite
melted together (f. 1308—1310). The gold rings of this
type were originally solid, with a round or oval section;
the inside, however, later became more or less concave,
and the ring was often of thin gold, with the borders
turned inwards. Sometimes the gold was so thin that
a bronze ring had to be laid inside in order to give
the bracelet adequate strength.

Fornv., 1916, pp. 32, 43. — Kossinna, Mannus, 1917, p. 1.

1304. Gold. Weight 48,02 gr. (75 % gold). — Hofby, Sk. (in 1869).

— Fornv., 1916, p. 6.

1306. Gold, thin, laid over a bronze ring. — Karsholm, Sk. — Fornv.,
1916, p. 9.

1307. Gold, solid. Weight: 187 gr. (81.6 % gold). — Kvistofta, Sk.
(in 1837). — Fornv., 1916, p. 10.

1308 — 1310. Bracelets of bronze. Descendants of
the rings with cup-shaped ends (f. 1304 — 1307). The
joined ends are cut off on the inside.

MoNTELius, Fornv., 1916, p. 44.

1310. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no VI: found with an nrn of
clay containing burnt bones and a small piece of bronze.

1311—1337. Bronze pins.

1311, 1312 (.see 1319, 1320). Bronze pins rolled up
at the top into an erect sjjii-al; the pin is only a little
bent where it passes into the spiral.

Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 236. • — Madsen. Afbildn., Br., I,
pi. 27 f. 11; II, pi. 13 f. 20. — Muller, Ordning, Br., f. 306. —
Splieth, Inventar, f. 221 (small spiral). — Beltz, Altert. Meck-
lenb., pi. 39 f. 44, 52. — Photograph. Album Berlin, 1880, III, pi.
12. — Verhandi. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1886, p. 415, f. 4 (Lusatia). —
Niederlau^itzer Mittheilungen, 2 (Guben, 1892), pi. 6 f. 1, p 285.
— Pic, Cechy, predhistoricke, II, pi. IV f. 1 (straight up to the
spiral). — MoNTELius, Die vorklassische Chronologic Italiens, pi.
4 f. 10 (straight up to the spiral; earlier than our 5th period).

1311. Hyndevad, Sod.; on the bottom of the river EskilstunaSn (see
f. 778).

1313. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no III: small stone-cist;
with burnt bones, a razor, an arrow-head, a pincette and an awl
(rather 4th than 5th period).

1314. Head forming a horizontal, round, convex plate (see f. 1335).

— Torsbo, Boh.

1315 — 1317. Straight bronze pins, with bowl-shaped
ends. They belong to the end of the 5th period; some
of them possibly may be attributed to the 6th.

Ant. sued., f. 216. — Madsen, Afbildn., Br., II, pi. 18 f. 7
(small cup; great hoard from the end of the 5th period). — Mijller,
Ordning, Br., f. 314. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 220 (cf. f. 219). —
Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 39 f. 40. — Verhandi. Berl. Anthr.
Ges., 1893, p. 125, f. 2 (Dessau; in a hut-urn).

. 1316. Length: 29,8 cm. — Horsne, G.

1317. Colossal; length 70.5 cm.; diam. of the cup: 11.5 cm (!). —
Hultungs, G. (in 1877), — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 6, p. 210.

1318. Head in the shape of a four-spoked wheel. — Gotland. — Sv.
Fornm.-fdr. tidskr., 6, p. 227.

1319, 1320. Bronze pins, the upper portion of
which terminates in a spiral, but this is not erect as

THE FIFTH PERIOD.

47

f. 1311 and 1312, but pendant because the pin is bent
round.

WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 242. — MDller, Ordning, Br., f. 414.
1320, 1321. Harncvl, Upl.; hoard (see f. 1220).

1322. Bronze pins; at the top bent to a right

angle, terminating in a round knob, with four small

projections.

Aid. stu'd., f, 215. — WoKSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 238. — Madsen,
Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 27 f. 9; 11, pi. 11 f. 6 (gold). — MCllkr, Ord-
ning, Br., f. 214 (cf. f. 212, 213. — Splieth, Inventar, f. 211. —
Beltz, Altert. Mecklenh., pi. 39 f. 50.

1322. Vegestorp, Boli.; hoard (see f. 1175).

1323, 1324. Bronze pins, terminating at the top
in a cross-piece which is generally round with ends
cut off square. During the 5th period, the cross-piece
is quite narrow and solid, but during the 6th it be-
comes very thick and hollow (f. 1473). Sometimes the
ends bent back in spiral shape.

Ant. siikl., i. 219. — Ahero, Kalm. I. bronsdld., f. 77, 81. —
WoRSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 241 (cross-piece ending in cnps). — Mad-
sen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 27 f. 7, 8; II, pi. 13 f. 19. - Miiller,
Ordning, Br., f. 304. — Mestohp, Alterlh. Schl.-Holst., f. 284. —
Bbltz, Altert. Mecklenh., pi. 39 f. 53.

1325—1332. Bronze pins, bent at a right angle
at the top (otherwise straight) and terminating in
a round perpendicular disc, ornamented with con-
centric circles, which are cast, not chased. The disc
is first comparatively small, but gradually it gets
large. It is generally flat, but sometimes (f. 1332)
slightly convex. Such pins were common in Scandi-
navia in the 5th period; they are also found in North
Germany.

Ant. sued., f. 217, 218. — Worsaae, Nord. Olds., f. 239. —
Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 27 f. 4; II, pi. 14 f. 4, pi. 15 f. 7
(plate covered with gold), pi. 16 f. 8, pi. 19 f. 12. — Sehesteii, For-
tidsminder, pi. XXil f. 10. — Splieth, Inrentnr, f. 212. — Beltz,
Altert. Mecklenh., pi. 39 f. 51. — Niedcrlausiizer Mittheilungen,
2 (Guben, 1892), p. 386, pi. 9 f. 3. — Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges.,
1891, p. 584.

1326. Ljunga, 0. G; with burnt bones in an urn of clay (f. 1441).
Beneath a barrow from the Iron Age.

1327. Asled, V. G.: peatbog (see f. 1258).

1328. Ifvetofta, Sk. ; barrow : in an urn of clay. — Iduna, 8, p. 105,
pi. 1 f. 7.

1329. 1330. Hiirnevi, Upl. ; hoard (see f. 1220).

1331. For the elevated lines upon the back-side of the disc (f. 1331 c),
see Verhandl. Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1885, pp. 449, 446. — Ling-
bro. Sod.: peat-bog (see f. 1193).

1332. Thin, convex disc. — Berga, Vstml.; hoard : with 2 collars ( = f,
1296), a spiral bracelet and a belt-ornament (f. 1383). — Eskil
Olsson, Vdsfmanland under sten- och bronsdldern, p. 20.

1333. Pins with three perpendicular, round plates:

placed either as in f. 1333, or in one row. The plates

are ornamented with cast (not chased) raised circles,

concentric round the centre. — Other pins have at the

top several small round plates.

Madsen, Afhildn., Br., I, pi. 27 f. 17 (= f. 1333). — Vedel,
Bornholms Oltidsminder, p. 39, f. 40 (3 ronnd plates i a row). —
MuLLER, Ordning, Br., f. 415 (3 small round plates in a row and 2
similar plates at each end of this). — Madsen, Afhildn., Br., II, pi.
18 (the same needle; great hoard from the end of the 5th period).

1335. Head in the shape of a horizontal disc (see f. 1314). — Hemse, G.

1336. Head in the shape of a duck, solid. — Gotland. — Sv. Fornm.-
for. tidskr., 6, p. 227.

1337. Head in the shape of a human head etc. (all cast in one piece).

— Rovalls, G. ; hoard (see f. 1227).

1338 — 1353. Bronze brooches in the shape of spec-
tacles. The type is developed from those that occur
in the 4th period (f. 1148 — 1150). At the beginning
of the 5th period the plates are slightly convex, and are
seldom, if ever, decorated with raised lines; they later
became more convex or vaulted, and generally em-
bellished with raised ornamentation. Concentric circles
are frequently seen among them; there are, like the
rest of the ornamentation, always cast, not chased.
The decoration generally varies in the different parts
of the Northern region, and hence it may be decided,
in many cases, whether a brooch was made in Sweden,
or some other northern country. — On the back of the
convex plates, narrow raised lines are often seen (f.

1338, 1342, 1350), — sometimes in the form of a hand

or a cross — which have been shaped in narrow grooves

introduced into the form, partly to strengthen a weak

point of the bronze, and partly to facilitate the spread

of the molten metal to the thin edges of the form.

Tidsbestamninq, p. 70, f. 126—129. — Die typologische Me-
thode, p. 57, f. 203, 204. — Beltz, Zeitschr. f. E^Ano/., 1913, p. 766.
— For the elevated lines on the back, see Olshausen, Verhandl.
Berl. Anthr. Ges., 1885, pp. 420-438, 446.

1338. St. Dalby, Ol.; hoard (see f. 1271).

1340—1342 (see f. 1353). The decoration is formed
of raised, curved lines, enclosed by other lines. Brooches
with such decoration are common in Sweden, but do
not occur in Denmark or North Germany, otherwise
than in some rare exceptions. In south-east Norway
a few such brooches have been found. — Cf. f. 1344.

1341. Applernm, 01., with 3 similar brooches. — Abeko, Kalm. I.
hronsald., f. 83.

1342. Broken. — Vegestorp, Boh.; peat-bog (see f. 1175).

1343. Part of a brooch; the hook for the piu's end has the shape of
a bird. — Slimminge, Sk.; with a bronze vessel (= f. 1395,
1396).

1344, 1345. The decoration is formed of raised,
curved lines, placed within each other, but the outer
ones do not enclose the inner, as in f. 1340 — 1342. This
type is common in Denmark, but rare in Sweden.

1344. Stora Dalby, 01; hoard (see f. 1271).

1345. Ollof, Sk.; hoard (in 1904): with a belt-ornament (f. 1390), a
great vessel (f. 1403; a hole has been filled up with resin) and
a spiral bracelet etc.

1347. Alekliuta, 01.; peat-bog: with a belt-ornament (= f. 1391) and
a vessel (= f. 1395—1398).

1348. Gronhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1229).
1350. Stenbro, G.; hoard (see f. 1297).

1352. Vaulted in an unusual way. — Ullstorp, Sk.; with a vessel (f.
1398) and a collar (= f. 1277).

1353. The half of a very thin brooch: transition to the 6th period.

— Haradshammar, 0. G. (not G.); peat-bog: with a collar (f.
1457). — Sv. Fornm.- for. tidsskr., 12, p. 301.

1354 — 1360. Clasps of bronze, with a cross-bar

and loop (seldom two loops). The bar, generally

straight, more or less long, sometimes terminates in

transverse discs. See f. 1367 — 1369.

Ant. suM., f. 225.— Fornv., 1912, p. 114, f. 51 (big). — Mad-
sen, Afhildn., Br., 1, pi. 29; II, pi. 12 (two of gold, one of bronze),

48

II. THE BRONZE AGE.

14 (with a pincette). 15. — Muli,er, Ordning, Br., f. 318 — 323.
— Sehested, Fortidsniinder, pi. XXII f. 13. — Mestorp, Alterth,
Schl.-Holst., {. 306 (with an eye = f. 13157). — Spi.ieth, Inventar,
f. 208. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 41 f. 80 (with a plucette).

1354. Kopingc, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no VIII: in an urn of clay,
with burnt bones and a finger-ring of bronze.

1355, 1356. Chains of bronze, probably worn as
belts; in each a clasp with cross-bar. They seem to
have been developed from belts formed of bronze tubes
like f. 937 (cf. a belt of such tubes from the 4th pe-
riod, Madsen, Afhildn., Br., II, pi. 22 f. 14), because
the cords, too, which were covered by these tubes, are
also copied in bronze. The chains f. 1355, 1356 are
cast with admirable skill; all the links are moveable,
though cast into each other, and though the length of
such a chain can rise to 75 cm. Bronze chains of this
kind are only found in the northern region, and this
shows that they were made here.

Tidshestiimning, p. 15.5. — MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 327. —
ME.STORP, Alterth. Schl.-Holst., f. 305. — Splietii, Inventar, f. 201.

1355, 1356. Langlot, 01. ; hoard (see f. 1238).

1357 — 1359. Bronze clasps with a cross-bar (see

f. 1354).

1357. Hvellinge. Sk. ; in a little coffin of oak, surrounded with stones:
with burnt bones, a knife (= f. 1244; no ornaments), a pincette
(f 1362) and an awl. — Fornv., 1910, p. 6. Cf. Muller, Ord-
ning, Br., f. its.

1359. Augerum, Bl.; see f. 1247.

1360 — 1365. Bronze tongs (pincettes), most of them
are broader than those of the 4th period, often decorated
with chased knobs or punched ornaments. Some are
narrow and of uniform breadth (f. 1365). See f. 977.

Broad. Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 28; II, pi. 14 f. 2 (with
a cross-bar). — MCli.er, Ordning, Br., f. 295, 296. — Splieth, In-
ventar, f. 190. — Beltz, Alterth. Mecklenb., pi. 41 f. 80 (with a
cross-bar).

Narrow. MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 297. — Splieth, Inventar,
{. 191. — Beltz, Altert. Mecklenb., pi. 38 f. 37.

1360. Clasp with a cross-bar. — Bjorke, G. ; little stone-cist: with
burnt bones and a small ring.

1361. Jordslunda, Upl.; little barrow of stones: with burnt bonca. —
Ekholm, Uppl. bronsalder, p. 240.

1362. Hvellinge, Sk.; tomb (see f. 1357).

1366. Bronze combs. These were used during the

earlier as well as the later Bronze Age (f. 935). Of

course, the great majority of the combs were of bone

or horn.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 30. — MCller, Ordning, Br., f.
201 (two wheels with four spokes). — Splieth, Inventar, f. 189.

1366. Wheel with four spokes. — Fladic, Hal.; barrow (see f. 1206).

1367 — 1369. Large eye of bronze thread. The ends

were originally rolled up into spirals. Sometimes

found together with a clasp, like f. 1354^ — 1360.

WoHSAAE, Nord. Olds., f. 227 (not found together). — Madsen,
Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 29 f. ;>2 (eye and cross-bar); II, pi. 30 f. 6 (differ-
ent; from the 6th period). — MCller, Ordning, Br., f. 326.J — Mes-
torp, Alterth.. Schl.-Holst., f. 306 (eye and cross-bar). — Fornv.,
1909, p. 226, f. 12 (hook and eye of silver, both ending in two spirals;
from the Iron Age).

1367. Kiipinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no IV: with burnt bones,
and the half of a gigantic clasp with a cross-bar (= f. 1354),
in an urn of clay.

1368. Hyndevad, S6d.; see f. 778.

1369. Probably from the Iron Age. — St8,nga, G. — Cf. Aspelin,
Antiquites du Nord Finno-Ougrien, f. 1535.

1370. Chisels, or punches, of bronze.

1370. Kopinge, Sk. (see 971): barrow no VI: with burnt bones, a
razor, an arrow head and an awl (f. 1371), in an urn of clay

(f. 1428).

1371, 1372. Awls of bronze, round with quadri-
lateral tangs (see f. 982).

1371. Handle of wood. — Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 1370).

1372. Kopinge, Sk.; barrow no I (see f. 1263).

1373 — 1375. Quadrilateral (fringe) fittings of bronze.

1373—1375. Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971); barrow no X: about 40 small
bronzes = f. 1373 — 1375 were found with burnt bones, 3 buttons
(1, f. 1380) etc., in an urn of clay.

1376 — 1382. Bronze buttons, mostly with two
plates; more rarely such buttons have a loop on the
under side, as in f. 1377, 1380.
1376—1378. Harnevi, Upl.; hoard (see f. 1220).
1.380. Kopinge, Sk.; barrow no X (see f. 1373).
1381. Kopinge, Sk.; barrow no I (sec f. 1263).

1383 — 1394. Bronze belt-ornaments, vaulted; as a
rule richly ornamented, with buttons or loops on the
inside, for fastening to the belt. They are developed
from ornaments like f. 1157. Common in the Scandi-
navian aud German parts of the Northern region, but
not occurring, apart from very rare exceptions, in other
districts. — They were previously taken to have been
a kind of cover to such vessels as f. 1395 — 1398.

Tidsbestamning, pp. 73, 239 (literature).

1383. Berga, Vstml.; hoard (see f. 1332).

1384. Torstorp, Sm.; hoard (see f. 1274).

1385. Gronhult, Sk. ; hoard (see f. 1229).

1386. Harnevi, Ui)l.; hoard (see f. 1220).

1387. Hogstorp, Boh.; hoard (see f. 1269).

1389. Gronhult, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1229).

1390. Ollof, Sk.; hoard (see f. 1345).

1391. 1392. A'egestorp, Boh.; pe.at-bog (see f. 1175).

1394. Stora Dalby, 01.; hoard (see f. 1271).

1395—1398 (see f. 1399—1411). Bronze vessels,
deeper than those of the previous period (f. 1158 —
1163), but developed from them. Common in both
Scandinavian and German part of the Northern region.
Outside of this, so far as is at present known, only
some very few such vessels have been found (in France
and Switzerland)

Tidsbestamning, pp. 239, 327 (literature), pi. 5 f. 118, 119.

1395. Hogstorp, Boh.; hoard (see f. 1269).

1396. St. Dalby, 01.; hoard (see f. 1271).

1397. On the inside of the mouth, a horizontal and perforated border ;
the vessel has an unusually rich ornamentation (cf. f. 1406,
1407). — Slattiing, V. G.; peat-bog (in 1874); with 2 belt-orna-
ments (= f. 1387, 1392; cf. f. 1402) and 2 brooches {■=-. f. 1338—
13.53). — Montelius, Sv. (illustr.) hist., 1st edit., 1, f. 168,
167 (one of the belt-ornaments); Id., Kultiirgesch., f. l63; Id.,
Meisterstiicke, pi. 6.

1398. Horizontal and perforated border (cf. f. 1397). — UUstorp, Sk.:
hoard (see f. 1352).

1399 — 1411. Ornamentation, punched on bronze

vessels and vaulted belt-ornaments (except f. 1400).

Montelius, Om den nordiska bronsdlderns ornanientik, Mbl.
1891, p. 17.

'I[IK FIFTH I'ERIOD.

49

1400. The knife f. 1259.

1404. Vessel {^ f. 1395, 1396). — Senate, V.G.: peat-hog (in 1850): witli
asimilar vessel, a belt- ornament (^^f. 138;5— 1394), 4 collars(l = f.
1278: -1 = f. 1291), liut twisted only in one direction; 2 =^ tlie
rings of f. 1273) and 1 brooch (= f 13,38—1353). — Ant. suSd.,
f. 248 (one of the vessels: cf. oar f. 1411); Montelius, Sve-
riges hisforia, 1st edit., 1, f. 179 (the brooch).

1412. Bronze vessels with two moveable handles
in eyelets with cross-shaped fittings. Imported from
the South. Several sucli specimens have been found in
central Europe and Italy.

Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 11, p. 45 (literature).

1412. Hjarnarp, Sk.; peat-bog: contained 2 vessels (= f. 1395, 1396).
— Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 11, p. 45.

1413, 1414. Cups of thin bronze, hammered (not
cast), with chased decoration; without handles. Im-
ported from the South. In central Europe and in Italy,
a quantity of cups and other works manufactured in thin
bronze have been found, with similar chased decorations
(circles, dots and lines); whereas such specimens within
the Northern region are so rare that they have ob-
viously been imported thither.

Sv. Fornm.-for, tidshr., 11, p. 28.

1413, 1414. Badelunda-asen, Vstml.; hoard (in 1875): with a collar
(= f. 1296) and 4 spiral bracelets of double bronze wire (3 =f.
1303, 1 = f . 1302). — EsKH, Olsson, ViMmanl. under sten- o.
bronsdld.,{. 28, 29. — In the immediate neighbourhood of
this place, a hoard was deposited in the 6th period (f. 1458).

1415—1441. Pottery, hand-made of coarse material,

baked at an open fire. Most of the pottery from the

Bronze Age that has been found in Sweden consists

of cinerary urns, for the preservation of burnt bones.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 41—43. — Mullek, Ordning,
Br., f. 234-275.

1415 — 1418. Hut- urns of baked clay: pottery more
or less resembling a hut, in which the bitrned bones
of the deceased were laid, in the same manner as the
bodies which were not burned have often been buried
in graves like the houses inhabited by the living. The
custom of using such hut urns came from Italy to
North Germany — the region round the lower Elbe
— and Scandinavia.

Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 41.
269. — MoNTELius, Ymer, 1891, p. 69.

MiiLLEK, Ordning, Br., f.
Id., Corresp.-Blatt Deut-

schcr Geselhch. f. Anthrop., 1897, p. 123. — Id., Civilis. Hal., col.
657 (literature).

1415. Rounded. Painted in black and red. No door-opening, but a
great rectangular door is indicated by black colour, on both
sides of the hut. Round opening in the middle of the roof,
representing the opening through which the smoke escaped:
with a cover. — Stora Hammar, Sk.; barrow (in 1890): secondary
tomb. The hut-urn, enveloped in well preserved sea-weed con-
tained burnt bones, a knife, an awl and a button from the 5th
period. — Fornv., 1912, p. 148.

This is the only paiuted vessel from the Bronze Age that is
known of from Sweden,

1416. Four-sided door, which was kept in place by a piece of wood
going through holes in knobs on the door and the hut close by
the door. Round opening in the middle of the roof, with a
cover. — Falle. Sni.: barrow of stones. — .\berc.. Kahn. I.
bronsald., p. 56.

1417. Four-sided door. No difference in shape between the wall and
the roof. Round opening in the middle of the roof. — Tofta,
G.; with a bracelet.

1418. Round door. The upper part of the urn is lost. — Slite, G.
Stones placed in su(.h a way that they indicated the form of
a boat (!); little stonc-cist: with burnt bones, a knife (= f.
1242; no ornaments), a pincette (= f. 1361), an arrow-head (= f.
1087—1088). an awl and a button.

1419 — 1421. Cups with one or two ears.

1419. Ran, Sk. No barrow. The cup covered an urn of clay con-
taining bnrnt bones, a bit of a bronze saw and a chip of ilint.

1420. Blasnungs, G. Barrow of stones, with a stone-cist from the
Stone Age in the centre. Near the border of the barrow stood
a small stone-cist, containing burnt bones, the cup (f. 1420), a
knife and an larrow-head of bronze>. — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr.,
7, p. 46.

1421. DSmmestorp, Hal. (see f. 966): barrow no 2. The cup, sur-
rounded by flat stones, contained burnt bones, a razor, an awl
and a button (= f. 1378). Four other tombs in the barrow.

1422—1427. Cinerary urns, covered with lids.
Madsen, Afbildn., Br., I, pi. 42.

1422. Klippan, Sk. No barrow. The urns stood near another (f. 1434);
each of them was surrounded by flat stones.

1425. Oingc, Hal.; with a similar vessel, near the upper part of a
stone-cist containing skeletons. In the urns: burnt bones, a
fish-hook and 2 awls.

1427. KvistalSnga, Sk.; with a knife (= f. 1244; no ornaments).

1428. Kopinge, Sk.; barrow no VI (see f. 1870).

1429. Small. — Kopinge, Sk. (see f. 971). Barrow no V: upon the
covering stone of a little stone-cist containing burnt bones. The
vessel was placed upside-down.

1431. Vallkiirra, Sk. No barrow; with other cinerary urns from the
end of the 5th and from the 6th period (see f. 1448, 1449).

1433. Augcrnm, Bl.; see f. 1247.

1434. Klippan, Sk.: see f. 1422.

1435. 1436. Augcrnm, Bl.; see f. 1247.
1441. Ljunga, 0. G.; barrow (see f. 1326).

1— 201197

50

THE BUONZE AGE.

The sixth period.

Transition to the Iron Age.
From the middle of the 8th to the end of the 7tli century B. C.

I originally (in 1885) referred to the (Hh period of the Bronze Age those types which since 1892 I have
reckoned as belonging to the 1st period of the Bronze Age. Iron, however, was already in that period, which
is now called the (ith of the Bronze Age, used so commonly that this time could be assigned to the Iron Age.
Nevertheless, in order not to cause confusion, there seems reason to retain the nomenclature Hth period of the
Bronze Age».

Tidsbcst., 1)1. 6. — JIontklius, Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 8,
p. 140.

1442. Iron swords of a type common in central
Europe during the earliest part of the Iron Age (»Hall-
statt swords»).

1443. Bronze chapes for sword-sheaths.
LiNDENSCHMiT, Altertk., Ill: 6, pi. 2.

1444 — 1449. Knives of bronze and iron (»semilunar>).
The edges of the majority are strongly curved out-
wards, sometimes almost semicircular, and the back
curved in.

MoNTEi.ins, Die vorklassische Chronologie Italiens, p. 206.

1444. Bronze. — SkSne.

1445. Bronze. — Dommestorp, Hal. (sec f. %6); barrow no 14: iu a
little stone-cist, with an nrn of clay and burnt bones.

1446. Bronze. — Snirestad, Sk.; barrow: in an urn of clay, with
burnt bones and a pin with cross-l)ar (cf. f. 1323 and 1473).

1447. Bronze. — Xobbelof, Sk. ; barrow.

1448 (bronze) and 1449 {iron). — Yallkarra, Sk.; tombs; no barrows
(see f. 1431). Both knives lay, with burnt bones, in the same
urn of clay.

1450. Bridles of bronze.

MoNTKMUS, Mbl., 1887, p. 151. — Pic, Ccchy na linsvite dejin,
3, pi. XXX f. 4.

1450. Eskelhem, G. : hoard (in 1886): 2 bridles, — one of them (f.
1450), all of bronze; the other had the bit of iron, but the
bars (;= f. 1450 b) of bronze {Fornv., 1913, p. 76, f. 33), — a
disc (f. 1451), 4 pendant ornaments (f. 1455), 2 open-worked
bronzes (f. 1452. 1453), 6 small tubes (f. 1454), 12 round bos-
ses (f. 1456), fragments of a oast vessel ( - f. 1482) and of 2
thin cups hammered (f 1483, 1484) of bronze. — Mostblics,
Mbl, 1887, p. 145, f. 57 (the bridle of bronze in ' i) and 64
(the cast vessel).

1451. Large round bronze disc, open worked,
clearly intended to hang; when moved, the elongated
lironze pieces fastened in the rings jingled against each
other and against the disc. — This had, without doubt,
been placed at the front end of a carriage-pole. The
carriage was evidently intended for the image or the
symbol of a god, and the wheel-shaped disc announced
that is was the Sun-god.

1451. E.skelhem, G.; hoard (see f. 1450). As 2 bridles belong to
the hoard, there had been evidently )i horses put to the car-
riage, the pole of which bore the disc. — Mbl., 1887, p. 168
(a similar bronze disc, without wheel, found in western Ger-
many).

1452 — 1455. Bronze ornaments, belonging to harness.
1452—1455. Eskelhem, G.; hoard (sec f. 1450),

1456. Round bosses of bronze, with a loop in the
middle of the back; belonging to harness. A drawing
of an Austrian sword-sheath of bronze from this period
shows some horsemen; three round bosses are fastened
on each rein on the left .side of the horse, and con-
sequently the number of bosses belonging to each horse
was six.

Mbl, 1887, p. 165 (f. 90, horseman).
1456. Eskelhem, G.; hoard (see f. 14.50): 12 bosses (= 2 horses).

1457—1463. Collars of bronze (see f. 1467, 1468).
Many (f. 1457 — 1461) are, or seem to be, twisted al-
ternately to the right and to the left, as f, 1296, 1297;
but they are considerably thicker than those at the end
of the 5th period. Others (f. 1467, 1468) show a de-
coration more or less resembling this twisting. Others
again (f. 1462, 1463) have the shape of a narrow, some-
what slanting band, which narrows down to round
hooks, bent round each other.

MoNTELius, Mbl, 1880, p. 100 Oiterature).

14.57. Transition from the 5th to the 6th period. — Haradshamniar,
(). G. ; hoard (see f. 1353).

1458. Badelunda-lsen, Vstml.; hoard: with 2 bracelets (— f. 1465).
This hoard from the 6th period, had been deposited near an-
other from the 5th (see f. 1413).

1461. Ollof, Sk.; peat-bog: with a similar collar.

1464—1466. Bronze bracelets. Some (f. 1464, 1465)
are very large and hollow.
Mbl, 1880, p. 108.

1465. Tibbie, Upl.; with 2 similar bracelets. The rings lay in the
earth, near a stone.

1466. Sofvestad, Sk. No barrow. A great urn of clay (Fornv., 1907,
p. 274, f. 113) contained a pin (f. 1473), a collar (= f. 1458),
2 bracelets (f 1466) etc. No burnt bones. — For similar brace-
lets of iron, found with other objects from the 6th period,
see Xord. Fortidsm., I, pi. XXII, p. 108, f. 28: cf Fornv.
1913, p. 44.

1467, 1468. Collars of bronze (see f. 1457—1463).

1467. Vasterhaninge, Sod.: with 4 similar collars.

1469-1474. Bronze pins.

1469 — 1472. Pins terminating in spirals.

THE SIXTH PEKIOD.

51

1469, 1470. MOrkhalt, ,sk.; peat-bog: with 2 collars and 4 bracelets
(2 = f. 1464; 2 = f. 1466). — J/6?., 1903-190.'., p. 230.

1471. One of the spirals has been repaired with a piece of iroii, the
rnst of which is still visible. — Vallby, Hal : with another
pin, etc. — Sv. Fornm.-for. tidskr., 5, p. 31, f. 10, 11 (the
other pin).

1473. Pin.s with a very large, cyJindrical hollow
cross-bar, like a bobbin. The type, which seems to be
confined to Skane, is due to the gradual thickening of
the cross-bar on such pins as f. 1324; to prevent the
weight becoming too great, the cross-bar was cast hollow.

1473. Sofvcstad, Sk.: hoard (see f. 1466).

1474. Pins bent under the head which forms a
small spiral (»swan-neck-pins>). From the end of the
(Jth or the beginning of the next period. Later forms of
these pins are common in the 1st period of the Iron Age.

1474. Kopinge, ,Sk. (see f. 971); liarrow no VI: with burnt bones.

1475. Funnel-shaped bronze belt-ornaments (cf. f.
1383 — 1394), with oblong four-.sided holes near the border.

1476 — 1481. Bronze statuettes, cast, solid (except
f. 1476).

Akne, Foniv., 1909, p. 175.
1479. Kallebcrg, Sk.; with bnrnt bones.

1482. Vessels of bronze, with four oblong four-
sided holes instead of loops.

MoNTiu.iUfs, Die typologische Mcthode, p. 70, f. 265.

1482. Meander-ornaments on the bottom. — Roma, G.; hoard: with a
collar (=f. 1296), a pin (= f. 1^30) and a spiral of bronze. —
MbL 1887, p. 168.

1483, 1484. Bits of thin bronze vessels, imported
from the South.

1483, 1484. Eskelhem, G.: hoard (sec f. 1450).

1485, 1486. Pottery.

1485. Kopinge, 8k. (sec f. 971): barrow no X: the urn contained
burnt bones and a little piece of iron. — Fornv., 1912, p. 97.

1486. II&&, Sk.: barrow. The urn contained burnt bones and a »serai-
lunar> knife of bronze (cf. f. 1444).

Literature.

Onlv those works are given here, the titles of which are so much abbreviated that an explanation seemed needful.

Anrh. — Aarboger for nordisk Oldkyndighed og Historie

(KJ0benhavn).
Aarsber. — Aarsberetning af Foreningen til Norslce Fortids-

mindesmerl-ers Bevaring fKristiania).
Affaldsdynger — Affaldsdynger fra stenalderen i Danviarl;

af A. P. Madsen, S. MOller a. o. (Kjobenhavn).
Ant. sued. — MoNTELIUS, Antiquites suedoises.
A. T. — Antikvarish tidskrift for Sverige, utgifren af K.

Vitterhets Historie och Antikvitets Akademien.
Boh. bidr. — Bidrag till kdnnedom om Goteborgs och Bohus-

lans fornminnen och historia.
Chron. alt. Br. — MONTELlUS, Die Chronologie der dltesten

Bronzezeit in Nord-Deutschland und Skandinavien (offprint
^-from Archiv filr Anthropologie).
Civil. Ital. — MONTELIUS, La civilisation primitive en Italie.
Congr. St. — Congres international d' anthropologie et d'aixheo-

logie prehistorique, Session a Stockholm, 187^.
Evans, Bronze hnpl. — J. EVANS, The ancient Bronze Im-
plements of Great Britain and Ireland.
Evans, Stone hnpl. — J. Evans, The ancient Stone Imple-
ments of Great Britain.
Fornv. ■ — Fornvannen. Meddelanden frdn K. Vitterhets Hist.

o. Ant. Akademien.
■Jahresschr. (Halle) — Jahresschrift filr die VorgeschicMe der

sdchsisch-thuringischen Lander (Halle).
Keller, Pfahlb. — F. Keller, Pfahlbauten {Mittheilungen der

Antiquarischen Gesellschaft in Ziirich).
LiNDENSCHMIT, Alterth. — L. LiNDENSCHMIT, Altertiimer un-

serer heidnischen Vorzeit.

Madsen, Afbildn. — A. P. Mausen, Afbildniager af danske

Oldsager og Mindesmmrker. Stenalderen og Bronceal-

deren (I, Suiter; II, Samlede Fund).
Materiaux — Materiaux pour servir a I'histoire de I'homme.
Mbl. — Mdnadsblad, utgifvet af K. Vitterhets Historie och

Antikvitets Akademien.
Meisterstiicke — MONTELIUS, Meisterstiicke im Museum vater-

landischer AlteHiimer in Stockholm.
Memoires, or Mem. Ant. du Nord — Menioires de la Societe

des Antiquaires du Nord (Kjobenhavn).
MtJLLER, Ordning — S. MULLER, Ordning af danske Otd-

sager.
NiLSSON, Ur.-inv. — S. NiLSSON, Skandinaviska Nordens Ur-

invdnare.
Opuscula — Opuscula archoeologica Oscari Montelio septuage-

nario dicata d. IX m. sept. a. MCMXIII.
Fhalbauten — Kellkr, Pfalbauten (see above).
Si', fornt. — MONTELIUS, Sveriges forntid.
Tidsbestdmning — MONTELIUS, Om tidsbestdmning inom brons-

dldern, med sdrskildt afseende pa Skandinavien (Vitterh.-

Akads. Handlingar, 30).
Typol. Methode. — MONTELIUS, Die typologische Methode

(first part of Die dlteren Kulturperioden im Orient und

in Europa).
WORSAAE, Nord. Olds. — J. A. WORSAAE, Nordiske Oldsager.

See also the references to literature which are given on
pp. 2 and 3 (for the Stone Age) and p. 30 (for the Bronze Age).

Bl. — Bleking.

Boh. — Bohusliin.

Dal., Dalsl. — Dalsland.

Dalarne.

G. — Gotland.

Gestr. — Gestrikland.

Hal. — Halland.

Hels. — Helsingland.

Provinces.

Harjcd. — Herjedalen.
Jamtl. — Jemtland.
Lapl. — Lappland.
Mpd — Medelpad.
Ner. — Nerike.
Sk. — Skane.
Sm. — • Smaland.
Sod. — Sodermanland.

Upl. — Upland.
Vbtn — Vesterbotten.
V. G. — Vestergotland.
Vrml. • — Vermland.
Vstml. — Vestraanland.
Aug. — Angcrmanland.

0. G. — Ostergotland.

01. — Oland.

1: 1.

2 a, b. Boll. -/»•

•*'■'/

1 a-.

a. b. Sk. \'-i.

.--K. 'A

1 — 141407. Slontelius

I: 1.

4 a, b. Boh. Vs.

r

G. Sk. ','2.

5 a, b. Sk. V2-

7 a, b. Boh. Vs.

8. Boh. '/a.

I: 1.

9 a, b. Sk. '/*.

12 a, 1). Sk. ',3.

10 a-c. Boh. Va.

^:

:i5S^~'s»\.^

13 a, b. Sk. '/s.

11 a, b. Sk. Vs.

17 a-c. Boh. Vs.

16 a, b. Sk. '/a.

18 a, b. Sk. Vs.

19 a, b. Sk. V8.

I: 1.

20 a, b. Sk. Vs.

23 a, b. Sk. Vs.

24. Sk. Va.

21. Sk. Vs.

22 a, b. Sk. Vs..

27 a b. 0.(J. 'h.

25 a, b. Sk, Vi.

a, b. Sk. Vs.

29. Bl. Vs.

EVALD HANSEN.

30 a, b. Sk. Va-

I: 1.

3:5 a, b. Sk. '/a.

36 a, b. Boh. Vs.

37 a,b. Dal. Vs. 38 a,b. Dal. Vs.

o'J. «k. "/3.

40 a, b. Sk. Vs.

41 a, b. Sk. Vs.

I: 1.

4a. 01. ''a

1

s

^;

I 111

48. Sk. '.... 49. Sk.

50. n. G.

58, Sk. »/3.

51. O.G. Va.

52 a, b. 01.. '/3.

53. Sod. V». 54. HI. '/a. 55. Sk. Va- 56. Sk. '/a. 57. Aug. '/a.

I: 1,

60 a, b. Sk. Va- !i

59. Sk. '/a.

(;i. Boh.

H8 a, 1). Boh. '/a-

62 a— c. Jamtl. *,a

(i4. Sk.

69 a. I). PBd. i/s.

t: 1.

77 a— 0. Boh. i/s-

87. Sk. Vs.

Sk. V:

90. Sk. Vs.

89. Sk. Vs.

78 a, 1). 79 a. h.
Dalarna. '/s- Sod. '/a-

1: 2.

91 a, 1). Sk. ',3.

92 a. li. Sk. '/s.

101 a. Ii, Sk. Vs.

\ /

93 a, b. Sk. ','2.

97 a. I). I'lil.

Vs.

100 a. b. Sk. '/s.

2 — 141407. MoHtelius.

108 a. 1). Sk. V«.

lULI;!,!.. ^<k. Vs. 104 a—c. Ner. Vs.

10

I: 2.

109 a, b. G. Vs.

114 a, 1). TTpl.

n

110 a, b.
Vstml. Vs.

115a,li. Upl.'/s.

'I;

''ii;

111a.b. Bl. '/•■'•

117 a, b. Sm. 'A.

U; .., 1). Bob. Vs.

I: 2.

11

\.

119 a. b. Sk. ' 2.

127. V. a. Vs

^' ■ >^

122. G. 1/3.

126. Hcls. Vs.

12o a, b. Boh. Vs.

128 a, b. Sk. '/s.

12

I: 2.

147 a-c. Sk. >,.. 148a,b. Sni. \2. 149 a,b. Sk. ',2. 150 a, b. Sk. 'A- lul a,b. Sk. V^- 152 ,u b. Sk. ',2.

I: 2.

13

154 a, b. Sk.

59. Sk. \'-2

i

J

luoa, b. f^k. ';3.

156 a, b. Sk. '/i.

157. Hal. 1,2.

1j;< u, ii. Ner.

160. Sk. '/a.

162 a, b. Sk. Vs.

163 a, b. Sod. "/s

164 a, b. Sk. Vs-

14

I: 2.

105 a, b. 8k.

170 a, 1). V. G

"^^

u_

166 a— c. Sk. h'i.

J

167. V.G. Va.

171. Li...

^

\

lilliiwiBi*^

m

111'.' a, II. u. (i.

172 a-c. Sod. Va

-/J^

17;5. Hcls. Vs. 174 a, li. Sk. ',».

175 a, 1). Sk. '/s.

I: 2.

15

iyia,b. G. Va.

192 a, b.
Upl. Vs.

193 a, b. Ner. Vs.

194 a— c. Upl. Va.

195 a-c. Upl. V2-

10

I: 2.

206 a, b. Sk. V-1-

•id',) :i I:

207. Sk. '/s-

I: 2.

221 a, b. Sk. ='3.
'6—141407. Monteliu

222 a, b. Ner. 1/3.

223 a-c. Upl. 2/3.

224 a, b. I-apl. ','3.

18

1: 2.

'J25. Hols. '/a.

226a, b. Ner. Vs.

V -J

227 a, 1). 151.

228 a, b. Sk. '/a.

t-

u. Vs.

229 a, b. Vbtn. '/»

234 a, b. Mpd.

>

239 a— d. Angl. Vs-

240 Ner. Vs.

230 a, b. Vbtn.

'■;.■).

231. Vbtn.

^mh

237 a, b.
Bl. Vs.

235 a, b. 0. G.

236 a, b.

2.'i8iiji. (;. ',■;

V .J>

241 a, 1). Upl. Vs.

242 a, b. Sk. Vs.

243 a — c. Laj)!. Vs-

I: 2.

19

258 a, b. f>k.

360 a-t. ^k. '/;.. 2(H. llal. '/a. 362 a, b. Sk. i/s- 263. Sm. '/s.

20

I: 2.

264 a— c. Vrml. '/s.

268 a, b. T-Ol. '/a-

:i70 a, b. Sk. i/s.

265 a, b. Sod. i/s-

SM

fllTi?.'!'

271. Sk. i/a.

^>^

274 a, b. Hal. '/a.

275. '/s.

276. Boh. Vs.

277 a, b. Sk.

I: 2.

21

278 a, b. Sk. '/a.

:l

•281 a, b. Sk. Vs.

279 a, b. Boh. Vs.

\"

280 a, b. Sk. '/>.

2S4 a, b. Sk. '/a

,, i,. 0. G. Vs.

286 a, b. Boh. V's.

287 a, b. Bl. Vs.

22

I: 2.

299 a, 1). Dalarua. V

i)01 a, b. Sk. i/s.

302 a, b. Sk. Vs-

I: 2.

23

3():i. Sm.

304 a. b. Hols. \'i.

305 a— c. ^ini.

308 a, b. Sk. \

309 a, b. V. G. i/a.

306. G. ' 3.

307 a. b. Hels. "/a.

310 a. b. V.G. V»

26

I: 2.

345. Boh. ',3.

346 a, b. O.G

347. Boh. Vs. 348 a, b. Vrml. Vi-

351 a, b. Jamtl. Vs.

I: 2.

27

352 a, b. Sk. Vs

.tkiis^m/myiki.:.^

356 a— c. Upl. '/s.

359 a b. Sk. Vs.

353 a, b. Sk. Vs-

357 a, b. Sk. Vs.

354 a, b. Sk. Vs.

361 a, b. Sk. Vs.

358 a, b. Upl. '/.i.

362 a, b. Sk. ','3.

355 a, b Sk. Vs-

363 a, b. Sk. ','3.

364. Dal. V^- 365. Ner. Vs.

366 a, b. Sk. V3.

367 a, b. V. G. Vs.

368. Harjead.

Vs.

26

I: 2.

339. Boh. '/*■

344 a, b. Ner. '/s.

340. Boh. i/s.

342 a, b. Sk. 'A-

343 a, b. V. G.

/

345. Boh. \s

346 a, b. O.G.

349. HarjeM. Vs.

347. Boh. Vs-

348 a, b. Yrml. '/i-

351 a, b. Jilmtl. '/s.

364. Dal. 1/3- 365. Ner. '/s-

.^66 a, b. Sk. '/a.

867 a, b. V. G. Vs.

28

I: 2.

379 a, b. Urn. '/4.

380 a, b. Sk. '/3.

381 a, b. Sk, Vs.

382 a, b. Sk. "A-

1: 2.

29

598 a. b. Hal. 'A-

397 a, 1). Upl. Vs.

30

I: 2.

408. Sk. 'A- 409a,b. O.G. '/a-

413. Sm. Vs. 414. V. G. Vs. 415. G. 'A-

I: 2.

31

1

^ V ■ ■' m

416. Sk. Vs.

417. 0. G. 'A

424 a, b. Sk. V:

425. Upl. Vs. 428. Sk. Va.

429. V. G. V2.

n

I: 2.

430. Boh. '/a.

4.'U. V. G.

4.')3. Sm. ','9.

Hal. ','3.

I: 2.

33

464 a, b. Vbtn. '/i.
b~Ht40-. MontdhiK.

465. Upl. 'A- 466. Sk. ',2.

468. Sk. \'9. 469. Sk. '/a.

470. Sk. ','2.

34

I: 2.

191 a— c. Ang. ',2.

486. Boh. 1/2. 487. Boh. ^'s. 488. Sk. ','2. 489. V. 6. V

490. Sk. '/a.

492 a, b. Bl.

Vs.

I: 2.

35

36

I: 2.

520 a, b.

Sod. Va.

E=3

527 a— d. Vbtn.

Vi.

529. Q

535. G.

I: 2.

37

553. Ang. i/a.

554. Ang. V2-

555 a, b. Ang. Va-

38

I: 2.

bill. U. G. ',2.

bM. Hk.

560. G. ',16.

oG9 a-c. Boh. 'A-

567 a, b. Boh. '/i.

btia a, b. lloh. '/a.

I: 2.

39

-^m

574. Sill, Vi-

573 a, I). Sk. '/a.

572 a— c. Sk. '/s.

576. Sk. ','9.

575. Sk. Vs.

577. Boh. V2.

578. 0. G. '2.

580. G. ■,'2.

584. 0. G. 'A.

586. V. G. '/s.

588 a, b. 0. G. V-

585. 0. a. S'a.

40

I: 2.

625. Boh. 626.

"2. Sm. ',... (J-^. Upl.

',1.

629.

Sk.

630.
V. G.

■,-^

w

Va-

631 a, 1).
Ner. '/i.

632 a-c
V.G. Vi

633. 634, 635. 636.

Sk. Vi- Sk. '/i. Sk. i/i. Sk. ^

T: 2.

41

670. 01. Vs. 671 a, b. Sk. '/s
6 — 141407. Afontelius.

673. G. ','2.

G74. Upl. 5'3. 675. Sk. '/i. 676. 0. G. V'

42

I: 2.

688 a. G. »/:

690. Sm. ',2.

688 b. G. 2,3.

I: 2.

43

715 a— c. G. '/...

717. 0. G. Vi.

TltJ a, I). G. Vs-

44

I: 2.

740. Bl. Vs.

7J3. G. ',8.

I: 2.

45

'Al

743. Sk. ',3.

A, / ■^^

748. Sk. i/a.

752. Sk. 1/3.

1 ._>-i. (^ n

46

I: 2.

766. Bl. I4.

767. Sk.

T: 2.

47

768. B1. '/2.

769. Sk.

773 a— c. Sk. >/s.

771 a, I). Sk. '/s.

Sk. Va-

r-; "^^-r, ':j._^ 'f^J)

774 a, Ij \ . U. - 3.

,.^-v>

770 a, b. V. G. »/j.

775 a. Bl. Vs.

775 b. Bl. Vs.

'-•'•'-'■■"'"TJ^r-^'-

\*

776 a, b. Boh. '/a.

777, Sk. Vs.

48

It: 1.

783a, )). \.,.,„1. ^.

784 a, b. Bl, '/a.

/f^-^ ''s;?

7.S1 a, 1). Sk. ',i

7«5 a, 1). Upl. '/a.

lOii a. i). ,->K', ',9.

786 a. b. Sk. Vs.

787 a, b. Sk. Va.

788. Dal. Va.

789 a, b. Sk. '/>•

II: 1.

49

79 a, b. Sk. \
7 — 14U07. Monteliiis.

50

IT:

7W. Xn- "2,

/iiifK- a

707 a-c. Sk.

798 a. b. Sk. "/-i.

J.

.;).J ., .:. Hk. Vi.

ill

■I'll!

NKI. Sill. '/a.

801 a. !;. .-.

802 a, b. Sk. Vs.

"HmiiiiilUilliliiiiiiiB""'

803 a-c. Sk. Va.

804 a, b. Sk. 'a.

II: 1.

51

805 a, b. Sk. '/a

^^asitfa^

811 a, b, Vstiul. ' a.

"1 +

" C— "

806. Upl. Vs.

n

813 a, b. Ner. \'s.

814 a— c. Lpl. ',

I.

8iU a— c. Sk. ',9. i, 81u. liuli.

816 a, b. Sk, '/s.

52

II: 1.

820 a, b. G.

'A (Vi).

/

818. Sk. 2/

817 a-c. Sk.

/I

v„.

■ /

823 a, b. Sk. Vs.

\^^

r-

,,™flil|. JSik,.

826. Sk. Vs.

I :

:.| i

822 a, b. Upl. V2.

824, Sk. 1/4.

825 a— c. Sk. '/s-

827. Sk. i/s.

II: 1.

53

828a,b. 01. Vs. 829 a-c. O.G. '/s. 830. Upl. Vs. 831a,b. Sm. Vs. 832 a, b. Sk. '2. 833 a, b. O.G. • 3. 834 a, b. Dal. Vs.

54

II: 1.

847 a. Sk. '/6.

847 b. Sk. 'A-

II: 2.

55

856 a, b. 01. '/a.

\J 859 a, b. Sk. V».

^ 860 a— e. Sk.

56

II: 2.

867 a, b. Bl. '/a.

864. Sk

868 a, b. Sk. \'s.

869 a, b. Sm. '/s.

II: 2.

57

875 a— d. Hal. '/s. 876 a, b. G. ','■

8—141407. Monteliun.

874. Sk. Vs.

877 a, b. Sk. 'a.

878 sod. Va. 879. Ncr. ', 3.

58

II: 2.

880. Sk. '2.

884 a, b. Sk. ','4

881 a, b. Sk. 1/2.

882 a, b. Sk. ','2.

II: 2.

59

Hi

[1

892. Sk. '/i

885. Sk. Va. 886 a, h. i^k. ',2.

887. Sk.

895 a, 1). Sk. ',2.

868. Sk. \U.

889. Sk. ';,

890. Sk. '.I.

891 a, li.
Sod. 1/4.

891 c. Sod. Vs.

n

897 a, 1). Sk.

/I.

894 a, b. 0. G. ', 1.

895 a, b. 0. G. \ 1.

896. Sk. Vs.

60

11: 2.

898. Sm. ',';

900 a, b. Sk. Va.

-,i;' iM. ',2.

S*A

904 b. V. G. ',3

910 a, b. Sk. Vi.

904 a. V. G

909. Upl.

V2.

901 VG Va 902 a, b. 8k. 903 a. b. Sk.

Vs. Vs.

907 a, I). 8k. 908 a, b. Sm.

II: 2.

61

911, Nor.

I IW

91-i a. b. Sk. ',3.

913 b. Upl. ',1.

919. Upl. ■,2.

m m

! \

921. V. G. ',3.

915. Sk. 1,2.

917. V.G. Vj.

918 a, b. Sk. Vs.

916. Sk. ',2.

923. Sk.

924 a, b. Sk. *,3.

925. Sk. -3.

922. Sk.

926. Sk. 3,4.

62

II: 2.

f"

i

; i' I I
I'll

935. Sk. Vi

L/ 'J4S. Sk. \i.

93G. V. G. ',1.

933. Sk
'is.

931 a, b. Bl. 2

932. Sk. i/i.

11: 2.

63

64

11: 2.

961. Sk. V'J-

963. Sm. =3.

962. Sk. ',3.

964. Sk. i/a.

96G, ihil. -/8.

965. Sk. Va.

967. Sk. Vs.

II: 2.

(55

988 a, b. Sm. ' i.

9—141407. Monieiiiis

989 a, b. Sk. '/i. 0. G

991 a, b. 01. - s.

GG

II: 3.

1003 a.

Boh. '6.

999, Sod. ',2.

993. Vstml. ' 2

994. Siid. \''z.

998. V. G.

U: 3.

67

1005. Upl.
1 .

1016. Hal. - 3.

1017. bk.

1019. Hal. •■'

1020. Sod.

1U16, V.

1021. Sod. 1,!..

68

II: 3.

10;52. Sk. ••',3.

H: 3.

69

1049 a, b. Sk. ',2.

1050. Sk. Vi.

1051. Sk. ',6.

70

II: 4.

1069 a, b. Boh. >,a.

1072. Dal. 2,3.

1070 a, b. Bl.

1097-1100. Upl. '/s

1092-1094. 1089. 1087. 8k. 1095 a. b. TTpl. 1088 a, b. 1090. 1091.

Sk. ',1. Sk. ^;n. > .. 1 ,. Sk. Vs. Sk. '■'.•!. Sk. ^i

1101 a-o. Upl. Vi- 1083 a-d. Sk. Vi.

72

II: 4.

1115 a— c. Sk. V'l.

1113. Sk. >,8.

II: 4.

73

1124. Sk. Vs.

1130. Sk. >/i.

lllli'

1126 a— c. Sk. "o.

\Q — 141407. Montelius.

74

II: 4.

1151 a-f. Upl. Vs.

1147 a, h. TJpl. 1152. Dal.

Vi. v>.

1153 a, h. Sk. Vi

II: 4.

75

1154. Dal. >s.

1155 a, b. Sk. ' 4

'^■•. ~-../.M;diXj^:^„i^,;;;;;n-:n;n-rr^aiiifl!''

*^§Sw;;^:i^^r--.

••-«t.^'«^iHi_,,n||jjj,||||,,,||,|..,,,.i.umtii^

iHL„i 1 1 rmiVi.: j'-,?i:.iy,:,i III") tji- ""'

1156 a-c. Sk. ','2 ('/»)

1158 a. Sk. •■' 3.

1157 d. Sk. 'a.

1157 a-c. Sk. ',2.

1159 a. Sk. Vs.

1161. Sk. 1/2.

1159 b. Sk. 1/2.

1162. Sk. Vs.

1160 a, b. G. Vs.

1158 b. Sk. 2 s.

1163. Sk. Vs.

76

II: 4.

1164. Hal. V7.

1166 a. Bl. Vs.

1165 a. Hal. - a.

1166 b. Bl. ^s.

1167 a— d. Sk. \'i.

II:

77

1182. Hal. 1,2.

1183 a, b. Sk. > s

1184. Hal. -s.

78

II: 5.

1188. Sk.

""■■^■Miji,i[:in;iiil;ji;:]:iiw,uiiiiiiiit'»"'"'

ll«t. 01. '-3.

1190. Sk. ',2. ir,U. .^k. ■,;. ll\l::. 01. ' ■,. ivx; a, b. sod. Vs. IIUI. llal. ' .J. ll'Ju. Sk. Va.

L 11: 5.

79

1219. Sk.

1-207 b, c. Sk. '2. 1217. Sk. 'V 1218. O.G. ^'j.

1220. Upl. S. 1221. Upl. \i.

1222. Sk.

Vs. 1223. Sod. Vs.

80

11: 5.

1228 a,
01. Va.

^'i'iiiLimiiir.'..'miiiiJ'-^

12;!3 a, 1). Sk. 2,8.

11: 5.

81

123i). oi. V5

li— 14 J^n7. Mniiteiius.

82

1241. 6. G. 2/3.

1243. Jiai.

II: 5.

I~'4ri. Sk.

1244. Sk. Vs.

.0

1246. ,sk.

1247. Bl. J/i.

'0

1248. 01. 1/9.

1249. Hal. ' ,.

1250. Sk. >/i.

1251 a, 1). .Sk. ',s.

1252 a, Ii. Sk. ','a.

1-253. 0. G. ',8.

1254 a, b. G. V«.

II: 5.

83

1255. Sk. ^3.

i25H. Hal. -,3.

1258. V. G. ',8.

1259. Hal. ^s.

'1 '■ / ::

1260. Hal. 2 3.

1261. Sk. Vi.

1263. Sk. '/i

i2(iri. V. G.

1268 a, b. Mpd. ''a.

1262. Sk. -^,3.

... ^^

1264. Sk. ^3.

1266." Sk. ''.s.

1267. Hal. -3.

1270. Upl.

1269. Boh. 2/,.

1271 »; b. (11. ^,3.

84

II: 5.

1?7!>. A' mil. \'-i.

13«. V. G. -3.

II: T).

85

tiST. 01. •^,s.

r2',)5. Bdli. Vs.

86

II: 5.

J.'IdO. SOil. =',4.

1310. Sk. ',1.

II;

87

1312. Vstml. '/a.

1311. Sod. '2.

1313. Sk.

1315.

Cf. 'A.

T

1;M7. G. 'A.

1319. 01. Vs.

13-20. Upl. -,s.

1321.

1323. Dpi. Vs.

1322 a-c. Hoh. "-.'s.

1314 a— c. Boll

1316. G.

V4.

1318. G.

V».

1324 a, h. Sk. '/..

8A

II: 5.

1329. tTpl. 2/3.

i:-]->7. V.G. '/i.

1334. Sk.

Vs.

1331 c. Sod. Vs.

1333. 01 Vs.

133.'). (i. Vs.

1336 a, b, G. Vs

1337. G. Vi.

TI: 5.

89

1345 a. b. Sk. '/s-

1346 a-o. 01. Va.

12—141407. Monteliw.

90

II: 5.

la')-' a, 1). BU.

1353 a, b. ft. ','3.

5.

91

laof) a, 1). 01. ' 1.

1357. Sk

l:]7i). Sk. ^'3,

138-2. Sk. -Vs.

92

II: 5.

1385. Sk. 1/2.

1388. Upl. V2

1389 a-o. Sk.j-lVa 0. Vs.

1390. Sk. Va.

1393. G. Vi.

1391. Boh. Va-

1394, 01. '/a.

1391'. 13oii. -,a.

9.^

[:>'X>. Bub.

loJib ;i, Ul. '/a-

1404. V. tt. V«-

1898 a— f. Sk. '/»•

94

II: 5.

1405. Sk. ',2.

1406. V. G. ' s.

1407. V. G. Vs.

140«. V G. '/s.

1409. Sill. 1/2.

1410. Sill. »5.

1411. V. 6. Vs.

1413 a, b. Vstml. ' s.

Oil

¥

) -'

A

1412 a, li. M<

1414. a, 1). Vstml.

II: 5.

95

1426 a, b. Sk. '/«•

1427 a, b. Sk. ',8.

96

IT: 5.

1436 a, b. Bl. ',4.

1437. Sk. i/s-

1441. O.ti. 1,6.

II: 6.

97

M

\-4

m

1451

G. '/%

p'^

/

144-}. >K. ■ s.

1454. G. "j,

1453. G. 'A.

1445. Hal.

1446. Sk. Vs.

li.Vi. G

./

1449. Sk. '/a-

13 — /41407. Montelius.

1448. Sk. V2.

1450 a, b. G. '2.

98

11: 6.

-^^:^};r^^mif

1462 a, 1). Sk.

1463. Sk. '■..

II: 6.

99

14G5. Upl '/s.

14Hti a -d. Sk.

14t)S. Vstml. \!i.

1473 a, b. Sk. = ,.

1474. Sk

1471, Hal. '/s

100

II: 6.

1485. Sk. '/e.

1482 c. G. Vs-

1486. Sk. '/i.

p. A. Norstedt & Soner, Publishers

CARL G. LAURIN

SWEDEN
THROUGH THE ARTIST'S EYE

Second edition.

Price: sewn Syv. crowns 4- 751 half-cloth 7: 75.

This book hy the estimated author Carl G. Laurin is beautifully
illustrated with a great deal of coloured reproductions by the most
eminent Sw^edish artists of our days.

y

This book is also published in a French <ind a German edition.

STO CKHOLM
THROUGH ARTIST EYES

A second edition -will be published in the summer 1930.

VIEWS FROM SWEDEN

Price: sewn Sw. croAvns 3:75; half-cloth 8:25.

"Views from Sw^eden" is a collection of w^onderful photos brought
together by Carl G. Laurin, showing the most characteristic and beautiful
parts of Sweden, and to which the same author has written an amusing
text, full of information.

RAGNAR 0 S [ B ER G

THE STOCKHOLM TOWN HALL

Price: sewn Sw. crowns lo: — ; half-cloth xaigo;
half-bound 20: — .

"It is beautifully written, and there is in it a literary charm which
is in harmony -with the architecture. Many observations and reflections
are of the greatest interest and you have mentally taken me through
many countries and many processes of thought. ..."

Howard Robertson, F.R.I.B.A., M.C., S.A.D.G.

S u>. crown,) J y. — .

0

Stockholm 1930. P. A. Norstedt & Soner 301567

print _,

THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW

AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS

WILU BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.

~,p.c4

Or->^

:VA

-jv^

^%CG-

iebjIS

I

1

-2&^pf'644^

JAN 2.8 1965

^^Ua-2J96l-

Lxi^r

LI) 21-100m-7,'40(6936s)

'.■»:iij3Ii!

Hi